FCC ID: BCGA2459 Apple iPad

WARNING:pdfminer.pdfpage:The PDF <_io.BufferedReader name='/Volumes/Scratch/Incoming/eg-scratch/5179597.pdf'> contains a metadata field indicating that it should not allow text extraction. Ignoring this field and proceeding. Use the check_extractable if you want to raise an error in this case iPad User Guide Everything you need to know about iPad Your iPad iPad models compatible with iPadOS 14.5 This guide helps you get started using iPad and discover all the amazing things it can do with iPadOS 14.5, which is compatible with the following models:

iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation) iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation) iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation) iPad Pro 11-inch (1st generation) iPad Air (4th generation) iPad Pro 12.9-inch (1st and 2nd generation) iPad Pro 10.5-inch iPad Pro 9.7-inch iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad Air 2 iPad (8th generation) iPad (7th generation) iPad (6th generation) iPad (5th generation) iPad mini (5th generation) iPad mini 4 Find out your iPad model and iPadOS version Go to Settings

> General > About. To determine your iPad model from the physical details, see the Apple Support article Identify your iPad model. You can update to the latest iPadOS software if your model supports it. Your features and apps may vary depending on your iPad model, region, language, and carrier. To find out which features are supported in your region, see the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. iPad User Guide 2 Note: Apps and services that send or receive data over a cellular network may incur additional fees. Contact your carrier for information about your service plan and fees. iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad iPad User Guide 3 Unwind with iPad Whats new in iPadOS 14 iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad iPad User Guide 4 Personalize your iPad Unwind with iPad Whats new in iPadOS 14 iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear camera Flash Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad iPad User Guide 5 Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Unwind with iPad Whats new in iPadOS 14 iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil iPad User Guide 6 Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Unwind with iPad Whats new in iPadOS 14 iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons iPad User Guide 7 Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Unwind with iPad Whats new in iPadOS 14 iPad Pro 11-inch (1st generation) iPad User Guide 8 Front camera Top button Volume buttons iPad User Guide 9 Rear camera Flash Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Unwind with iPad Whats new in iPadOS 14 iPad Pro 12.9-inch (1st and 2nd generation) iPad User Guide 10 Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Flash Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Note: Flash isnt available on iPad Pro 12.9-inch (1st generation). iPad User Guide 11 Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Unwind with iPad Whats new in iPadOS 14 iPad Pro 10.5-inch Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID iPad User Guide 12 Rear camera Flash Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Unwind with iPad Whats new in iPadOS 14 iPad Pro 9.7-inch iPad User Guide 13 Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID iPad User Guide 14 Rear camera Flash Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Unwind with iPad Whats new in iPadOS 14 iPad Air (4th generation) iPad User Guide 15 Front camera Top button/Touch ID Volume buttons iPad User Guide 16 Rear camera Microphone Smart Connector USB-C connector Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Air Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Unwind with iPad Whats new in iPadOS 14 iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad User Guide 17 Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID iPad User Guide 18 Rear camera Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Air Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Unwind with iPad Whats new in iPadOS 14 iPad Air 2 iPad User Guide 19 Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID iPad User Guide 20 Rear camera Headphone jack Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Air Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Unwind with iPad Whats new in iPadOS 14 iPad (8th generation) iPad User Guide 21 Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID iPad User Guide 22 Rear camera Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Unwind with iPad Whats new in iPadOS 14 iPad (7th generation) iPad User Guide 23 Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID iPad User Guide 24 Rear camera Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Unwind with iPad Whats new in iPadOS 14 iPad (6th generation) iPad User Guide 25 Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID iPad User Guide 26 Rear camera Headphone jack Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Unwind with iPad Whats new in iPadOS 14 iPad (5th generation) iPad User Guide 27 Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID iPad User Guide 28 Rear camera Headphone jack Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Unwind with iPad Whats new in iPadOS 14 iPad mini (5th generation) iPad User Guide 29 Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) iPad User Guide 30 Get started with iPad mini Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Unwind with iPad Whats new in iPadOS 14 iPad mini 4 Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) iPad User Guide 31 Get started with iPad mini Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Unwind with iPad Whats new in iPadOS 14 iPad User Guide 32 Whats new in iPadOS 14 Redesigned widgets Today View widgets have been redesigned to show you more information right from the Home Screen. You can choose among different sizes or add a Smart Stack that displays widgets based on factors like your location, an activity, or the time. See Add widgets on iPad. App design New enhancements like sidebars and pull-down menus let you quickly access more app functions from a single location, without switching views. iPad User Guide 33 App Clips An App Clip is a small part of an app that focuses on a specific task, like renting a bike, paying for parking, or ordering food. You can discover App Clips in Safari, Maps, and Messages, or in the real world through App Clip Codes (iPadOS 14.3) and QR codes. See Use App Clips. Find My (iPadOS 14.3) Keep track of everyday items in the new Items tab. See Locate an item in Find My. Search Search is now a single destination where you can start all your searches. A new design and as-you-type experience delivers faster, more relevant results across apps, contacts, and web searches. See Use iPad to search. Compact calls Calls from your iPhone, FaceTime, and supported third-party apps appear in an all-new compact design that doesnt take up the full screen. See Make and receive phone calls. Scribble Use Apple Pencil to write in any text field across iPadOS and your words automatically convert to text. Scratch over a mistake to delete it, and circle words to easily cut and paste. See Enter text with Scribble. Notes Use Smart Selection to select and format handwritten text the same way you do with typed text. You can also copy handwritten text from Notes into another app and its converted to typed text. See Draw or write in Notes. iPad User Guide 34 Messages Pin your most important conversations to the top of your conversation list so you can easily get to them. Mention someone in a conversation to direct a message right to them, and use inline replies to reply directly to a specific message in a group conversation. See Pin a conversation, Mention people in conversations, and Reply to a specific message in a conversation. Memoji Along with more age options and face coverings, you can choose from over 20 new hair and headwear styles to reflect a hobby, your profession, and your personality. See Create your own Memoji. Maps Use Maps to get cycling directions using bike lanes, paths, and roads. You can also see elevation changes, busy streets, and steep hills when planning your trip. Discover great places around you to eat, shop, and explore with Guides. As you follow cycling or walking directions, you can share your estimated time of arrival (iPad OS 14.5; WiFi + Cellular models only). See Get cycling directions from your current location, Explore new destinations with Guides, Share your cycling ETA (Wi-Fi +

Cellular models), and Share your walking ETA (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). iPad User Guide 35 People Detection (iPadOS 14.2) On iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation and later) and iPad Pro 12.9-

inch (4th generation and later), you can use Magnifier to detect people and help you maintain a physical or social distance from others. See Detect people around you using Magnifier. Headphone sound level You can check the precise audio level while sound plays through your headphones and set maximum volume limits. See Check headphone and environmental sound levels and Limit the headphone volume. Home Adaptive Lighting lets you change lighting temperature throughout the day. Video cameras and doorbells can identify people youve tagged in the Photos app, and you can be alerted when theres motion in activity zones that you set. See Turn on Adaptive Lighting, Set up Face Recognition, and Organize rooms into zones. iPad User Guide 36 Safari Safari is more secure and helpful than ever. You can view the Privacy Report to understand how websites treat your privacy, and Safari may warn you if a password youre using isnt secure. If you come across a website in a different language, Safari now provides translations for seven different languages (beta). See View the Privacy Report and Translate a webpage. Siri Siri has a new compact design that lets you quickly get information while still focusing on what youre doing. Siri now provides information from across the web to help you find answers and can send audio messages from the Messages app. See Find out what Siri can do. Camera Quick toggles let you easily change video resolution and frame rate in Video mode. See Record a video. Mirrored selfies (iPadOS 14.3) On all models, you can take a mirrored photo that captures the shot as you see it in the front camera frame. See Take a selfie. Photos A new Photos sidebar for iPad gives you quick access to For You, Albums, and Search, as well as Shared Albums and Media Types. Filter your photos in collections and albums by Favorites, Edited, Videos, and Photos and sort photos by oldest or newest first. Add captions to your photos and videos so you can easily find them in Search. See Filter photos in albums, Sort photos in albums, and Add captions and view photo and video details. iPad User Guide 37 Reminders Reminders automatically suggests dates, times, and locations for a reminder based on similar reminders youve created in the past. Members of a shared list can assign reminders to each other so splitting up tasks is easier than ever. In iPadOS 14.5, you can also sort and print your lists. See Share and assign reminders, Sort or reorder reminders, and Print reminders. FaceTime FaceTime can now detect when a participant is using sign language and make the person prominent in a Group FaceTime call. Video calling is more natural by helping you establish eye contact even when youre looking at the screen instead of the camera. See Make a Group FaceTime call. Center Stage (iPadOS 14.5) On iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation), the front-facing camera automatically adjusts to optimize framing as you move during a FaceTime call. See Turn on Center Stage. iPad User Guide 38 Privacy A new setting allows you to share only your approximate location with an app, and an indicator appears at the top of your iPad screen whenever an app is using your microphone or camera. All apps are required to ask your permission before tracking you across apps and websites owned by other companies (iOS 14.5). See Control the location information you share, Review or change access to the camera, microphone, and other hardware features, and Control app tracking permissions. App Store (iPadOS 14.3) You can now see the privacy practices of apps before you download them. Every apps product page shows a developer-reported summary of its privacy protections, including what data is collected. Learn tricks for iPadOS The Tips app adds new suggestions frequently, so you can get the most from your iPad. See Get tips. Note: New features and apps may vary depending on your iPad model, region, language, and carrier. iPad User Guide 39 Set up and get started Turn on and set up iPad Turn on and set up your new iPad over an internet connection. You can also set up iPad by connecting it to your computer. If you have another iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or an Android device, you can transfer your data to your new iPad. Note: If your iPad is deployed or managed by a company, school, or other organization, see an administrator or teacher for setup instructions. For general information, see the Apple at Work website or Education website. Prepare for setup To make setup as smooth as possible, have the following items available:

An internet connection through a Wi-Fi network (you may need the name and password of the network) or cellular data service through a carrier (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Your Apple ID and password; if you dont have an Apple ID, you can create one during setup Your credit or debit card account information, if you want to add a card to Apple Pay during setup Your previous iPad or a backup of your device, if youre transferring your data to your new device Your Android device, if youre transferring your Android content Turn on and set up your iPad 1. Press and hold the top button until the Apple logo appears. If iPad doesnt turn on, you might need to charge the battery. For more help, see the Apple Support article If your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch wont turn on or is frozen. iPad User Guide 40 2. Do one of the following:

Tap Set Up Manually, then follow the onscreen setup instructions. If you have another iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch with iOS 11, iPadOS 13, or later, you can use Quick Start to automatically set up your new device. Bring the two devices close together, then follow the onscreen instructions to securely copy many of your settings, preferences, and iCloud Keychain. You can then restore the rest of your data and content to your new device from your iCloud backup. Or, if both devices have iOS 12.4, iPadOS 13, or later, you can transfer all your data wirelessly from your previous device to your new one. Keep your devices near each other and plugged into power until the migration process is complete. You can also transfer your data using a wired connection between your devices. See Use Quick Start to transfer data to a new iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. If youre blind or have low vision, triple-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or triple-click the top button (on other iPad models) to turn on VoiceOver, the screen reader. You can also double-tap the screen with three fingers to turn on Zoom. Move from an Android device to iPad When you first set up your new iPad, you can automatically and securely move your data from an Android device. Note: You can use the Move to iOS app only when you first set up iPad. If you already finished setup and want to use Move to iOS, you must erase your iPad and start over, or move your data manually. See the Apple Support article Move content manually from your Android device to your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. 1. On your device with Android version 4.0 or later, see the Apple Support article Move from Android to iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch and download the Move to iOS app. 2. On your iPad, do the following:

Follow the setup assistant. On the Apps & Data screen, tap Move Data from Android. 3. On the Android device, do the following:

Turn on Wi-Fi. Open the Move to iOS app. Follow the onscreen instructions. WARNING: To avoid injury, read Important safety information for iPad before using iPad. iPad User Guide 41 Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) If you have a Wi-Fi + Cellular model, you can sign up for a cellular data plan. This helps you stay connected to the internet when youre away from a Wi-Fi network. Contact your carrier to set up a cellular data plan. iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) can connect to 5G networks. See the Apple Support article Use 5G with your iPad. The cellular connection requires a SIM from your carrier. iPad supports the following types of SIM:

eSIM (on iPad models that support eSIM; not available in all countries or regions) Embedded Apple SIM or Apple SIM card Physical nano-SIM from your carrier Set up your cellular plan with eSIM On models that support eSIM, you can activate the cellular service from your iPad. You may also be able to travel abroad with iPad and sign up for cellular service with a local carrier in the country or region youre visiting. This option isnt available in all countries or regions, and not all carriers are supported. 1. Go to Settings

> Cellular Data. 2. Do one of the following:

To set up the first cellular plan on your iPad, select a carrier, then follow the onscreen instructions. To add another cellular plan to your iPad, tap Add a New Plan. To scan a QR code provided by your carrier, tap Other. Position iPad so that the QR code provided by your carrier appears in the frame, or enter the details manually. You may be asked to enter a confirmation code provided by your carrier. Alternatively, you can activate your cellular plan through your carriers app (if supported). Go to the App Store, download your carriers app, then use the app to purchase a cellular plan. You can store more than one eSIM on your iPad, but you can use only one eSIM at a time. To switch to another eSIM, go to Settings > Cellular Data, then tap the plan you want to use (below Cellular Plans). Set up your cellular plan with an embedded Apple SIM or Apple SIM card On models with an embedded Apple SIM or Apple SIM card, you can activate the cellular service from your iPad. You may also be able to travel abroad with iPad and sign up for cellular service with a local carrier in the country or region youre visiting. This option isnt available in all countries or regions, and not all carriers are supported. iPad User Guide 42 1. Go to Settings

> Cellular Data. 2. Tap Add a New Plan, then follow the onscreen instructions. You can choose a carrier and a plan, or you can add your iPad to an existing plan. See the Apple Support article Set up cellular data service on your Wi-Fi + Cellular model iPad, or contact your carrier. Install a nano-SIM You can install an Apple SIM card or a nano-SIM provided by a carrier. 1. Insert a paper clip or SIM eject tool (not included) into the small hole of the SIM tray, then push in toward iPad to eject the tray. Note: The shape and orientation of the SIM tray depend on the iPad model and your country or region. 2. Remove the tray from iPad. 3. Place the nano-SIM in the tray. The angled corner determines the correct orientation. 4. Insert the tray back into iPad. 5. If you previously set up a PIN on the nano-SIM, carefully enter the PIN when prompted. WARNING: Never try to guess a SIM PIN. An incorrect guess can permanently lock your SIM, and you wont be able to use cellular data through your carrier until you get a new SIM. See the Apple Support article Use a SIM PIN for your iPhone or iPad. Cellular data requires a wireless data plan. If youre using a third-party nano-SIM, contact your carrier to set up service. iPad User Guide 43 Manage your cellular data service 1. Go to Settings

> Cellular Data. 2. Do any of the following:

Restrict all data to Wi-Fi: Turn off Cellular Data. Turn on or off LTE and roaming: Tap Cellular Data Options. Turn on Personal Hotspot: Tap Set Up Personal Hotspot (available from certain carriers), then follow the onscreen instructions. Manage your cellular account: Tap Manage [account name] or Carrier Services. For information about managing your cellular data usage, see View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). Important: When using cellular services through GSM networks, you need an eSIM, embedded Apple SIM, Apple SIM card, or third-party nano-SIM. When using cellular services through CDMA networks, you need an embedded Apple SIM, Apple SIM card, or third-party nano-SIM. Your iPad is subject to your wireless service providers policies, which may include restrictions on switching service providers and roaming, even after the conclusion of any required minimum service contract. Contact your wireless service provider for more details. The availability of cellular capabilities depends on the wireless network, your iPad model, and your location. Connect iPad to the internet Connect your iPad to the internet by using an available Wi-Fi network. Wi-Fi + Cellular models can also connect to the internet by using a cellular network. Connect iPad to a Wi-Fi network 1. Go to Settings

> Wi-Fi, then turn on Wi-Fi. 2. Tap one of the following:

A network: Enter the password, if required. Other: Joins a hidden network. Enter the name of the hidden network, security type, and password. appears at the top of the screen, iPad is connected to a Wi-Fi network. (To verify this, open If Safari to view a webpage.) iPad reconnects when you return to the same location. iPad User Guide 44 Join a Personal Hotspot If an iPhone or an iPad (Wi-Fi + cellular) is sharing a Personal Hotspot, you can use its cellular internet connection. Go to Settings

> Wi-Fi, then choose the name of the device sharing the Personal Hotspot. If asked for a password on your iPad, enter the password shown in Settings Hotspot on the device sharing the Personal Hotspot.

> Cellular > Personal Connect iPad to a cellular network (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Your iPad automatically connects to your carriers cellular data network if a Wi-Fi network isnt available. If iPad doesnt connect, check the following:

1. Verify that your SIM is activated and unlocked. See Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). 2. Go to Settings

> Cellular Data. 3. Verify that Cellular Data is turned on. When you need an internet connection, iPad does the following, in order, until the connection is made:

Tries to connect to the most recently used available Wi-Fi network Shows a list of Wi-Fi networks in range and connects to the one you choose Connects to your carriers cellular data network (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Note: If a Wi-Fi connection to the internet isnt available, apps and services may transfer data over your carriers cellular network, which may result in additional fees. Contact your carrier for information about your cellular data plan rates. To manage cellular data usage, see View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). Manage Apple ID and iCloud settings on iPad Your Apple ID is the account you use to access Apple services such as the App Store, the iTunes Store, Apple Books, Apple Music, FaceTime, iCloud, iMessage, and more. Use iCloud to securely store your photos, videos, documents, music, apps, and moreand keep them updated across all your devices. With iCloud, you can easily share photos, calendars, locations, and more with friends and family. You can even use iCloud to help you find your iPad if you lose it. iPad User Guide 45 iCloud provides you with a free email account and 5 GB of storage for your mail, documents, photos and videos, and backups. Your purchased music, apps, TV shows, and books dont count against your available storage space. You can upgrade your iCloud storage right from iPad. Note: Some iCloud features have minimum system requirements. The availability of iCloud and its features varies by country or region. Sign in with your Apple ID If you didnt sign in during setup, do the following:

1. Go to Settings

. 2. Tap Sign in to your iPad. 3. Enter your Apple ID and password. If you dont have an Apple ID, you can create one. 4. If you protect your account with two-factor authentication, enter the six-digit verification code. If you forgot your Apple ID or password, see the Recover your Apple ID website. Change your Apple ID settings 1. Go to Settings

> [your name]. 2. Do any of the following:

Update your contact information Change your password Manage Family Sharing Change your iCloud settings iPad User Guide 46 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud. 2. Do any of the following:

See your iCloud storage status. Upgrade your iCloud storagetap Manage Storage > Change Storage Plan. Turn on the features you want to use, such as Photos, Mail, Contacts, and Messages. Ways to use iCloud on iPad Keep the following content up to date:

Messages, Mail, Contacts, Calendars, Notes, and Reminders Photos and videos; see Use iCloud Photos on iPad Music, apps, and books Documents; see Set up iCloud Drive on iPad Bookmarks, your reading list, and the webpages you have open in Safari; see Browse the web using Safari on iPad iPad User Guide 47 Passwords and credit cards; see Make your passwords available on all your devices with iPad and iCloud Keychain You can also do the following:

View your iCloud data on iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, Mac, and iCloud.com (using a Mac or a Windows PC). Share your photos and videos with the people you choose. See Share iPad photos with Shared Albums in iCloud. Share your iCloud storage on plans with 200 GB or more with up to five other family members. See Share subscriptions and iCloud storage with family members on iPad. Locate a missing iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, Mac, or AirPods that belong to you or your family members. See Add your iPad to Find My. Find your friends and family; you, your friends, and family can share locations, follow each other, and see everyones location on a map. See Add or remove a friend in Find My on iPad. Back up and restore your data. See Back up iPad. Download or bookmark the iPad User Guide You can view the iPad User Guide in the Safari app read it even when youre offline.

, or download it to the Books app so you can View the user guide in Safari In Safari, go to https://support.apple.com/guide/ipad. To view the user guide in a different language, scroll down to the bottom of the page, tap the country or region link (United States, for example), then choose a country or region. Tip: For quick access, add the guide as a shortcut on your Home Screen or as a bookmark in Safari. Tap

, then choose any of the following:

Add to Home Screen: The shortcut appears as a new icon on the Home Screen. Add Bookmark: The bookmark appears when you tap in Safari. Download the user guide from Apple Books If you download the guide from Apple Books (where available), you can read it even when iPad isnt connected to the internet. 1. Open the Books app

. iPad User Guide 48 2. Tap Search, then enter iPad User Guide. 3. Tap Get, then wait for the book to download. See Read books in the Books app on iPad. iPad User Guide 49 Basics Wake and unlock iPad iPad turns off the display to save power, locks for security, and goes to sleep when youre not using it. You can quickly wake and unlock iPad when you want to use it again. Wake iPad To wake iPad, do one of the following:

Press the top button. Tap the screen. Or, on supported models, you can tap the screen with Apple Pencil to wake iPad and open Notes. Unlock iPad with Face ID If you didnt set up Face ID when you set up iPad, see Set up Face ID on iPad. 1. On supported models, tap the screen, then glance at your iPad. The lock icon animates from closed to open to indicate that iPad is unlocked. 2. Swipe up from the bottom of the screen to view the Home Screen. iPad User Guide 50 To lock iPad again, press the top button. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. However, if Attention Aware Features is turned on in Settings

> Face ID & Passcode, iPad wont dim or lock as long as it detects attention. Unlock iPad with Touch ID If you didnt set up Touch ID when you set up iPad, see Set up Touch ID on iPad. On an iPad with a Home button, press the Home button using the finger you registered with Touch ID. On iPad Air (4th generation), press the top button (Touch ID) using the finger you registered with Touch ID. To lock iPad again, press the top button. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. Unlock iPad with a passcode If you didnt create a passcode when you set up iPad, see Set or change the passcode. 1. Press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or swipe up from the bottom of the Lock Screen (on other iPad models). iPad User Guide 51 2. Enter the passcode (if you set up iPad to require a passcode). To lock iPad again, press the top button. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. Learn gestures for iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Control iPad and its apps using a few simple gesturestap, touch and hold, swipe, scroll, and zoom. Symbol Gesture Tap. Touch one finger lightly on the screen. Touch and hold. Touch and hold items in an app to preview contents and perform quick actions. On the Home Screen, touch and hold an app icon briefly to open a quick actions menu. Swipe. Move one finger across the screen quickly. Scroll. Move one finger across the screen without lifting. For example, in Photos, you can drag a list up or down to see more. Swipe to scroll quickly; touch the screen to stop scrolling. Zoom. Place two fingers on the screen near each other. Spread them apart to zoom in, or move them toward each other to zoom out. You can also double-tap a photo or webpage to zoom in, and double-tap again to zoom out. In Maps, double-tap and hold, then drag up to zoom in or drag down to zoom out. If youre using Magic Trackpad or Magic Mouse, see Trackpad gestures for iPad or Mouse actions and gestures for iPad for gestures that work on your trackpad or mouse. Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Heres a handy reference to the gestures you use on all iPad models to go to the Home Screen, switch between recent apps, access controls, and more. A few gestures are done differently on an iPad with a Home button, as described in the table below. Gesture Description iPad User Guide 52 Gesture Description Go Home. Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen to return to the Home Screen at any time. See Open apps on iPad. Quickly access controls. Swipe down from the top-right corner to open Control Center; touch and hold a control to reveal more options. To add or remove controls, go to Settings customize Control Center on iPad.

> Control Center. See Use and Open the App Switcher. Swipe up from the bottom edge, pause in the center of the screen, then lift your finger. To browse the open apps, swipe right, then tap the app you want to use. See Switch between apps on iPad. Switch between open apps. Swipe left or right along the bottom edge of the screen to quickly switch between open apps. (On an iPad with a Home button, swipe with a slight arc.) See Switch between apps on iPad. Open the Dock within an app. Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen and pause to reveal the Dock. To quickly open another app, tap it in the Dock. See Open an app from the Dock. Ask Siri. Just say, Hey Siri. Or press and hold the top button and make your request. (On an iPad with a Home button, press and hold the Home button and make your request.) Siri listens until you release the button. See Ask Siri on iPad. iPad User Guide 53 Gesture Description Use Accessibility Shortcut. Triple-click the top button. (On an iPad with a Home button, triple-click the Home button.) See Use accessibility shortcuts on iPad. Take a screenshot. Simultaneously press and quickly release the top button and volume up button. (On an iPad with a Home button, simultaneously press and quickly release the top button and the Home button.) See Take a screenshot or screen recording on iPad. Turn off. Simultaneously press and hold the top button and either volume button until the sliders appear, then drag the top slider to power off. (On an iPad with a Home button, press and hold the top button until the sliders appear.) Or go to Settings iPad off then on.

> General > Shut Down. See Turn Force restart. Press and release the volume up button, press and release the volume down button, then press and hold the top button until the Apple logo appears. See Force restart iPad. If youre using Magic Trackpad or Magic Mouse, see Trackpad gestures for iPad or Mouse actions and gestures for iPad for gestures that work on your trackpad or mouse. Adjust the volume on iPad Use the Volume buttons on the side of iPad to adjust the volume of songs and other media, alerts, and sound effects. You can also use Siri to turn the volume up or down. iPad User Guide 54 Ask Siri. Say something like: Turn up the volume or Turn down the volume. Learn how to ask Siri. You can use Control Center to silence audio alerts and notifications. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see Important safety information for iPad. Do Not Disturb doesnt mute the audio from music, podcasts, movies, and TV shows. Lock the ringer and alert volumes Go to Settings

> Sounds, then turn off Change with Buttons. Note: To limit the maximum headset volume, go to Settings slider to set the maximum volume.

> Music > Volume Limit, then use the Adjust the volume in Control Center When iPad is locked or when youre using an app, you can adjust the volume in Control Center. Open Control Center, then drag

. Limit the headphone volume You can limit the maximum headphone volume for music and videos to protect your hearing. 1. Go to Settings

> Sounds > Reduce Loud Sounds. 2. Turn on Reduce Loud Sounds, then drag the slider to choose the maximum decibel level for headphone audio. Note: If you have Screen Time turned on in Settings, you can prevent changes to the maximum headphone volume. Go to Settings > Screen Time > Content & Privacy Restrictions > Reduce Loud Sounds, then select Dont Allow. iPad User Guide 55 Mute the sound Press and hold the Volume Down button. Temporarily silence calls, alerts, and notifications Open Control Center, then tap

. (See Set Do Not Disturb on iPad.) Change or turn off iPad sounds In Settings reminder, or other type of notification.

, change or turn off the sounds iPad plays when you get a call, text message, email, To temporarily silence incoming calls, alerts, and sound effects, turn on Do Not Disturb. Tip: If youre not receiving incoming calls and notifications when you expect, Open Control Center, then check whether Do Not Disturb is on. If Do Not Disturb is on, also appears in the status bar.) is highlighted, tap it to turn off Do Not Disturb. (When Set sound options Set options for alert tones and ringtones, and ringer and alert volumes. 1. Go to Settings

> Sounds. 2. Drag the slider to set the volume for the ringer and alerts. 3. Tap Ringtone and other options to select sounds for the ringtone and alert tones. Silence iPad To temporarily silence incoming calls, alerts, and sound effects, open Control Center, then tap

. Tip: If youre not receiving incoming calls and notifications when you expect them, open Control Center, then check whether Do Not Disturb is on. If

(When Do Not Disturb is on, also appears in the status bar.) is highlighted, tap it to turn off Do Not Disturb. iPad User Guide 56 Change common iPad settings Find settings on iPad In the Settings app notification sounds, and more.

, you can search for iPad settings you want to change, such as your passcode, 1. Tap Settings on the Home Screen. iPad User Guide 57 2. Swipe down from the top of the screen to reveal the search field, enter a termiCloud, for examplethen tap a setting on the left side of the screen. Adjust the screen brightness and color on iPad On iPad, dim the screen to extend battery life, set Dark Mode, and use Night Shift. On supported models, use True Tone to automatically adapt the color and intensity of the display to match the light in your environment. Turn Dark Mode on or off Dark Mode gives the entire iPad experience a dark color scheme thats perfect for low-light environments. You can turn on Dark Mode from Control Center or set it to turn on automatically at night (or on a custom schedule) in Settings. With Dark Mode turned on, you can use your iPad while, for example, reading in bed, without disturbing the person next to you. Do any of the following:

Open Control Center, touch and hold

, then tap to turn Dark Mode on or off. Go to Settings turn it off.

> Display & Brightness, then select Dark to turn on Dark Mode or select Light to iPad User Guide 58 Schedule Dark Mode to turn on and off automatically 1. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness. 2. Turn on Automatic, then tap Options. 3. Select either Sunset to Sunrise or Custom Schedule. If you choose Custom Schedule, tap the options to schedule the times you want Dark Mode to turn on and off. If you select Sunset to Sunrise, iPad uses the data from your clock and geolocation to determine when its nighttime for you. Adjust the screen brightness manually To make your iPad screen dimmer or brighter, do one of the following:

Open Control Center, then drag

. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness, then drag the slider. Adjust the screen brightness automatically iPad adjusts the screen brightness for current light conditions using the built-in ambient light sensor. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility. 2. Tap Display & Text Size, then turn on Auto-Brightness. iPad User Guide 59 Turn True Tone on or off On supported models, turn on True Tone to automatically adapt the color and intensity of the display to match the light in your environment. Do any of the following:

Open Control Center, touch and hold

, then tap to turn True Tone on or off. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness, then turn True Tone on or off. Turn Night Shift on or off You can turn on Night Shift manually, which is helpful when youre in a darkened room during the day. Open Control Center, touch and hold

, then tap

. Schedule Night Shift to turn on and off automatically Use Night Shift to shift the colors in your display to the warmer end of the spectrum at night and make viewing the screen easier on your eyes. 1. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness > Night Shift. 2. Turn on Scheduled. 3. To adjust the color balance for Night Shift, drag the slider below Color Temperature toward the warmer or cooler end of the spectrum. 4. Tap From, then select either Sunset to Sunrise or Custom Schedule. If you choose Custom Schedule, tap the options to schedule the times you want Night Shift to turn on and off. If you select Sunset to Sunrise, iPad uses the data from your clock and geolocation to determine when its nighttime for you. Note: The Sunset to Sunrise option isnt available if you turned off Location Services in Settings

> Privacy, or if you turned off Setting Time Zone in Settings > Privacy > Location Services >

System Services. Magnify the iPad screen with Display Zoom On iPad Pro 12.9-inch, you can magnify the screen display with Display Zoom. 1. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness. 2. Tap View (below Display Zoom), choose Zoomed, then tap Set. iPad User Guide 60 Change the name of your iPad You can change the name of your iPad, which is used by iCloud, AirDrop, your Personal Hotspot, and your computer. 1. Go to Settings

> General > About > Name. 2. Tap

, enter a new name, then tap Done. Set the date and time on iPad By default, the date and time, visible on the Lock Screen, are set automatically based on your location. If theyre incorrect, you can adjust them. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Date & Time. 2. Turn on either of the following:

Set Automatically: iPad gets the correct time over the network and updates it for the time zone youre in. Some networks dont support network time, so in some countries or regions iPad may not be able to automatically determine the local time. 24-Hour Time: (not available in all countries or regions) iPad displays the hours from 0 to 23. To change the default date and time, turn off Set Automatically, then change the date and time displayed. Set the language and region on iPad You set the language and region of your iPad during setup. If you travel or move, you can change the language or region. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Language & Region. 2. Set the following:

The language for iPad The region The calendar format The temperature unit (Celsius or Fahrenheit) iPad User Guide 61 3. To add a keyboard for another language, go to Settings > General > Keyboard > Keyboards, then tap Add New Keyboard. See Add or change keyboards on iPad. Set up mail, contacts, and calendar accounts on iPad In addition to the apps that come with iPad and that you use with iCloud, iPad works with Microsoft Exchange and many of the most popular internet-based mail, contacts, and calendar services. You can set up accounts for these services. Set up a mail account 1. Go to Settings

> Mail > Accounts > Add Account. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap an email servicefor example, iCloud or Microsoft Exchangethen enter your email account information. Tap Other, tap Add Mail Account, then enter your information to set up a new account. Set up a contacts account 1. Go to Settings

> Contacts > Accounts > Add Account > Other. 2. Tap Add LDAP Account or Add CardDAV Account (if your organization supports it), then enter your server and account information. (See Use other contact accounts on iPad. Set up a calendar account 1. Go to Settings

> Calendar > Accounts > Add Account. 2. Tap Other, then do any of the following:

Add a calendar account: Tap Add CalDAV Account, then enter your server and account information; see Set up multiple calendars on iPad. Subscribe to iCal (.ics) calendars: Tap Add Subscribed Calendar, then enter the URL of the .ics file to subscribe to; or import an .ics file from Mail. For information about setting up a Microsoft Exchange account in a corporate environment, see the Apple Support article Set up Exchange ActiveSync on your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. iPad User Guide 62 Access features from the iPad Lock Screen The Lock Screen, which shows the current time and date and your most recent notifications, appears when you turn on or wake iPad. From the Lock Screen, you can see notifications, open Camera and Control Center, get information from your favorite apps at a glance, and more. Access features and information from the Lock Screen You can quickly access the features and information you need most from the Lock Screen, even while iPad is locked. Open Camera: Swipe left. (See Take photos with your iPad camera.) Open Control Center: Swipe down from the top-right corner. (See Use and customize Control Center on iPad.) See earlier notifications: Swipe up from the center. (See View and respond to notifications on iPad.) See Today View: Swipe right. (See Add widgets on iPad.) Start drawing and taking notes: (On supported models) Tap Apple Pencil on the Lock Screen. Whatever you create is saved in Notes. iPad User Guide 63 To choose what you can access from the Lock Screen, see Control access to information on the iPad Lock Screen. Show notification previews on the Lock Screen 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications. 2. Tap Show Previews, then tap Always. Notification previews include text from Messages, lines from Mail messages, and details about Calendar invitations. See View and respond to notifications on iPad. Open apps on iPad You can quickly open apps from your Home Screen pages. 1. To go to the Home Screen, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. iPad User Guide 64 2. Swipe left or right to browse apps on other Home Screen pages. 3. To open an app, tap its icon on the Home Screen. 4. To return to the first Home Screen page, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. Take a screenshot or screen recording on iPad You can take a picture of the screen just as it appears, or a recording of actions on the screen, to share with others or use in documents. Take a screenshot 1. Do one of the following:

On an iPad with a Home button: Simultaneously press and then release the top button and the Home button. On other iPad models: Simultaneously press and then release the top button and the volume up button. 2. Tap the screenshot in the lower-left corner, then tap Done. 3. Choose Save to Photos, Save to Files, or Delete Screenshot. If you choose Save to Photos, you can view it in the Screenshots album in the Photos app, or in the All Photos album if youre using iCloud Photos. iPad User Guide 65 Take a full-page screenshot You can take a full-page, scrolling screenshot of a webpage, document, or email that exceeds the length of your iPad screen. The screenshot is saved as a PDF. 1. Do one of the following:

On an iPad with a Home button: Simultaneously press and then release the top button and the Home button. On other iPad models: Simultaneously press and then release the top button and the volume up button. 2. Tap the screenshot in the lower-left corner, then tap Full Page. 3. Do any of the following:

Save the screenshot: Tap Done, choose Save PDF to Files, choose a location, then tap Save. Share the screenshot: Tap Mail), enter any other requested information, then send the PDF.

, choose a sharing option (for example AirDrop, Messages, or Create a screen recording You can create a screen recording and capture sound on your iPad. 1. Go to Settings

> Control Center, then tap next to Screen Recording. 2. Open Control Center, tap

, then wait for the three-second countdown. 3. To stop recording, open Control Center, tap or the red status bar at the top of the screen, then tap Stop. Go to Photos

, then select your screen recording. Change or lock the screen orientation on iPad Many apps give you a different view when you rotate iPad. iPad User Guide 66 Lock or unlock the screen orientation You can lock the screen orientation so that it doesnt change when you rotate iPad. Open Control Center, then tap

. When the screen orientation is locked, appears in the status bar. Change the wallpaper on iPad On iPad, choose an image or photo as wallpaper for the Lock Screen or Home Screen. You can choose from dynamic and still images. iPad User Guide 67 1. Go to Settings

> Wallpaper > Choose a New Wallpaper. 2. Do any of the following:

Choose a preset image from a group at the top of the screen (Dynamic, Stills, and so on). Wallpaper marked with changes appearance when Dark Mode is turned on. Select one of your own photos (tap an album, then tap the photo). To reposition your selected image, pinch open to zoom in on it, then drag the image to move it. Pinch closed to zoom back out. to turn on Perspective Zoom (available with some wallpaper choices), which makes your Tap wallpaper seem to move when you change your viewing angle. Note: The Perspective Zoom option doesnt appear if Reduce Motion (in Accessibility settings) is turned on. See Reduce or stop the motion of screen elements on iPad. 3. Tap Set, then choose one of the following:

Set Lock Screen Set Home Screen Set Both To turn on Perspective Zoom for wallpaper youve already set, go to Settings > Wallpaper, tap the image of the Lock Screen or Home Screen, then tap Perspective Zoom. Tip: You can set your wallpaper to change automatically by creating a personal automation in the Shortcuts app. Set a schedule for your automation, then add the Set Wallpaper action to your automation. See the Shortcuts User Guide. iPad User Guide 68 Zoom an app to fill the screen on iPad Most apps for iPhone and iPod touch can be used with iPad, but they might not take advantage of the large screen. In this case, tap to return to the original size. to zoom in on the app. Tap Check the App Store to see if theres a version of the app thats optimized for iPad, or a universal version thats optimized for iPhone, iPod touch, and iPad. Use your apps Switch between apps on iPad Use the Dock, the App Switcher, or a gesture to quickly switch from one app to another on your iPad. When you switch back, you can pick up right where you left off. Open an app from the Dock From any app, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen and pause to reveal the Dock, then tap the app you want to use. Favorite apps are on the left side of the Dock, and suggested appslike ones you opened recently and ones open on your iPhone or Macappear on the right side of the Dock. Use the App Switcher iPad User Guide 69 1. To see all your open apps in the App Switcher, do one of the following:

On all iPad models: Swipe up from the bottom of the screen, then pause in the center of the screen. On an iPad with a Home button: Double-click the Home button. 2. To browse the open apps, swipe right, then tap the app or Split View workspace you want to use. Switch between open apps Swipe left or right with four or five fingers. Swipe left or right with one finger along the bottom edge of the screen. (On an iPad with a Home button, perform this gesture with a slight arc.) To turn off the multifinger swipe gesture, go to Settings

> Home Screen & Dock > Multitasking. Move and organize apps on iPad You can move apps around the Home Screen, organize them in folders, move them to other Home Screen pages, and reset the original layout. Move apps around the Home Screen, into the Dock, or to other pages 1. Touch and hold any app on the Home Screen, then tap Edit Home Screen. The apps begin to jiggle. iPad User Guide 70 2. Drag an app to one of the following locations:

Another location on the same page The Dock at the bottom of the screen Another Home Screen page Drag the app to the right edge of the screen. You might need to wait a second for the new page to appear. The dots above the Dock show how many pages you have and which one youre viewing. 3. When youre finished, tap Done at the top right. Create folders and organize your apps You can group your apps in folders to help you find them more easily on the Home Screen. 1. Touch and hold any app on the Home Screen, then tap Edit Home Screen. The apps begin to jiggle. 2. To create a folder, drag an app onto another app. 3. Drag other apps into the folder. You can have multiple pages of apps in the folder. 4. To rename the folder, tap the name field, then enter the new name. 5. When youre finished, tap Done at the top right. iPad User Guide 71 To delete a folder, tap the folder to open it, then drag all the apps out of it. The folder is automatically deleted. Move an app from a folder to the Home Screen You can move an app from a folder to a Home Screen page to make it easier to find and open. 1. Go to the Home Screen page with the folder that contains the app, then tap the folder to open it. 2. Touch and hold the app until the apps begin to jiggle. 3. Drag the app from the folder to the Home Screen. Reset the Home Screen and apps to their original layout 1. Go to Settings

> General > Reset. 2. Tap Reset Home Screen Layout. Any folders youve created are removed, and apps youve downloaded are alphabetically ordered after apps that came with your iPad. Quit and reopen an app on iPad If an app isnt responding, you can quit it and then reopen it to try and resolve the problem. Typically, theres no reason to quit an app; quitting it doesnt save battery power, for example.) 1. To quit an app, open the App Switcher, then swipe up on the app. 2. To reopen the app, go to the Home Screen, then tap the app. If quitting and reopening the app doesnt solve your problem, try restarting iPad. Delete apps from iPad You can easily delete apps from your iPad. If you change your mind, you can download the apps again later. Delete apps from the Home Screen 1. Touch and hold an app you want to delete to open a quick actions menu, then tap Delete App. If the apps begin to jiggle, tap on the app you want to delete. 2. Tap Delete. If the apps are still jiggling, tap Done at the top right. iPad User Guide 72 If you change your mind, you can redownload apps youve deleted. In addition to deleting third-party apps, you can delete the following built-in Apple apps that came with your iPad:

Books Calendar Contacts (Contact information remains available through Messages, Mail, FaceTime, and other apps. To remove a contact, you must restore Contacts.) FaceTime Files Home iTunes Store Mail Maps Measure Music News Notes Photo Booth Podcasts Reminders Shortcuts Stocks Tips TV Voice Memos Note: When you delete a built-in app from your Home Screen, you also delete any related user data and configuration files. Removing built-in apps from your Home Screen can affect other system functionality. See the Apple Support article Delete built-in Apple apps on your iOS 12, iOS 13, or iPadOS device or Apple Watch. iPad User Guide 73 Use multiple apps simultaneously Open two items in Split View on iPad Open two different apps, or two windows from the same app, by splitting the screen into resizable views. For example, open Messages and Maps at the same time in Split View. Or open two Messages windows in Split View and manage two conversations at the same time. Open a second item in Split View 1. While using an app, swipe up from the bottom edge and pause to reveal the Dock. 2. Touch and hold an app in the Dock, drag it to the right or left edge of the screen, then lift your finger. If two items are already open in Split View, drag over the item you want to replace. To give both views equal space, drag the divider to the center of the screen. Close Split View Drag the app divider to the left or right edge of the screen, depending on which app you want to close. iPad User Guide 74 Turn Split View into Slide Over Swipe down from the top of the smaller view. See Open an app in Slide Over. On supported models, you can use Split View and Slide Over simultaneously. Open an app in Slide Over on iPad You can use an app that slides in front of another app or in front of itself. For example, open Messages in Slide Over to carry on a conversation while using Maps. iPad keeps track of the apps you open in Slide Over so that you can switch between them easily. Open another app in Slide Over 1. While using an app, swipe up from the bottom edge and pause to reveal the Dock. 2. Touch and hold an app in the Dock, then drag it above the Dock. If an app is already open in Slide Over, its replaced by the app you drag from the Dock. To open a third app in Slide Over when the screen is in Split View (on supported models), drag the app from the Dock to the Split View divider. (See Open two items in Split View on iPad.) iPad User Guide 75 Switch between apps in Slide Over Swipe right along the bottom of the Slide Over window, or do the following:

1. Swipe up from the bottom of the Slide Over window. 2. Tap the app you want to view, if its visible. If you dont see it, swipe right through the apps. Move the Slide Over window Do one of the following:

iPad User Guide 76 Move the Slide Over window to the other side of the screen: Drag from the top of the Slide Over window. Remove the Slide Over window: Drag the top of the window off the right edge of the screen. Move the Slide Over window back onto the screen: From any open app, swipe left from the right edge of the screen. Turn Slide Over into Split View Drag the top of the Slide Over window to the lower right or lower left of the screen. On supported models, you can use Slide Over and Split View simultaneously. See Open two items in Split View. View all of an apps workspaces You can view all open windows for an app, including those in Split View and Slide Over. From an open app: In the Dock, tap the app you want to view. Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen if you dont see the Dock. From the Home Screen: Touch and hold the app you want to view, then tap Show All Windows. For an app in the Dock, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen if you dont see the Dock. Note: If you touch and hold an app for too long, all of the apps begin to jiggle. Tap Done or press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button), then try again. Multitask with Picture in Picture on iPad With Picture in Picture, you can use FaceTime or watch a video while you use other apps. iPad User Guide 77

WARNING:pdfminer.pdfpage:The PDF <_io.BufferedReader name='/Volumes/Scratch/Incoming/eg-scratch/5179598.pdf'> contains a metadata field indicating that it should not allow text extraction. Ignoring this field and proceeding. Use the check_extractable if you want to raise an error in this case When using FaceTime or watching a video, tap button). or press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home The video window scales down to a corner of your screen so you can see the Home Screen and open other apps. With the video window showing, you can do any of the following:

Resize the video window: To make the small video window larger, pinch open. To shrink it again, pinch closed. Show and hide controls: Tap the video window. Move the video window: Drag it to a different corner of the screen. Hide the video window: Drag it off the left or right edge of the screen. Close the video window: Tap

. Return to a full FaceTime or video screen: Tap in the small video window. Move items with drag and drop on iPad With drag and drop, you can use a finger to move text and items within an app and copy items from one app to another. For example, you can drag an image from Notes into an email. (Not all third-party apps support drag and drop.) Move an item 1. Touch and hold the item until it lifts up (if its text, select it first). iPad User Guide 78 2. Drag it to another location within the app. If you drag to the bottom or top of a long document, it automatically scrolls. Copy an item between open apps 1. Open two items in Split View or in Slide Over, then touch and hold the item until it lifts up (if its text, select it first). 2. Drag it to the other app. As you drag, document, the document automatically scrolls. appears wherever you can drop the item. If you drag to the bottom or top of a long Tip: If you want to drag the item to a new note or email, open the new note or email first so you can drag the item directly to it. Drag a link to a Split View or Slide Over window Touch and hold the link until it lifts up, then do one of the following:

Replace a Split View or Slide Over window with the links destination: Drag the link to the window. Open the links destination in a Split View or Slide Over window: When there is no Split View or Slide Over window showing, drag the link to the left or right edge of the screen to open the destination in Split View, or drag the link close to the edge to open in Slide Over. Copy an item to an app on the Home Screen or in the Dock 1. Touch and hold the item until it lifts up (if its text, select it first). 2. While you continue to hold the item, use another finger to swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen and pause to reveal the Dock or press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button). 3. Drag the item over the other app to open it (a ghost image of the item appears under your finger as you drag). You can drag over items in the app to navigate to where you want to drop the item (as you drag, appears wherever you can drop the item). For example, you can drag over the notes list to open the note where you want to drop the item, or you can use another finger to open a new note where you can drop the item. If you change your mind about moving an item, lift your finger before dragging, or drag the item off the screen. Select multiple items to move iPad User Guide 79 Select multiple items to move 1. Touch and hold the first selected item, drag it slightly, and continue holding it. 2. While still holding the first item, tap additional items with another finger. A badge indicates the number of selected items. 3. Drag all of the items together. If you change your mind about moving items, lift your finger before dragging, or drag the items off the screen. Enter, select, and revise text Type with the onscreen keyboard on iPad On iPad, you can use the onscreen keyboard to enter and edit text. You can also use an external keyboard, Apple Pencil, and dictation to enter text. Enter text using the onscreen keyboard In any app that allows text editing, open the onscreen keyboard by tapping a text field. You can pinch closed to shrink the keyboard, then tap individual keys to type, or use QuickPath to type by sliding from one letter to the next without lifting your finger (not available for all languages). To end a word, lift your finger. (If you tap after sliding to type a word, it deletes the whole word.) You can drag the smaller keyboard from the bottom of the screen to move it wherever you want for easy one-handed typing. To return to the full-size keyboard, pinch open. On the full-size keyboard, you tap keys to type. While entering text, you can do any of the following on both the smaller keyboard and the full-size keyboard:

Type uppercase letters: Tap Shift, or touch the Shift key and slide from the Shift key to a letter. Turn on Caps Lock: Double-tap Shift. Quickly end a sentence with a period and a space: Double-tap the Space bar. Correct spelling: Tap a misspelled word (underlined in red) to see suggested corrections, then tap a suggestion to replace the word, or type the correction. Enter numbers, punctuation, or symbols: Tap or

. Undo the last edit: Swipe left with three fingers or tap or

. Redo the last edit: Swipe right with three fingers or tap

. iPad User Guide 80 Hide the onscreen keyboard: Tap

. See Select and edit text on iPad. Enter emoji with the onscreen keyboard 1. Open the onscreen keyboard by tapping a text field. 2. Switch to the emoji keyboard by tapping or

. 3. To search for an emoji, tap at the bottom left, then enter a commonly used wordsuch as heart or smiley facein the search field above the keyboard. 4. To enter an emoji, tap it. To see more choices, swipe through the emoji that appear. See Enter emoji with an Apple external keyboard on iPad. Turn the onscreen keyboard into a trackpad 1. Touch and hold the Space bar with one finger until the keyboard turns light gray. 2. Move the insertion point by dragging around the keyboard. iPad User Guide 81 3. To select text with handles, continue touching and holding the keyboard until handles appear on the insertion point, then move your fingers. To use the trackpad to move the insertion point, drag the insertion point to a new location before handles appear. Use a split keyboard You can type with a split keyboard thats at the bottom of the screen, or undocked and in the middle of the screen. iPad User Guide 82 To turn Split Keyboard on or off, touch and hold Keyboard; or go to Settings

> General > Keyboard, then turn Split Keyboard on or off. or

, tap Keyboard Settings, then select Split When Split Keyboard is turned on in Settings, touch and hold

, then do any of the following:

Use a split keyboard: Slide your finger to Split, then release. Or spread the keyboard apart from the middle using two fingers. Move the keyboard to the middle of the screen: Slide your finger to Undock, then release. Return to a full keyboard: Slide your finger to Dock and Merge, then release. Return a full keyboard to the bottom of the screen: Slide your finger to Dock, then release. Note: The Split Keyboard option is not available on iPad Pro 11-inch and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation and later). Enter accented letters or other characters while typing While typing, touch and hold the letter, number, or symbol on the keyboard thats related to the character you want. For example, to enter , touch and hold the e key, then slide to choose a variant. iPad User Guide 83 You can also do any of the following:

On a Thai keyboard: To choose native numbers, touch and hold the related Arabic number. On a Chinese, Japanese, or Arabic keyboard: Tap a suggested character or candidate at the top of the keyboard to enter it, or swipe left to see more candidates. Note: To view the full candidate list, tap the up arrow on the right. To return to the short list, tap the down arrow. Set typing options You can turn on special typing featuressuch as predictive text and auto-correctionthat assist you when you type on iPad. While typing using the onscreen keyboard, touch and hold typing features (below All Keyboards) on or off. or

, tap Keyboard Settings, then turn Dictate text on iPad On iPad, you can dictate text instead of typing it. (If youre using an external keyboard, see Dictate text while using an Apple external keyboard.) Make sure Enable Dictation is turned on in Settings > General > Keyboard. Note: Dictation may not be available in all languages or in all countries or regions, and features may vary. Cellular data charges may apply. See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi +

Cellular models). Turn on Dictation 1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard. 2. Turn on Enable Dictation. iPad User Guide 84 Dictate text 1. Tap on the onscreen keyboard, then speak. If you dont see

, make sure Enable Dictation is turned on in Settings

> General > Keyboard. 2. When you finish, tap

. To insert text by dictating, tap to place the insertion point, then tap text by dictating. You can also replace selected Add punctuation or format text While dictating text, say the punctuation or formatting. For example, Dear Mary comma the check is in the mail exclamation mark becomes Dear Mary, the check is in the mail! Punctuation and formatting commands include the following:

period comma exclamation point question mark dollar sign open parenthesis close parenthesis quote end quote new paragraph new line colon semicolon iPad User Guide 85 capto capitalize the next word caps on caps offto capitalize the first character of each word all capsto make the next word all uppercase all caps on all caps offto make the enclosed words all uppercase no caps on no caps offto make the enclosed words all lowercase no spaceto eliminate the space between two words (not available for all languages) no space on no space offto run a series of words together (not available for all languages) smileyto insert :-) frownyto insert :-(

winkyto insert ;-) hash tag Select and edit text on iPad In apps on iPad, you can use the onscreen keyboard to select and edit text in text fields. You can also use an external keyboard, Apple Pencil, or your finger. Select and edit text 1. To select text, do any of the following:

Select a word: Double-tap with one finger. Select a paragraph: Triple-tap with one finger. Select a line, sentence, or text block: Touch and hold the first word in the block, then drag to the last word. To select more precisely, drag slowly. iPad User Guide 86 2. After selecting the text you want to revise, you can type, or tap the selection to see editing options:

Cut: Tap Cut or pinch closed with three fingers two times. Copy: Tap Copy or pinch closed with three fingers. Paste: Tap Paste or pinch open with three fingers. Replace: View suggested replacement text, or have Siri suggest alternative text. B/I/U: Format the selected text. View more options. Insert text by typing iPad User Guide 87 1. Place the insertion point where you want to insert text by doing any of the following:

Tap where you want to add text. Move the insertion point by dragging it. Note: To navigate a long document, touch and hold the right edge of the document, then drag the scroller to locate the text you want to revise. 2. Type the text you want to insert. You can also insert text you cut or copied from another place in the document. See Select and edit text. With Universal Clipboard, you can cut or copy something on one Apple device and paste it to another. You can also move text within an app. Use predictive text on iPad As you type text on the iPad keyboard, you see predictions for your next word, emoji that could take the place of your word, and other suggestions based on your recent activity and information from your apps (not available for all languages). In Messages, for example, when you type something like:

Im at followed by a space, your current location appears as an option My number is followed by a space, your phone number appears as an option iPad User Guide 88 Accept or reject a predictive text suggestion To accept a suggested word or emoji while typing, tap it; to accept the highlighted suggestion, enter a space or punctuation. When you tap a suggested word, a space appears after the word. If you enter a comma, period, or other punctuation, the space is deleted. To reject the suggestions, tap your original word (shown as the predictive text option with quotation marks). Turn off predictive text With an onscreen keyboard: Touch and hold Predictive. or

, tap Keyboard Settings, then turn off With an external keyboard: Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard, then turn off Predictive. When you turn off predictive text, iPad may still try to suggest corrections for misspelled words. To accept a correction, enter a space or punctuation, or tap Return. To reject a correction, tap the x. If you reject the same suggestion a few times, iPad stops suggesting it. iPad User Guide 89 Save keystrokes with text replacements on iPad On iPad, set up a text replacement you can use to enter a word or phrase by typing just a few characters. For example, type omw to enter On my way! That ones already set up for you, but you can also add your own. Create a text replacement 1. Do one of the following:

With an onscreen keyboard: Touch and hold Replacement. or

, tap Keyboard Settings, then tap Text With an external keyboard: Go to Settings Replacement.

> General > Keyboard, then tap Text 2. Tap at the top right. 3. Type a phrase in the Phrase field and the text shortcut you want to use for it in the Shortcut field. Have a word or phrase you use and dont want it corrected?

1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard, then tap Text Replacement. 2. Tap at the top right, then enter your word or phrase in the Phrase field, but leave the Shortcut field blank. Create a text replacement for word and input pairs When using certain Chinese or Japanese keyboards, you can create a text replacement for word and input pairs. The text replacement is added to your personal dictionary. When you type the text shortcut for a word or input while using a supported keyboard, the paired word or input is substituted for the shortcut. Shortcuts are available for the following:

Simplified Chinese: Pinyin iPad User Guide 90 Traditional Chinese: Pinyin and Zhuyin Japanese: Romaji and Kana Use iCloud to keep your personal dictionary up to date on your other devices Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on iCloud Drive. Reset your personal dictionary 1. Go to Settings

> General > Reset. 2. Tap Reset Keyboard Dictionary. All custom words and shortcuts are deleted, and the keyboard dictionary returns to its default state. Add or change keyboards on iPad On iPad, you can turn typing features, such as spell checking, on or off; add keyboards for writing in different languages; and change the layout of your onscreen or wireless keyboard. If you add keyboards for other languages, you can type in two languages without having to switch between keyboards. Your keyboard automatically switches between the two languages you use most often. (Not available for all languages.) Add or remove a keyboard for another language 1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard. 2. Tap Keyboards, then do any of the following:

Add a keyboard: Tap Add New Keyboard, then choose a keyboard from the list. Repeat to add more keyboards. Remove a keyboard: Tap Edit, tap then tap Done. next to the keyboard you want to remove, tap Delete, Reorder your keyboard list: Tap Edit, drag tap Done. next to a keyboard to a new place in the list, then If you add a keyboard for a different language, the corresponding language is automatically added to the Preferred Language Order list. You can view this list and add languages to it directly in Settings >

General > Language & Region. You can also reorder the list to change how apps and websites display text. iPad User Guide 91 Switch to another keyboard On the onscreen keyboard: Touch and hold to switch to. or

, then tap the name of the keyboard you want You can also tap other enabled keyboards. or to switch from one keyboard to another. Continue tapping to access On an external keyboard: Press and hold Control, then press the Space bar to cycle between English, emoji, and other keyboards you add for different languages. With Magic Keyboard for iPad and Smart Keyboard, you can also press keyboard to another. to switch from one Assign an alternative layout to a keyboard You can use an alternative keyboard layout that doesnt match the keys on your keyboard. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard > Keyboards. 2. Tap a language at the top of the screen, then select an alternative layout from the list. See the Apple Support article About the keyboards settings on your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Use iPad to search Search on iPad is the best place to start all your searches. Search can help you find apps and contacts, search inside of apps like Mail and Messages, find and open webpages, and quickly start a web search. You can choose which apps you want to be included in search results. Search offers suggestions and updates results as you type. Choose which apps to include in Search 1. Go to Settings

> Siri & Search. 2. Scroll down, tap an app, then turn Show in Search on or off. Search with iPad 1. Swipe down from the middle of the Home Screen. 2. Tap the search field, then enter what youre looking for. iPad User Guide 92 3. Do any of the following:

Hide the keyboard and see more results on the screen: Tap Go. Open a suggested app: Tap it. Get more information about a search suggestion: Tap it, then tap one of the results to open it. Start a new search: Tap in the search field. Turn off Suggestions in Search Go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then turn off Suggestions in Search. Turn off Location Services for suggestions 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy > Location Services. 2. Tap System Services, then turn off Location-Based Suggestions. Search in apps Many apps include a search field or a search button so you can find something within the app. For example, in the Maps app, you can search for a specific location. 1. In an app, tap the search field or button

(if there is one). If you dont see a search field or button, swipe down from the top. 2. Type your search, then tap Search. iPad User Guide 93 Add a dictionary On iPad, you can add dictionaries, which can be used in searches. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Dictionary. 2. Select a dictionary. Use AirDrop on iPad to send items to nearby devices With AirDrop you can wirelessly send your photos, videos, websites, locations, and more to other nearby devices and Mac computers (iOS 7, iPadOS 13, OS X 10.10, or later required). AirDrop transfers information using Wi-Fi and Bluetoothboth must be turned on. To use AirDrop, you need to be signed in with your Apple ID. Transfers are encrypted for security. Send an item using AirDrop 1. Open the item, then tap

, Share, AirDrop,

, or another button that displays the apps sharing options. 2. Tap in the row of share options, then tap the profile picture of a nearby AirDrop user. If the person doesnt appear as a nearby AirDrop user, ask them to open Control Center on iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch and allow AirDrop to receive items. To send to someone on a Mac, ask them to allow themselves to be discovered in AirDrop in the Finder. To send an item using a method other than AirDrop, choose the methodfor example, Messages or Mailfrom the row of sharing options (options vary by app). Siri may also suggest ways to share with the people you know by displaying their profile pictures and icons representing sharing methods. You can also use AirDrop to securely share app and website passwords with someone using an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or a Mac. See Share passwords securely with AirDrop on iPad. Allow others to send items to your iPad using AirDrop 1. Open Control Center, touch and hold the top-left group of controls, then tap

. iPad User Guide 94 2. Tap Contacts Only or Everyone to choose who you want to receive items from. You can accept or decline each request as it arrives. Note: The Contacts Only option is available on devices with iOS 10, iPadOS, macOS 10.12, or later. If AirDrop is set to Contacts Only on your device with an earlier software version, select the Everyone option in Control Center to receive items by AirDrop. You can choose the Everyone option when using AirDrop and disable it when not in use. Mark up files and photos Draw in apps with Markup on iPad In supported apps on iPad, such as Messages, Mail, Notes, and Books, you can annotate photos, screenshots, and PDFs, sketch ideas, write notes, and more using built-in drawing tools. Show, move, and hide the Markup toolbar To show the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap or Markup, then do any of the following:

iPad User Guide 95 Move the Markup toolbar: Drag the toolbar to any edge of the screen.

(Drag from the middle edge of the toolbar closest to the center of the screen.) Automatically minimize the toolbar when youre drawing or entering text: Tap Auto-minimize.

, then turn on To show the full toolbar again, tap the minimized version. Hide the toolbar: Tap or Done. Draw or write in apps with Markup In the Markup toolbar, tap the pen, marker, or pencil tool, then write or draw with your finger or Apple Pencil (supported models). Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap minimized, tap its minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is While writing or drawing, do any of the following:

Change the line weight: Tap the drawing tool in the toolbar, then choose an option. Change the opacity: Tap the drawing tool in the toolbar, then drag the slider. Change the color: Choose a color from the color picker in the toolbar. Undo a mistake: Tap

. Draw a straight line: Tap the ruler tool in the toolbar, then draw a line along the edge of the ruler. To change the angle of the ruler, touch and hold the ruler with two fingers, then rotate your fingers. To move the ruler without changing its angle, drag it with one finger. To make the ruler disappear, tap the ruler tool again. In the Notes app, you can write text with Apple Pencil and have it immediately converted to typed text. See Select and edit drawings and handwriting. Draw a shape You can use Markup to draw geometrically perfect shapeslines, arcs, and moreto use in diagrams and sketches. 1. In the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap the pen, marker, or pencil tool. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap minimized, tap its minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is iPad User Guide 96 2. Draw a shape in one stroke with your finger or Apple Pencil (supported models), then pause. A perfect version of the shape snaps into place, replacing the drawing. (If you prefer to keep the freehand shape, tap

.) The shapes you can draw include straight lines, arrows, arcs, continuous lines with 90-degree turns, squares, circles, rectangles, hearts, triangles, stars, clouds, and hexagons. Change your handwritten text or drawings 1. Choose the Lasso tool (between the eraser and ruler) in the Markup toolbar, then do any of the following to select the content you want to change:

Select a word or drawn object: Double-tap it. Select a sentence: Triple-tap it. Select a paragraph or text block: Touch and hold the first word, then drag to the last word. To select more precisely, drag slowly. In the Notes app, Markup recognizes handwritten text separately from drawn objects, so you can select handwriting alone. If you want to include drawings in your selection, you can drag over them, too. Select multiple drawn objects: With the Lasso tool selected, draw around the objects with your finger or Apple Pencil, then tap the selection. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its 2. After selecting the content you want to revise, tap it, then do any of the following:

Cut, copy, delete, or duplicate: Tap an option. Move: Touch and hold the content until it lifts up, then drag it to a new location. Tip: After selecting handwritten text and drawings, you can change their color by tapping a color in the Markup toolbar, or move them by dragging them to a new location. For more ways to edit your handwriting or drawing in Notes, see Draw or write in Notes on iPad. Erase a mistake Double-tap the eraser tool in the Markup toolbar, then do one of the following:

Erase pixels: Choose Pixel Eraser, then scrub over the mistake with your finger or Apple Pencil. Erase an object: Choose Object Eraser, then touch the object with your finger or Apple Pencil. iPad User Guide 97 Switch between the pixel and the object erasers: Tap the eraser tool again, then choose Pixel Eraser or Object Eraser. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its Tip: You can take a screenshot by swiping up from the bottom-left corner of the screen with Apple Pencil and immediately begin marking it up. If you dont have Apple Pencil, you can take a screenshot, then tap the thumbnail that appears for a few moments in the bottom-left corner of the screen. Add typed text, shapes, and signatures with Markup on iPad In Notes and other supported apps, you can use Markup to add text, shapes, and more. Add and edit typed text in Notes To add typed text in the Notes app, you can type or write directly in a note without opening the Markup toolbar. 1. If the Markup toolbar is open, close it by tapping

. 2. Do any of the following:

Tap in the note, then type using the onscreen or wireless keyboard. See Take notes on iPad. Use Apple Pencil and Scribble to enter text. See Enter text with Scribble on iPad. Add and edit typed text in other supported apps 1. In the Markup toolbar, tap

, then tap Text. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap minimized, tap its minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is 2. Double-tap the text box. 3. Use the keyboard to enter text. To change typed text after you add it, tap the text to select it, then do any of the following:

Change the font, size, or layout: Tap in the toolbar, then choose an option. Delete, edit, or duplicate the text: Tap the text, then choose an option. Move the text: Drag it. To hide the Markup toolbar when you finish, tap or Done. iPad User Guide 98 Add and adjust a shape in other supported apps 1. In the Markup toolbar, tap

, then choose a shape. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its 2. To adjust the shape, do any of the following:

Move the shape: Drag it. Resize the shape: Drag any blue dot along the shapes outline. Change the outline color: Tap a color in the color picker. Fill the shape with color or change the line thickness: Tap color.

, then choose an option and a Adjust the form of an arrow or speech bubble shape: Drag a green dot. Delete or duplicate a shape: Tap it, then choose an option. To hide the Markup toolbar when you finish, tap or Done. Add your signature in other supported apps 1. In the Markup toolbar, tap

, then choose Signature. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its 2. Do one of the following:

Add a new signature: Tap Add or Remove Signature, tap finger to sign your name.

, then use Apple Pencil or your To use the signature, tap Done, or to draw a new one, tap Clear. Add an existing signature: Tap the one you want. To see all of your signatures, scroll down the list. 3. Drag your signature where you want it. To hide the Markup toolbar when you finish, tap or Done. In iPad apps that support Markup, you can write text in any field and have it immediately converted to typed text. See Enter text with Scribble on iPad. iPad User Guide 99 Zoom in or magnify in Markup on iPad In Markup in supported apps, you can zoom in when you need to draw the details. Use the magnifier when you only need to see the details. Zoom in While using Markup in a supported app, pinch open so you can draw, adjust shapes, and more, up close. To pan when youre zoomed in, drag two fingers. To zoom back out, pinch closed. Magnify In the Markup toolbar in a supported app (other than Notes), tap

, then tap Magnifier. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its To change the magnifiers characteristics, do any of the following:

Change the magnification level: Drag the green dot on the magnifier. Change the size of the magnifier: Drag the blue dot on the magnifier. Move the magnifier: Drag it. Change the outline thickness of the magnifier: Tap

, then choose an option. Change the outline color of the magnifier: Choose an option from the color picker. Remove or duplicate the magnifier: Tap its outline, then tap Delete or Duplicate. To hide the Markup toolbar when you finish, tap or Done. Perform quick actions on iPad On the Home Screen, in Control Center, and in apps, you can see previews, open quick actions menus, and more. In Photos, touch and hold an image to preview it and see a list of options. In Mail, touch and hold a message in a mailbox to preview the message contents and see a list of options. iPad User Guide 100 On the Home Screen, touch and hold an app icon briefly to open a quick actions menu. If the icons start to jiggle, tap Done at the top right or press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button), then try again. Open Control Center, then touch and hold an item like Camera or the brightness control to see options. On the Lock Screen, touch and hold a notification briefly to respond to it. When typing, touch and hold the Space bar with one finger to turn your keyboard into a trackpad. Use and customize Control Center on iPad Control Center on iPad gives you instant access to useful controlsincluding airplane mode, Do Not Disturb, a flashlight, volume, screen brightnessand apps. Open Control Center Swipe down from the top-right edge; to close it, swipe up from the bottom. Access more controls in Control Center Many controls offer additional options. To see available options, touch and hold a control. For example, you can do the following in Control Center:

Touch and hold the top-left group of controls, then tap to open the AirDrop options. iPad User Guide 101 Touch and hold to take a selfie, record a video, scan a QR code, or take a photo. Temporarily disconnect from a Wi-Fi network In Control Center, tap

; to reconnect, tap it again. To see the name of the connected Wi-Fi network, touch and hold

. Because Wi-Fi isnt turned off when you disconnect from a network, AirPlay and AirDrop still work, and iPad joins known networks when you change locations or restart iPad. To turn off Wi-Fi, go to Settings Wi-Fi on or off in Control Center while in airplane mode, see Choose iPad settings for travel.

> Wi-Fi. (To turn on Wi-Fi again in Control Center, tap

.) For information about turning Temporarily disconnect from Bluetooth devices In Control Center, tap

; to allow connections, tap the button again. Because Bluetooth isnt turned off when you disconnect from devices, location accuracy and other services are still enabled. To turn off Bluetooth, go to Settings on Bluetooth again in Control Center, tap Control Center while in airplane mode, see Choose iPad settings for travel. For information about turning Bluetooth on or off in

> Bluetooth, then turn it off. To turn Turn off access to Control Center in apps Go to Settings

> Control Center, then turn off Access Within Apps. Add and organize controls iPad User Guide 102 1. Go to Settings

> Control Center. 2. To add or remove controls, tap or next to a control. 3. To rearrange controls, touch next to a control, then drag it to a new position. Use notifications and Do Not Disturb View and respond to notifications on iPad Notifications help you keep track of whats newthey let you know if you missed a call, if the date of an event moved, and more. You can customize your notifications so you see only whats important to you. View and respond to notifications on the iPad Lock Screen or in Notification Center. Find all your notifications in one place iPad displays notifications as they arrive, but if you dont read one right away, its saved in Notification Center so you can check it later. To see your notifications in Notification Center, do any of the following:

On the Lock Screen: Swipe up from the middle of the screen. On other screens: Swipe down from the top center. Then you can scroll up to see older notifications, if there are any. To close Notification Center, swipe up from the bottom, or press the Home button (on supported models). Respond to notifications When you have multiple notifications in Notification Center or on the Lock Screen, theyre grouped by app, which makes them easier to view and manage. Notifications from some apps may also be grouped by organizing features within the app, such as by topic or thread. Grouped notifications appear as small stacks, with the most recent notification on top. Do any of the following:

To expand a group of notifications to see them individually, tap the group. To close the group again, tap Show Less. Tap a notification to open the app that its from and respond. Touch and hold a notification to view it and perform quick actions if the app offers them. Or swipe the notification left, then tap View. iPad User Guide 103 To respond when iPad is locked, touch and hold the notification. Dismiss, clear, and manage notifications Do any of the following:

Handle a notification you receive while using another app: Pull it down to view it, then swipe up to dismiss it. Clear notifications: Swipe left over the notification or group, then tap Clear or Clear All. Send notifications directly to Notification Center: Swipe left over the notification or group of notifications, tap Manage, then tap Deliver Quietly. This prevents these notifications from appearing on the Lock Screen, playing a sound, lighting up the screen, or presenting a banner. To see and hear these notifications again, swipe left on a notification in Notification Center, tap Manage, then tap Deliver Prominently. Turn off notifications for an app or notification group: Swipe left on the notification or group of notifications, tap Manage, then tap Turn Off. Change how an app displays notifications: Swipe left on a notification, tap Manage, tap Settings, then choose an option. You can choose whether to allow notifications from the app, where the notifications appear (in Notification Center, for example), whether to play an alert sound, and so on. Clear all your notifications in Notification Center: Tap

, then tap Clear. When you havent used an app for a while, Siri suggests that you turn off notifications for that app. Change notification settings on iPad In Settings based alerts, allow government alerts, and more.

, choose which apps can send notifications, change the alert sound, set up location-

Change notification settings Most notification settings can be customized for each app. You can turn app notifications on or off, have notifications play a sound, choose how and where you want app notifications to appear when your device is unlocked, and more. 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications. 2. To choose when you want most notification previews to appear, tap Show Previews, then select an optionAlways, When Unlocked, or Never. (You can override this setting for individual apps.) Previews can include things like text (from Messages and Mail) and invitation details (from Calendar). iPad User Guide 104 3. Tap Back, tap an app below Notification Style, then turn Allow Notifications on or off. If you turn on notifications, choose how and where you want the notifications to appear for the appfor example, on the Lock Screen or in Notification Center. You can also set a notification banner style, sound, and badges for many apps. 4. Tap Notification Grouping, then choose how you want the notifications grouped:

By App: All the notifications from the app are grouped together. Automatic: The notifications from the app are grouped according to organizing criteria within the app, such as by topic or thread. Off: Turn off grouping. To turn off notifications selectively for apps, go to Settings > Notifications > Siri Suggestions, then turn off any app. Show recent notifications on the Lock Screen You can allow access to Notification Center on the Lock Screen. 1. Go to Settings

, then, depending on your model, tap one of the following. Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Enter your passcode. 3. Turn on Notification Center (below Allow Access When Locked). Silence all your notifications Ask Siri. Say something like: Turn on Do Not Disturb. Learn how to ask Siri. You can also go to Settings

> Do Not Disturb, then turn on Do Not Disturb. Set up location-based alerts Some apps use your location to send you relevant alerts based on where you are. For example, you might get a reminder to call someone when you get to a specific place or when you leave for your next location. If you dont want to see these types of alerts, you can turn them off. iPad User Guide 105 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy > Location Services. 2. Turn on Location Services. 3. Tap an app, then choose whether you want to share your location while using that app. See the Apple Support article About privacy and Location Services. Set Do Not Disturb on iPad To quickly silence iPad, whether youre going to dinner or going to sleep, turn on Do Not Disturb. It silences notifications and calls and prevents them from lighting up the screen. Turn on Do Not Disturb Ask Siri. Say something like: Turn on Do Not Disturb. Learn how to ask Siri. 1. You can also open Control Center, then tap to turn on Do Not Disturb. When Do Not Disturb is on, appears in the status bar. 2. To choose an ending time for Do Not Disturb, touch and hold option, such as For 1 hour or Until the end of this event. in Control Center, then choose an You can also tap Schedule, turn on Scheduled, then set beginning and ending times. Allow calls when Do Not Disturb is on 1. Go to Settings

> Do Not Disturb. 2. Do any of the following:

Tap Allow Calls From: To allow incoming FaceTime and Wi-Fi calls from selected groups. Turn on Repeated Calls: To allow repeated calls from the same caller to come through for emergencies. Allow calls from emergency contacts when Do Not Disturb is on You can allow FaceTime and Wi-Fi calls and messages from emergency contacts when Do Not Disturb is on. 1. Open Contacts

. 2. Select a contact, then tap Edit. 3. Tap Ringtone or Text Tone, then turn on Emergency Bypass. iPad User Guide 106 Schedule quiet hours 1. Go to Settings

> Do Not Disturb. 2. Turn on Scheduled, then set the start time and end time for quiet hours. Tip: To dim your display during quiet hours, turn on Dim Lock Screen. Do Not Disturb turns off automatically at the end of the quiet hours you specify. To turn it off sooner, tap the Do Not Disturb notification on the Lock Screen, then tap Turn Off. When Do Not Disturb is off, notifications resume. Choose when Do Not Disturb silences iPad You can choose whether Do Not Disturb silences iPad only when its locked, or even when its unlocked. 1. Go to Settings

> Do Not Disturb. 2. Do one of the following:

Silence iPad any time Do Not Disturb is on: Tap Always. Silence iPad only when its locked: Tap While iPad is locked. Add widgets on iPad Today View widgets show you current information from your favorite apps at a glancetodays headlines, weather, calendar events, and more. You can add these widgets to your Home Screen to keep this information at your fingertips. iPad User Guide 107 Open Today View Swipe right from the left edge of the Home Screen or the Lock Screen. Keep Today View widgets on your Home Screen You can keep Today View widgets on your Home Screen next to your apps when iPad is in landscape orientation. 1. With iPad in landscape orientation, open Today View from the Home Screen, then touch and hold the Home Screen background until the apps jiggle. 2. Turn on Keep On Home Screen, then tap Done. Tip: A widget called a Smart Stack (one that has dots next to it) is a set of several widgets that uses information such as the time, your location, and activity to display the most relevant widget at the appropriate time in your day. You can swipe through a Smart Stack to see the widgets it contains. Add widgets from the widget gallery 1. Open Today View, then touch and hold the Home Screen background until the apps begin to jiggle. iPad User Guide 108 2. Tap at the top of the screen to open the widget gallery. 3. Scroll or search to find the widget you want, tap it, then swipe through the size options. The different sizes display different information. 4. When you see the size you want, tap Add Widget, then tap Done. Tip: A widget called a Smart Stack (one that has dots next to it) is a set of several widgets that uses information such as the time, your location, and activity to display the most relevant widget at the appropriate time in your day. You can swipe through a Smart Stack to see the widgets it contains. Remove or rearrange widgets 1. In landscape orientation, open Today View on the Home Screen. 2. Touch and hold the Home Screen background until the apps begin to jiggle, then do any of the following:

Remove a widget: Tap on the widget, then tap Remove. Rearrange the widgets: Drag a widget to a new location in Today View. Edit a widget You can customize most widgets so they display the information you want. For example, you can edit a Weather widget to display the forecast for your location or a different area. Or you can customize a Smart Stack to rotate automatically through its widgets based on things like your activity, the time of day, and so on. 1. On your Home Screen, touch and hold a widget to open a quick actions menu. iPad User Guide 109 2. Tap Edit Widget if it appears (or Edit Stack, if its a Smart Stack), then choose options. For example, for a Weather widget, you can tap Location, then select a location for your forecast. For a Smart Stack, you can turn Smart Rotate off or on and reorder the widgets in the stack by dragging next to them. 3. Tap the Home Screen background. Remove Today View from your Home Screen 1. Touch and hold the Home Screen background until the apps jiggle. 2. Turn off Keep On Home Screen, then tap Done. When you swipe left on your Home Screen, Today View will move off the screen. Allow access to Today View when iPad is locked 1. Go to Settings

, then, depending on your model, tap one of the following:

Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Enter your passcode. 3. Turn on Today View (below Allow Access When Locked). Charge and monitor the iPad battery iPad has an internal, lithium-ion rechargeable battery. Lithium-ion technology currently provides the best performance for your device. Compared with traditional battery technology, lithium-ion batteries are lighter, charge faster, last longer, and have a higher power density for more battery life. To understand how your battery works so you can get the most out of it, see the Apple Lithium-ion Batteries website. WARNING: For important safety information about the battery and charging iPad, see Important safety information for iPad. Charge the battery To charge your iPad battery, do one of the following:

iPad User Guide 110 Connect iPad to a power outlet using the included cable and power adapter. See Accessories included with iPad. Note: Connecting iPad to a power outlet can start an iCloud backup or wireless computer syncing. See Back up iPad and Sync iPad with your computer. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. If your Mac or PC doesnt provide enough power to charge iPad, a Not Charging message appears in the status bar. Note: Dont try to charge your iPad by connecting it to your keyboard, unless your keyboard has a high-power USB port. The battery icon in the top-right corner of the status bar shows the battery level or charging status. When youre syncing or using iPad, it may take longer to charge the battery. Important: If iPad is connected to a computer thats turned off, the iPad battery may drain instead of charge. Look for on the battery icon to make sure iPad is charging. If iPad is very low on power, it may display an image of a nearly depleted battery, indicating that it needs to charge for up to 10 minutes before you can use it. If iPad is extremely low on power when you begin to charge it, the display may be blank for up to 2 minutes before the low-battery image appears. See the Apple Support article If your iPad wont charge. WARNING: If you suspect there may be liquid in the charging port of iPad, dont plug the charging cable into it. For information about exposure to liquid, and other important safety information about the battery and charging iPad, see Important safety information for iPad. iPad User Guide 111 Show the percentage of battery remaining in the status bar Go to Settings

> Battery, then turn on Battery Percentage. View your battery usage information Go to Settings

> Battery. Information about your battery usage and activity appears for the last 24 hours and up to the last 10 days. Insights and suggestions: You might see insights about conditions or usage patterns that cause iPad to consume energy. You might also see suggestions for lowering energy consumption. If a suggestion appears, you can tap it to go to the related setting. Last Charge Level: Indicates how fully the battery was last charged and the time it was disconnected. Battery Level graph (in Last 24 Hours): Shows the battery level, charging intervals, and periods when iPad was in Low Power Mode or the battery was critically low. Battery Usage graph (in Last 10 Days): Shows the percentage of battery used each day. Activity graph: Shows activity over time, split by whether the screen was on or off. Screen On and Screen Off: Shows total activity for the selected time interval, for when the screen was on and when it was off. The Last 10 Days view shows the average per day. Battery Usage by App: Shows the proportion of the battery used by each app in the selected time interval. Activity by App: Shows the amount of time each app was used in the selected time interval. Note: To see battery information for a specific hour or day, tap that time interval in the graph. To deselect it, tap outside the graph. Rechargeable batteries, like those found in iPad, have a limited number of charge cycles and may eventually need to be replaced. The iPad battery should be replaced by Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider. See the Battery Service and Recycling website. To understand how your battery works so you can get the most out of it, see the Apple Lithium-ion Batteries website. Learn the meaning of the iPad status icons The icons in the status bar at the top of the screen provide information about iPad. iPad User Guide 112 Status icon What it means Wi-Fi iPad has a Wi-Fi internet connection. The more bars, the stronger the connection. See Connect iPad to a Wi-Fi network. Cell signal iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is in range of the cellular network. If theres no signal, No service appears. Airplane mode Airplane mode is on. Nonwireless features are available, but wireless functions may be disabled. See Choose iPad settings for travel. 5G Your carriers 5G network is available, and iPad can connect to the internet over that network (supported on iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) (Wi-Fi + Cellular) and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) (Wi-Fi + Cellular); not available in all countries or regions). See Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). 5G+ Your carriers 5G network with higher frequency is available, and iPad can connect to the internet over that network (supported on iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) (Wi-Fi +

Cellular) and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) (Wi-Fi + Cellular); not available in all countries or regions). See Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). 5G UW Your carriers 5G network with higher frequency is available, and iPad can connect to the internet over that network (supported on iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) (Wi-Fi +

Cellular) and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) (Wi-Fi + Cellular); not available in all countries or regions). See Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). 5G E Your carriers 5G E network is available, and supported models can connect to the internet over that network (not available in all countries or regions). See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). LTE iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over a 4G LTE network (not available in all countries or regions). See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi

+ Cellular models). 4G iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over a 4G network (not available in all countries or regions). See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi

+ Cellular models). 3G iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over a 3G network. See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). EDGE iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over an EDGE network. See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) . GPRS iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over a GPRS network. See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) . Personal Hotspot iPad is connected to the internet through the Personal Hotspot of another device. See Join a Personal Hotspot. iPad User Guide 113 Status icon What it means Personal Hotspot Indicator A blue bubble or bar indicates that iPad is either providing a Personal Hotspot or Screen Mirroring, or an app is actively using your location. See Share your internet connection from iPad (Wi-Fi + cellular). Call Indicator A green bubble or bar indicates that iPad is on a call. See Make and receive phone calls on iPad. Recording Indicator A red bubble or bar indicates that iPad is either recording sound or recording your screen. See Make a recording in Voice Memos on iPad. Camera In Use Indicator A green indicator appears at the top of your screen whenever an app is using your camera. View and save measurements on iPad. Microphone In Use Indicator An orange indicator appears at the top of your screen whenever an app is using your microphone. Make a recording in Voice Memos on iPad. Syncing iPad is syncing with your computer. Sync iPad with your computer. Activity There is network or other activity. Some third-party apps use this icon to show app activity. VPN iPad is connected to a network using VPN. Lock iPad is locked. See Access features from the iPad Lock Screen. RTT RTT is turned on. See Set up and use RTT on iPad. Do Not Disturb Do Not Disturb is turned on. See Set Do Not Disturb on iPad. Orientation lock Screen orientation is locked. See Change or lock the screen orientation on iPad. Location Services An app is using Location Services. See Control the location information you share on iPad. Alarm An alarm is set. See Set an alarm on iPad. Headphones connected iPad is paired with Bluetooth headphones that are turned on and within Bluetooth range. See Set up and listen to Bluetooth headphones. Bluetooth battery Shows the battery level of a supported paired Bluetooth device. Battery Shows the battery level or charging status. See Charge and monitor the iPad battery. Battery Charging Shows the iPad battery is charging. See Charge and monitor the iPad battery. AirPlay AirPlay is on. See Wirelessly stream videos and photos to Apple TV or a smart TV from iPad. iPad User Guide 114 Status icon What it means Voice Control Voice Control is turned on in Settings > Accessibility, and Siri is ready for your requests. See Use Voice Control to interact with iPad. Choose iPad settings for travel When you travel with iPad, choose settings that comply with airline requirements. Some airlines let you keep your iPad turned on if you switch to airplane mode. By default, Wi-Fi and Bluetooth are disabled in airplane modeyou cant make or receive FaceTime calls or use features or accessories that require wireless communication, but you can listen to music, play games, watch videos, and use other apps that dont require internet access. To choose settings that minimize cellular charges when you travel (Wi-Fi + Cellular models), see View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). When you travel abroad, you may be able to sign up for cellular service with a carrier in the region youre visiting, right from your iPad (available on iPad Wi-Fi + cellular models with either Touch ID or Face ID). See Connect iPad to a cellular network (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). Turn on airplane mode Open Control Center, then tap

. You can also turn airplane mode on or off in Settings status bar at the top of the screen. When airplane mode is on, appears in the Turn on Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in airplane mode If your airline allows it, you can use Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in airplane mode. iPad User Guide 115 1. Open Control Center, then turn on airplane mode. 2. Tap to turn on Wi-Fi or to turn on Bluetooth. If you turn on Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in airplane mode, it may be on the next time you return to airplane mode. To turn off Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in airplane mode, open Control Center, then tap or

. iPad User Guide 116 App Store Get apps in the App Store on iPad In the App Store app

, you can discover new apps, read featured stories, and learn tips and tricks. Note: You need an internet connection and an Apple ID to use the App Store. The availability of the App Store varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Find apps Ask Siri. Say something like: Search the App Store for cooking apps or Get the Minecraft app. Learn how to ask Siri. You can also tap any of the following:

Today: Discover featured stories and apps. Apps: Explore new releases, see the top charts, or browse by category. Search: Enter what youre looking for, then tap Search on the keyboard. Get more info about an app Tap an app to see the following information and more:

Supported languages Compatibility with other Apple devices File size Screenshots or previews Game Center and Family Sharing support Ratings and reviews Privacy information; see Review the privacy practices of apps before you download them Buy and download an app 1. To buy an app, tap the price. If the app is free, tap Get. If you see without a charge. instead of a price, you already purchased the app, and you can download it again iPad User Guide 117 2. If required, authenticate your Apple ID with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode to complete your purchase. While the app is downloading, its icon appears on the Home Screen with a progress indicator. Share or give an app 1. Tap the app to see its details. 2. Tap

, then choose a sharing option or tap Gift App (not available for all apps). Redeem or send an App Store & iTunes gift card 1. Tap or your profile picture at the top right. 2. Tap one of the following:

Redeem Gift Card or Code Send Gift Card by Email Use App Clips on iPad An App Clip is a small part of an app that lets you do a task quickly, like rent a bike, pay for parking, or order food. You can discover App Clips in Safari, Maps, and Messages, or in the real world through QR codes and App Clip Codesunique markers that take you to specific App Clips. (App Clip Codes require iPadOS 14.3 or later.) Get and use an App Clip iPad User Guide 118 1. Get an App Clip from any of the following:

App Clip Code or QR code: Scan the code using the iPad camera or Code Scanner in Control Center (not supported on iPad Air 2 or iPad mini 4). Safari or Messages: Tap the App Clip link. Maps: Tap the App Clip link on the information card (for supported locations). 2. When the App Clip appears on the screen, tap Open. In supported App Clips, you can use Sign in with Apple, then make a payment using Apple Pay. With some App Clips, you can tap the banner at the top of the screen to see the full app in the App Store. Find an App Clip you recently used on iPad Do any of the following:

Search with iPad. Use the App Switcher. Remove App Clips Go to Settings

> App Clips. Subscribe to Apple Arcade on iPad In the App Store app collection of games on iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, and Apple TV.

, you can subscribe to Apple Arcade to enjoy unlimited access to a curated You can subscribe to Apple Arcade or to Apple One, which includes Apple Arcade and other services. See the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One. iPad User Guide 119 Note: Apple Arcade and Apple One arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Subscribe to Apple Arcade 1. In the App Store, tap Arcade, then tap the subscription button. 2. Review the free trial (if eligible) and subscription details, then follow the onscreen instructions. Share Apple Arcade When you subscribe to Apple Arcade or Apple One Premier, you can use Family Sharing to share Apple Arcade with up to five other family members. Your family group members dont need to do anythingApple Arcade is available to them the first time they open the App Store app after your subscription begins. If you join a family group that subscribes to Apple Arcade or Apple One Premier, and you already subscribe, your subscription isnt renewed on your next billing date; instead, you use the groups subscription. If you join a family group that doesnt subscribe, the group uses your subscription. Note: To stop sharing Apple Arcade with a family group, you can cancel the subscription or leave or turn off Family Sharing. iPad User Guide 120 Change or cancel your Apple Arcade subscription Go to Settings instructions.

> [your name] > Subscriptions, tap Apple Arcade, then follow the onscreen If you cancel your subscription, you cant play any Apple Arcade games, even if you downloaded them to your device. Delete the apps if you dont need them anymore. You can resubscribe to play Apple Arcade games again and regain access to your gameplay data. If you wait too long, some of your gameplay data might not be supported after you resubscribe. Play games on iPad In the App Store app

, you can discover new games and play with your friends using Game Center. Find and download games 1. Tap any of the following tabs:

Games: Explore new releases, see the top charts, or browse by category. Arcade: See the games available in Apple Arcade. Search: Enter what youre looking for, then tap Search on the keyboard. 2. To buy a game, tap the price or, if the game is free, tap Get. If the game is included with your Apple Arcade subscription, tap Play. If you see without a charge. instead of a price, you already purchased the game, and you can download it again 3. If required, authenticate your Apple ID with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode to complete your purchase. Play Apple Arcade games on your other Apple devices All of the games in Apple Arcade on iPad are also available in Apple Arcade on other devices. If you subscribe to Apple Arcade, you can access your game progress on devices where youre signed in with your Apple ID. See the Apple Support article Access your Apple Arcade gameplay data on all of your devices. Connect a wireless game controller to iPad See the Apple Support article Connect a wireless game controller to your Apple device. iPad User Guide 121 Play with your friends in Game Center You can send friend requests, manage your public profile, and track your high scores across your Apple devices using Game Center. 1. Go to Settings

> Game Center, then sign in with your Apple ID. 2. To create a Game Center profile, do any of the following:

Choose a nickname: Tap Nickname, then enter a name or choose one of the suggestions. Your friends see your nickname when you play games together. Personalize your profile picture: Tap Edit at the top, then create a new Memoji, use an existing Memoji, or customize how your initials appear. 3. To add friends, tap Friends, tap Add Friends, then enter their phone number or Apple ID, or tap to invite someone in your Contacts list. To accept a friend request, the recipient must click the link in the text message on their iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac that meets the minimum system requirements for Apple Arcade. In your list of friends, tap a friend to see games they recently played and their achievements. You can also report a user for cheating, an inappropriate picture or nickname, or another problem. To remove a friend, tap Remove Friend. Set Game Center restrictions You can set restrictions for multiplayer games, adding friends, private messaging, and more. 1. Go to Settings Restrictions.

> Screen Time > Content & Privacy Restrictions, then turn on Content & Privacy 2. Tap Content Restrictions, scroll down to Game Center, then set restrictions. Install and manage fonts on iPad You can download fonts from the App Store app

, then use them in documents you create on iPad. 1. After you download an app containing fonts from the App Store, open the app to install the fonts. 2. To manage installed fonts, go to Settings

> General, then tap Fonts. iPad User Guide 122 Manage App Store purchases, subscriptions, settings, and restrictions on iPad In the App Store app you or other family members. You can also set restrictions and customize your preferences for the App Store in Settings

, you can manage subscriptions and review and download purchases made by

. Approve purchases with Family Sharing With Family Sharing set up, the family organizer can review and approve purchases made by other family members under a certain age. See Turn on Ask To Buy for children on iPad. Find and download apps purchased by you or family members 1. Tap or your profile picture at the top right, then tap Purchased. 2. If you set up Family Sharing, tap My Purchases or choose a family member to view their purchases. Note: You can see purchases made by family members only if they choose to share their purchases. Purchases made with Family Sharing may not be accessible after the family member leaves the family group. 3. Find the app you want to download (if its still available in the App Store), then tap

. Change or cancel your App Store subscriptions 1. Tap or your profile picture at the top right, then tap Subscriptions. You may need to sign in with your Apple ID. 2. Choose a subscription, then do any of the following:

Change or cancel an existing subscription. Resubscribe to an expired subscription. Share an eligible App Store subscription with other family members in your Family Sharing group. Change your App Store settings Go to Settings

> App Store, then do any of the following:

iPad User Guide 123 Automatically download apps purchased on your other Apple devices: Below Automatic Downloads, turn on Apps. Automatically update apps: Turn on App Updates. Control the use of cellular data for app downloads: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) To allow downloads to use cellular data, turn on Automatic Downloads (below Cellular Data). To choose whether you want to be asked for permission for downloads over 200 MB or all apps, tap App Downloads. Automatically play app preview videos: Turn on Video Autoplay. Automatically remove unused apps: Turn on Offload Unused Apps. You can reinstall an app at any time if its still available in the App Store. Set content restrictions and prevent in-app purchases After you turn on content and privacy restrictions, do the following. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time > Content & Privacy Restrictions > Content Restrictions. 2. Set restrictions such as the following:

iTunes & App Store Purchases: Control app installations, app deletions, and in-app purchases. Apps: Restrict apps by age ratings. App Clips: Prevent App Clips from opening. Books Find and buy books and audiobooks in Apple Books on iPad In the Books app Apple Books editors. After you select a book or audiobook, you can read or listen to it right in the app.

, you can find todays bestsellers, view top charts, or browse lists curated by 1. Open Books, then tap Book Store or Audiobooks to browse titles, or tap Search to look for a specific title or author. 2. Tap a book cover to see more details, read a sample, listen to a preview, or mark as Want to Read. 3. Tap Buy to purchase a title, or tap Get to download a free title. All purchases are made with the payment method associated with your Apple ID. iPad User Guide 124 On iPad models that connect to a cellular network, you can allow books and audiobooks to be downloaded automatically over your cellular network when you arent connected to Wi-Fi. Go to Settings

> Books, scroll to Cellular Data, tap Downloads, then tap Always Allow. Read books in the Books app on iPad In the Books app books youre reading, the books you want to read, your book collections, and more.

, use the Reading Now and Library tabs at the bottom of the screen to see the Reading Now: Tap to access the books and audiobooks youre currently reading. Scroll down to see books and audiobooks youve added to your Want To Read collection and books youve sampled. You can also set daily reading goals and keep track of the books you finish throughout the year. Library: Tap to see all of the books, audiobooks, series, and PDFs you got from the Book Store or manually added to your library. You can tap Collections to view books sorted into collections, such as Want to Read, My Samples, Audiobooks, and Finished. Read a book Tap the Reading Now or Library tab, then tap a cover to open a book. Use gestures and controls to navigate as follows:

Turn the page: Tap the right side of the page or swipe right to left. iPad User Guide 125 Go back to the previous page: Tap the left side of the page or swipe left to right. Go to a specific page: Tap the page and move the slider at the bottom of the screen left or right. Or, tap and enter a page number, then tap the page number in the search results. Close a book: Tap the center of the page to show the controls, then tap

. Tip: Turn iPad to landscape orientation to view two pages at once. When you finish a book, personalized recommendations appear to help you discover your next read. Change text and display appearance Tap the page, tap

, then do any of the following:

Adjust the screen brightness: Drag the slider left or right. Change the font size: Tap the large A to increase the font size or tap the small A to decrease it. Change the font: Tap Fonts to choose a different font. Change the page background color: Tap a circle. Dim the screen when its dark: Turn on Auto-Night Theme to automatically change the page color and brightness when using Books in low-light conditions. (Not all books support Auto-Night Theme.) iPad User Guide 126 Turn off pagination: Turn Vertical Scrolling on to scroll continuously through a book or PDF. Bookmark a page When you close a book, your place is saved automaticallyyou dont need to add a bookmark. Bookmark pages you want to return to again. Tap to add a bookmark; tap it again to remove the Bookmark. To see all your bookmarks, tap

, then tap Bookmarks. Highlight or underline text 1. Touch and hold a word, then move the grab points to adjust the selection. 2. Tap Highlight, then tap to choose a highlight color or underline. To remove a highlight or underline, tap the text, then tap

. To see all of your highlights, tap

, then tap Notes. Add a note 1. Touch and hold a word, then move the grab points to adjust the selection. 2. Tap Note, then enter note text. 3. Tap the page to close the note and continue reading. To see all of your notes, tap

, then tap Notes. Swipe left on a note to delete it. iPad User Guide 127 Share a selection You can send text selections using AirDrop, Mail, or Messages, or you can add the selection to Notes. If the book is from the Book Store, a link to the book is included with the selection. (Sharing may not be available in all countries or regions.) 1. Touch and hold a word, then move the grab points to adjust the selection. 2. Tap Share, then choose a method. You can also send a link to view the book in the Book Store. Tap a page, tap

, then tap

. Access your books on all your devices To keep your Books information updated across your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch, sign in with the same Apple ID on each device, then do the following:

Sync Reading position, bookmarks, notes, and highlights: Go to Settings iCloud, then turn on both iCloud Drive and Books.

> [your name] >

Sync Reading Now, Library, and collections: Go to Settings > [your name] > iCloud, then turn on both iCloud Drive and Books. Then go to Settings > Books, and turn on Reading Now. See Set up iCloud on your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Access your books on your Mac To see your books, audiobooks, and PDFs on your Mac, choose Apple menu then do one of the following:

> System Preferences, macOS 10.15 or later: Click Apple ID, select iCloud in the sidebar, then select iCloud Drive. Click Options, then select Books. macOS 10.14 or earlier: Click iCloud, then select iCloud Drive. Click Options, then select Books. To see your collections, bookmarks, notes, and highlights on your Mac, open Books, choose Preferences, click General, then select Sync collections, bookmarks, and highlights across devices. Listen to audiobooks in Books on iPad Use the Books app to listen to audiobooks on your iPad. iPad User Guide 128 Play an audiobook In Reading Now or in the Audiobooks collection in your Library, tap the cover, then do any of the following:

Skip forward or back: Touch and hold the rounded arrows, slide and hold the book cover, or use external controls such as headphones or car controls. Note: To change the number of seconds that skipping advances, go to Settings scroll down to Audiobooks.

> Books, then Speed it up, or slow it down: Tap the playback speed in the lower-left corner to choose a different speed. Set a sleep timer: Tap

, then choose a duration. Go to a chapter: Tap

, then tap a chapter. Note: Some audiobooks refer to chapters as tracks, or dont define chapters. Go to a specific time: Drag the playhead, directly below the audiobook cover. The point where you started listening is marked with a gray circle on the timeline. Tap the circle to jump back to that spot. iPad User Guide 129 If a Wi-Fi connection to the internet isnt available, audiobooks play over your carriers cellular network, which may result in additional fees. To manage cellular data usage, see View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). Set reading goals in Books on iPad helps you keep track of how many minutes you read every day, and how many The Books app books and audiobooks you finish each year. You can customize your goals to spend more time reading, set new reading streaks, and share your achievements with friends. Change your daily reading goal You can adjust your daily reading goal depending on how many minutes you want to read per day. If you dont customize your daily reading goal, its set to five minutes per day. 1. Tap the Reading Now tab, then swipe down to Reading Goals. 2. Tap Todays Reading, then tap Adjust Goal. 3. Slide the counter up or down to set the minutes per day that you want to read. When you reach your daily reading goal, you receive a notification from Books; tap it to get more details about your achievement, or send your achievement to friends. iPad User Guide 130 Note: To count PDFs toward your reading goal, go to Settings

> Books, then turn on Include PDFs. Change your yearly reading goal After you finish reading a book or audiobook in Books, the Books Read This Year collection appears below Reading Goals. The default yearly reading goal is three books per year, but you can increase or decrease your goal depending on how many books you want to finish. 1. Tap the Reading Now tab, then swipe down to Books Read This Year. 2. Tap a gray placeholder square, or a book cover, then tap Adjust Goal. 3. Slide the counter up or down to set the books per year that you want to read. When you reach your yearly reading goal, you receive a notification from Books; tap it to get more details about your achievement, or send your achievement to friends. See your reading streaks and records Books lets you know how many days in a row you reach your daily reading goal and notifies you when you set a record. To view your current reading streak and record, tap the Reading Now tab, then swipe down to Reading Goals. Turn off notifications and Reading Goals Turn off notifications: To stop receiving notifications when you achieve a reading goal or set a reading streak, tap your account in the top-right corner of the Reading Now tab, tap Notifications, then turn off Reading Goals. Turn off Reading Goals: Go to Settings is turned off, the reading indicators in Reading Now are hidden and you dont receive notifications.

> Books > then turn off Reading Goals. When Reading Goals Organize books in the Books app on iPad In the Books app automatically sorted into collections, such as Audiobooks, Want to Read, and Finished.

, the books and audiobooks you purchase are saved in your library and iPad User Guide 131 Create a collection and add books to it You can create your own collections to personalize your library. 1. Tap Library, tap Collections, then tap New Collection. 2. Name the collection, for example, Beach Reads or Book Club, then tap Done. 3. To add a book to the collection, tap below the book cover (or on the books details page in the Book Store), tap Add to Collection, then choose the collection. You can add the same book to multiple collections. Sort books in your library Choose how the books in your library are sorted and appear. 1. Tap Library, then scroll down and tap the word that appears next to Sort or Sort By. 2. Choose Recent, Title, Author, or Manually. If you choose Manually, touch and hold a book cover, then drag it to the position you want. 3. Tap to view books by title or cover. iPad User Guide 132 Tip: You can sort books in a collection the same way. Remove books, audiobooks, and PDFs You can remove books, audiobooks, and PDFs from Reading Now and your library collections, or hide them on your iPad. 1. Tap Library, then tap Edit. For audiobooks, tap Library, then go to the Audiobooks collection. 2. Tap the items you want to remove. 3. Tap and select an option. To unhide books that you have hidden, tap Reading Now, tap your account icon, then tap Manage Hidden Purchases. To redownload books you have already purchased, see the Apple Support article Redownload apps, music, movies, TV shows, and books. Access your library across devices You can sync your Library and collections across all your devices where you are signed in with the

> [your name] > iCloud, turn on iCloud Drive, then turn on Books. same Apple ID. Go to Settings Read PDF documents in Books on iPad In the Books app

, you can open and save PDFs that you receive in Mail, Messages, and other apps. Open PDFs in Books Tap the PDF attachment to open it, tap

, then tap Books. Share or print a PDF document Open the PDF document, tap tap Print. See About AirPrint.

, then choose a share option such as AirDrop, Mail, or Messages, or iPad User Guide 133 Mark up a PDF Open the PDF and tap dont see

). to use the drawing and annotation tools (tap near the center of a page if you See Draw in apps with Markup on iPad. View PDFs across devices You can see PDFs and books that are not from the Book Store across your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Go to Settings Settings > Books, and turn on iCloud Drive.

> [your name] > iCloud, turn on iCloud Drive, then turn on Books. Then go to Calendar Create and edit events in Calendar on iPad Use the Calendar app to create and edit events, appointments, and meetings. iPad User Guide 134 Ask Siri. Say something like:

Set up a meeting with Gordon at 9 Do I have a meeting at 10?

Where is my 3:30 meeting?

Learn how to ask Siri Add an event 1. In day view, tap at the top of the screen. 2. Enter the title and location of the event, the start and end times, the travel time, the invitees, and so on. Scroll down if necessary to enter the event details. 3. Tap Add. iPad User Guide 135 Add an alert You can set an alert to be reminded of an event beforehand. 1. Tap the event, then tap Edit near the top of the screen. 2. In the event details, tap Alert. 3. Choose when you want to be reminded. For example, At time of event, 5 minutes before, or another choice. Note: If you add the address of the events location, Calendar uses Apple Maps to look up locations, traffic conditions, and transit options to tell you when its time to leave. Add an attachment You can add an attachment to a Calendar event to share with invitees. 1. Tap the event, then tap Edit near the top right. 2. In the event details, tap Add attachment. The Files app opens, displaying your recently opened files. 3. Locate the file you want to attach. To find the file, you can enter its name in the search field, scroll, tap folders to open them, tap Browse to look in other locations (such as iCloud Drive), and so on. See View files and folders in Files on iPad. 4. Tap Done. To remove the attachment, tap the event, tap Edit near the top right, swipe left over the attachment, then tap Remove. Find events in other apps Siri can suggest events found in Mail, Messages, and Safarisuch as flight reservations and hotel bookingsso you can add them easily in Calendar. 1. Go to Settings

> Calendar > Siri & Search. 2. Turn on Show Siri Suggestions in App to allow Siri to suggest events found in other apps. To allow Siri to make suggestions in other apps based on how you use Calendar, turn on Learn from this App. iPad User Guide 136 Edit an event You can change the time of an event and any of the other event details. Change the time: In day view, touch and hold the event, then drag it to a new time, or adjust the grab points. Change event details: Tap the event, tap Edit near the top right, then in the event details, tap a setting to change it, or tap in a field to type new information. Delete an event In day view, tap the event, then tap Delete Event at the bottom of the screen. Send and receive invitations in Calendar on iPad In the Calendar app and some CalDAV servers let you send and receive meeting invitations. (Not all calendar servers support every feature.)

, send and receive meeting and event invitations. iCloud, Microsoft Exchange, Invite others to an event You can invite people to an event youve scheduled. 1. Tap the event, then tap Edit near the top of the screen. 2. Tap invitees, then enter the names or email addresses of people you want to invite, or tap to select Contacts. 3. Tap Done. If you dont want to be notified when someone declines a meeting, go to Settings turn off Show Invitee Declines.

> Calendar, then Note: With Microsoft Exchange and some other exchange servers, you can invite people to an event even if youre not the one who scheduled it. Reply to an event invitation 1. To respond to an event notification, tap it. Or, in Calendar, tap

, then tap an invitation. 2. Tap your responseAccept, Maybe, or Decline. To respond to an invitation you receive by email, tap the underlined text in the email, then tap Show in Calendar. iPad User Guide 137 If you add comments to your response (comments may not be available for all calendars), your comments can be seen by the organizer but not by other attendees. To see events you declined, tap

, then turn on Show Declined Events. Schedule a meeting without blocking your schedule You can add an event to your calendar without having the timeframe appear as busy to others who send you invitations. 1. Tap the event, then tap Edit. 2. Tap Show As, then tap Free. Suggest a different meeting time You can suggest a different time for a meeting invitation youve received. 1. Tap the meeting, then tap Propose New Time. 2. Tap the time, then enter a new one. 3. Tap Done, then tap Send. Quickly email attendees You can email all attendees of an eventfor example, to share event details. 1. Tap an event that has attendees. 2. Tap Invitees, then tap

. Change how you view events in Calendar on iPad In the Calendar app upcoming events. To change your view of Calendar, do any of the following:

, you can view one day, a week, a month, or a year at a time, or view a list of Zoom in or out: Tap Day, Week, Month, or Year at the top of the screen to zoom in or out on your calendar. In week or day view, pinch to zoom in or out. View upcoming events: Tap to view upcoming events as a list. Search for events in Calendar on iPad In the Calendar app

, you can search for events by title, invitees, location, and notes. Tap

, then enter the text you want to find in the search field. iPad User Guide 138 Ask Siri. Say something like: Whats on my calendar for Friday? Learn how to ask Siri. Customize your calendar on iPad In the Calendar app numbers, choose alternate calendars (for example, to display Chinese or Hebrew dates), override the automatic time zone, and more.

, you can choose which day of the week Calendar starts with, display week Go to Settings

> Calendar, then choose the settings and features you want. Keep track of events in Calendar on iPad In the Calendar app Calendar events, invitations, and more. You can also make sure your events and other calendar information are kept up to date on all your devices.

, you can customize the notifications that let you know about upcoming Customize Calendar notifications 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications > Calendar. 2. Turn on Allow Notifications. 3. Tap a type of event (for example, Upcoming Events), then choose how and where you want the notifications for those events to appearfor example, on the Lock Screen, in Notification Center, as banners at the top of the screen, with an alert sound, and so on. Keep your Calendar up to date across your devices You can use iCloud to keep your Calendar information up to date on all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Calendars. If you dont want to use iCloud for your Calendar, you can sync your Calendar information between your iPad and your computer. See Sync iPad with your computer. Set up multiple calendars on iPad In the Calendar app you can keep track of all your events and appointments in one place, you dont have to. Additional calendars are easy to set up, and a great way to stay organized.

, set up multiple calendars to keep track of different kinds of events. Although iPad User Guide 139 See multiple calendars at once To view multiple calendars, tap

, then do any of the following:

Select the calendars you want to view. Tap US Holidays to include national holidays with your events. Tap Birthdays to include birthdays from Contacts with your events. Set a default calendar You can set one of your calendars as the default calendar. When you add an event using Siri or other apps, its added to your default calendar. 1. Go to Settings

> Calendar > Default Calendar. 2. Select the calendar you want to use as your default calendar. Change a calendars color 1. Tap

. 2. Tap next to the calendar, then choose a color. iPad User Guide 140 3. Tap Done. For some calendar accounts, such as Google, the color is set by the server. Turn on iCloud, Google, Exchange, or Yahoo calendars 1. Go to Settings

> Calendar > Accounts > Add Account. 2. Do any of the following:

Tap a mail service (iCloud or Microsoft Exchange, for example), then sign in to your account. Tap Other, tap Add CalDAV Account or Add Subscribed Calendar, then enter your server and account information. Subscribe to a calendar 1. Go to Settings

> Calendar > Accounts > Add Account > Other. 2. Tap Add Subscribed Calendar. 3. Enter the URL of the .ics file to subscribe to and any other required server information. You can also subscribe to an iCalendar (.ics) calendar by tapping a link to the calendar. Add a CalDAV account 1. Go to Settings

> Calendar > Accounts > Add Account > Other. 2. Tap Add CalDAV Account. 3. Enter your server and account information. Move an event to another calendar Tap the event, tap Calendar, then select a calendar to move the event to. Share iCloud calendars on iPad

, you can share an iCloud calendar with other iCloud users. When you share a In the Calendar app calendar, others can see it, and you can let them add or change events. You can also share a read-

only version that anyone can view but not change. Create an iCloud calendar iPad User Guide 141 1. Tap

. 2. Tap Add Calendar. 3. Type a name for the new calendar, then tap Done. Share an iCloud calendar You can choose to share a calendar with one or more people in iCloud. Those you invite receive an invitation to join the calendar. 1. Tap

. 2. Tap next to the iCloud calendar you want to share. 3. Tap Add Person, then enter a name or email address, or tap to browse your Contacts. 4. Tap Add. Change a persons access to a shared calendar After you invite a person to share your calendar, you can turn on or off their ability to edit the calendar, or stop sharing the calendar with that person. 1. Tap

, tap next to the shared calendar, then tap the person. 2. Do any of the following:

Turn on or off Allow Editing. Tap Stop Sharing. Turn off notifications for shared calendars When someone modifies a calendar youre sharing, youre notified of the change. You can turn off notifications for shared calendars, if you dont want to receive them. 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications > Calendar > Shared Calendar Changes. 2. Turn off Allow Notifications. Share a read-only calendar with anyone 1. Tap

, then tap next to the iCloud calendar you want to share. 2. Turn on Public Calendar, then tap Share Link to copy or send the URL for your calendar. iPad User Guide 142 3. Choose a method for sending the URLMessage, Mail, and so on. Anyone you send the URL to can use it to subscribe to the calendar using a compatible app, such as Calendar for macOS. Delete a calendar 1. Tap at the top left of the screen. 2. Tap next to the iCloud calendar you want to delete. 3. Tap Delete Calendar at the bottom of the list. Camera Take photos with your iPad camera Learn how to take great photos with Camera Photo, Pano, and Square, and use camera features such as Burst and Live Photos. on your iPad. Choose from camera modes such as Ask Siri. Say something like: Open Camera. Learn how to ask Siri. iPad User Guide 143 Take a photo Photo is the standard mode that you see when you open Camera. Use Photo mode to take still photos. Swipe the mode selector up or down to choose a different mode, such as Video, Pano, Time-

lapse, Slo-mo, and Portrait (on supported models). 1. Tap on the Home screen or swipe left on the Lock screen to open Camera in Photo mode. 2. Tap the Shutter button or press either volume button to take the photo. To turn the flash on or off on models that support True Tone Flash or Retina Flash, tap Auto, On, or Off.

, then choose To set a timer, stabilize your iPad and frame your shot. Tap

, then tap 3s or 10s. Note: For your security, a green dot appears at the top of the screen when Camera is in use. See Control access to hardware features. Zoom in or out On all models, open Camera and pinch the screen to zoom in or out. On iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation and later) and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation and later), tap 1x on the left side of the screen to zoom out and toggle between 1x and 0.5x. To zoom in, touch and hold 1x, then drag the slider up. On all other models, drag the slider on the left side of the screen up or down. Take a panorama photo 1. Choose Pano mode, then tap the Shutter button. iPad User Guide 144 2. Pan slowly in the direction of the arrow, keeping it on the center line. 3. To finish, tap the Shutter button again. Tap the arrow to pan in the opposite direction. To pan vertically, rotate iPad to landscape orientation. You can reverse the direction of a vertical pan, too. Take a selfie 1. Switch to the front camera by tapping or

(depending on your model). 2. Hold your iPad in front of you. 3. Tap the Shutter button or press either volume button to take the shot. Tip: On iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation), tap 1x on the left side of the screen to quickly zoom out to .5x and increase your field of view. Tap .5x again to zoom back in to 1x. For more precise control, touch and hold 1x, then drag the slider down. To take a mirrored selfie that captures the shot as you see it in the front camera frame, go to Settings

> Camera, then turn on Mirror Front Camera or Mirror Front Photos (on earlier models). iPad User Guide 145 Take a selfie in Portrait mode On supported models, you can apply a depth-of-field effect to your selfies with the front camera. This effect keeps your face sharp while creating a beautifully blurred background. 1. Choose Portrait mode. The front camera is now active. 2. Frame yourself in the yellow portrait box. 3. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. Adjust Portrait Lighting in Portrait mode selfies On models that support Portrait Lighting, you can apply studio-quality lighting effects to your Portrait mode selfies. 1. Choose Portrait mode, then frame your selfie. 2. Drag to choose a lighting effect:

Natural Light: The face is in sharp focus against a blurred background. Studio Light: The face is brightly lit, and the photo has an overall clean look. Contour Light: The face has dramatic shadows with highlights and lowlights. Stage Light: The face is spotlit against a deep black background. Stage Light Mono: The effect is similar to Stage Light, but the photo is in classic black and white. High-Key Light Mono: Creates a grayscale subject on a white backgroundiPad Pro 11-inch

(2nd generation and later) and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation and later) only. 3. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. Adjust Depth Control in Portrait mode selfies On models that support Depth Control, use the Depth Control slider to adjust the level of background blur in your Portrait mode selfies. 1. Choose Portrait mode, then frame your selfie. 2. Tap on the right side of the screen. The Depth Control slider appears on the right. iPad User Guide 146 3. Drag the slider up or down down to adjust the effect. 4. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. After you take a photo in Portrait mode, you can use the Depth Control slider in Photos to further adjust the background blur effect. See Adjust Depth Control in Portrait mode photos. Take Burst shots Burst takes multiple high-speed photos so that you have a range of photos to choose from. You can take Burst photos with the front and rear cameras. 1. Choose Photo or Square mode. 2. Touch and hold the Shutter button to take rapid-fire photos. The counter shows how many shots you took. 3. Lift your finger to stop. 4. To select the photos you want to keep, tap the Burst thumbnail, then tap Select. Gray dots below the thumbnails mark the suggested photos to keep. 5. Tap the circle in the lower-right corner of each photo you want to save as an individual photo, then tap Done. To delete the entire group of Burst photos, tap the thumbnail, then tap

. Take a Live Photo A Live Photo captures what happens just before and after you take your photo, including the audio. 1. On models that support Live Photos, choose Photo mode. 2. Tap to turn Live Photos on (yellow is on) or off. 3. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. In your albums, Live Photos are marked with Live in the top-left corner. You can edit Live Photos and add effects such as Loop and Bounce. See Edit Live Photos. Take videos with your iPad camera Use Camera videos. to record videos on your iPad and change modes to take slow-motion and time-lapse iPad User Guide 147 Record a video 1. Choose Video mode. 2. Tap the Record button or press either volume button to start recording. Pinch the screen to zoom in and out. 3. Tap the Record button or press either volume button to stop recording. By default, video records at 30 fps (frames per second). Depending on your model, you can choose other frame rates and video resolution settings in Settings rates and higher resolutions result in larger video files.

> Camera > Record Video. Faster frame Note: For your security, a green dot appears at the top of the screen when Camera is in use. See Control access to hardware features. Use quick toggles to change video resolution and frame rate In Video mode, use quick toggles at the top of the screen to change the video resolution and frame rates available on your iPad. To display quick toggles, go to Settings

> Camera > Record Video, then turn on Video Format Control. Record a slow-motion video 1. Choose Slo-mo mode. 2. Tap the Record button or press either volume button to start and stop recording. To set a portion of the video to play in slow motion and the rest at regular speed, tap the video thumbnail, then tap Edit. Slide the vertical bars below the frame viewer to define the section you want to play back in slow motion. Depending on your model, you can change the frame rate and resolution. The faster the frame rate and the higher the resolution, the larger the resulting video file. To change Slo-mo recording settings, go to Settings

> Camera > Record Slo-mo. Capture a time-lapse video 1. Choose Time-lapse mode. 2. Set up your iPad where you want to capture a sunset, traffic flowing, or other experience over a period of time. 3. Tap the Record button to start recording; tap it again to stop recording. iPad User Guide 148 Adjust Auto FPS settings On models that support Auto FPS, iPad can improve the video quality in low-light situations by automatically reducing the frame rate to 24 fps. Go to Settings

> Camera > Record Video, then do one of the following:

On iPad Pro 11-inch (1st generation and 2nd generation) and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation and 4th generation), turn on Auto Low Light FPS. On iPad Air (4th generation), iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation), and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation), tap Auto FPS, then apply Auto FPS to 30-fps video only or to both 30- and 60-fps video (iPadOS 14.2 or later). Change advanced camera settings on your iPad Learn how to manually adjust the focus and exposure, turn the shutter volume on and off, and change other Camera settings on your iPad. Adjust the focus and exposure Before you take a photo, the iPad camera automatically sets the focus and exposure, and face detection balances the exposure across many faces. To manually adjust the focus and exposure, follow these steps:

1. Tap the screen to reveal the automatic focus area and exposure setting. 2. Tap where you want to move the focus area. 3. Next to the focus area, drag up or down to adjust the exposure. To lock your manual focus and exposure settings for upcoming shots, touch and hold the focus area until you see AE/AF Lock; tap the screen to unlock settings. Use a grid to straighten your shot To display a grid on the camera screen that can help you straighten and compose your shot, go to Settings

> Camera, then turn on Grid. After you take a photo, you can use the editing tools in the Photos app to further align shots and adjust horizontal and vertical perspective. See Straighten and adjust perspective. Save camera settings You can save the last camera mode you used so its not reset when you next open Camera. iPad User Guide 149 Go to Settings

> Camera > Preserve Settings. On supported models, you can also preserve Live Photos settings. Adjust the shutter volume Adjust the volume of the camera shutter sound using the volume buttons on the side of your iPad. Or, when Camera is open, swipe down from the top-right corner of the screen to open Control Center, then drag

. Mute the shutter sound using the volume buttons or the Ring/Silent switch, if your iPad has one. The shutter doesnt make a sound when Live Photos is turned on. Note: In some countries or regions, muting is disabled. See Adjust the volume on iPad. Turn scene detection off and on On iPad Air (4th generation), iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation), and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation), the scene detection setting can identify what youre taking a photo of and apply a tailored look to bring out the best qualities in the scene. Scene detection is on by default. To turn off scene detection, go to Settings off Scene Detection (iPadOS 14.2 or later).

> Camera, then turn Turn lens correction off and on On iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation), the lens correction setting adjusts photos taken with the front camera or Ultra Wide camera for more natural-looking results. Lens correction is on by default. To turn off lens correction, go to Settings Lens Correction.

> Camera, then turn off Mirror the front camera To take a mirrored selfie that captures the shot as you see it in the camera frame, go to Settings Camera, then turn on Mirror Front Camera.

iPad User Guide 150 Adjust HDR camera settings on iPad HDR (High Dynamic Range) in Camera supported models, the iPad camera takes three photos in rapid succession at different exposures and blends them together. The resulting photo has better detail in the bright and midtone areas. helps you get great shots in high-contrast situations. On Take an HDR photo On models that take Auto HDR photos and models that take Smart HDR photos, iPad automatically uses HDR when its most effective. To manually control HDR on these models, go to Settings On the camera screen, tap HDR to turn it on or off.

> Camera, then turn off Smart HDR. On all other models, tap on the camera screen to turn on HDR. By default, the HDR version of the photo is saved in Photos. To save both the HDR and non-HDR

> Camera, then turn on Keep Normal Photo. version, go to Settings View, share, and print photos on iPad All photos and videos you take with Camera new photos and videos are automatically uploaded and available in Photos on all your devices that are set up with iCloud Photos (with iOS 8.1, iPadOS 13, or later). are saved in Photos. With iCloud Photos turned on, all Note: If Location Services is turned on in Settings location data that can be used by apps and photo-sharing websites. See Control the location information you share on iPad.

> Privacy, photos and videos are tagged with View your photos 1. In Camera, tap the thumbnail image below the Shutter button. 2. Swipe right to see the photos youve taken recently. Tap the screen to show or hide the controls. 3. Tap All Photos to see all your photos and videos saved in Photos. Share and print your photos 1. While viewing an image, tap

. 2. To share your photo, select an option such as AirDrop, Mail, or Messages. 3. To print your photo, swipe up to select Print from the list of actions. iPad User Guide 151 See Use AirDrop on iPad to send items to nearby devices. See the Apple Support article, Use AirPrint to print from your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Upload and sync photos across devices Use iCloud Photos to upload photos and videos from your iPad to iCloud and access them on your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch where youre signed in using the same Apple ID. iCloud Photos is useful if you want to keep your photos up to date across multiple devices or save space on your iPad. To turn on iCloud Photos, go to Settings

> Photos. When iCloud Photos is turned off, you can still collect up to 1000 of your most recent photos in the My Photo Stream album on devices set up with iCloud. See Use My Photo Stream on iPad. Scan a QR code with the iPad camera You can use Camera websites, apps, coupons, tickets, and more. The camera automatically detects and highlights a QR code. or the Code Scanner to scan Quick Response (QR) codes for links to Use the camera to read a QR code 1. Open Camera, then position iPad so that the code appears on the screen. 2. Tap the notification that appears on the screen to go to the relevant website or app. Open the Code Scanner from Control Center 1. Go to Settings

> Control Center, then tap next to Code Scanner. 2. Open Control Center, tap the Code Scanner, then position iPad so that the code appears on the screen. 3. To add more light, tap the flashlight to turn it on. Clock See the time in cities worldwide on iPad Use the Clock app to see the local time in different time zones around the world. Ask Siri. Say something like: What time is it? or What time is it in London? Learn how to ask Siri. iPad User Guide 152 1. Tap World Clock. 2. To manage your list of cities, tap Edit, then do any of the following:

Add a city: Tap

, then choose a city. Delete a city: Tap

. Reorder the cities: Touch and hold a clock, then drag it to a new position. Set an alarm on iPad In the Clock app

, you can set an alarm that plays a song or a ringtone at a specific time. Ask Siri. Say something like: Wake me up tomorrow at 7 a.m. or Set an alarm for 9 a.m. every Friday. Learn how to ask Siri. Set an alarm 1. Tap Alarm, then tap

. 2. Set the time, then choose any of the following options:

Repeat: Choose the days of the week. Label: Give the alarm a name, like Water the plants. Sound: Choose a song or a ringtone. Snooze: Give yourself nine more minutes. 3. Tap Save. iPad User Guide 153 To change or delete the alarm, tap Edit. Use the timer or stopwatch on iPad In the Clock app stopwatch to measure the duration of an event.

, you can use the timer to count down from a specified time. You can also use the Ask Siri. Say something like: Set the timer for 3 minutes or Stop the timer. Learn how to ask Siri. Track time with the stopwatch 1. Tap Stopwatch. Note: With iPad in portrait orientation, you can switch between the digital and analog faces by swiping the stopwatch. 2. Tap Start. The timing continues even if you open another app or if iPad goes to sleep. 3. To record a lap or split, tap Lap. 4. Tap Stop to record the final time. 5. Tap Reset to clear the stopwatch. Set the timer 1. Tap Timer. 2. Set the duration of time and a sound to play when the timer ends. Tip: If you want to fall asleep while playing audio or video, you can set the timer to stop the playback. Tap Stop Playing at the bottom of the list. 3. To start the timer, tap Start. The timer continues even if you open another app or if iPad goes to sleep. Contacts Add and use contact information on iPad iPad User Guide 154 In the Contacts app accounts. You can also create contacts and set up a contact card with your own information.

, you can view and edit your contacts lists from personal, business, and other Ask Siri. Say something like:

Whats my brothers work address?

Sarah Milos is my sister Send a message to my sister Learn how to ask Siri Create a contact Tap

. Siri also suggests new contacts based on your use of other apps, such as email you receive in Mail and invitations you receive in Calendar. (To turn this feature off, go to Settings Search, then turn off Show Siri Suggestions for Contacts.)

> Contacts > Siri &

Based on how you use Contacts, Siri also provides contact information suggestions in other apps. (To turn this feature off, go to Settings See About Siri Suggestions on iPad.

> Contacts > Siri & Search, then turn off Learn from this App.) Find a contact Tap the search field at the top of the contacts list, then enter a name, address, phone number, or other contact information. You can also search your contacts using Search (see Use iPad to search). Share a contact Tap a contact, tap Share Contact, then choose a method for sending the contact information. Sharing the contact sends all of the info from the contacts card. Quickly reach a contact To start a message, make a phone call or a FaceTime call, compose an email, or send money with Apple Pay, tap a button below the contacts name. iPad User Guide 155 To change the default phone number or email address for a contact method, touch and hold the button for that method below the contacts name, then tap a selection in the list. Delete a contact 1. Go to the contacts card, then tap Edit. 2. Scroll down, then tap Delete Contact. Edit contacts on iPad In the Contacts app

, assign a photo to a contact, change a label, add a birthday, and more. 1. Tap a contact, then tap Edit. iPad User Guide 156

WARNING:pdfminer.pdfpage:The PDF <_io.BufferedReader name='/Volumes/Scratch/Incoming/eg-scratch/5179599.pdf'> contains a metadata field indicating that it should not allow text extraction. Ignoring this field and proceeding. Use the check_extractable if you want to raise an error in this case 2. Do any of the following:

Assign a photo to a contact: Tap Add Photo. You can take a photo or add one from the Photos app. Change a label: Tap the label, then select one in the list, or tap Add Custom Label to create one of your own. Add a birthday, social profile, related name, and more: Tap next to the item. Allow calls or texts from a contact to override Do Not Disturb: Tap Ringtone or Text Tone, then turn on Emergency Bypass. Add notes: Tap the Notes field. Add a prefix, phonetic name, pronunciation, and more: Tap add field, then select an item in the list. Delete contact information: Tap next to a field. 3. When youre finished, tap Done. To change how your contacts are sorted and displayed, go to Settings

> Contacts. Add your contact info on iPad In the Contacts app your contact card, called My Card, but you may need to provide your contact information (such as name and address) to complete it.

, add your information to your contact card. iPad uses your Apple ID to create Complete My Card Tap My Card at the top of your contacts list, then tap Edit. Contacts suggests addresses and phone numbers to help you set up My Card. If there is no My Card, tap to Settings

> Contacts > My Info, then tap your name in the Contacts list.

, then enter your information. To create My Card with this information, go Edit My Card Tap My Card at the top of your contacts list, then tap Edit. Use other contact accounts on iPad You can include contacts from other accounts in the Contacts app

. iPad User Guide 157 Use your iCloud contacts Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Contacts. Use your Google contacts 1. Go to Settings

> Contacts > Accounts, then tap Google. 2. Sign in to your account, then turn on Contacts. Add contacts from another account 1. Go to Settings

> Contacts > Accounts, then tap Add Account. 2. Choose an account, sign in to it, then turn on Contacts. Access a Microsoft Exchange Global Address List 1. Go to Settings

> Contacts > Accounts, then tap Exchange. 2. Sign in to your Exchange account, then turn on Contacts. Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account to access business or school directories 1. Go to Settings

> Contacts > Accounts > Add Account, then tap Other. 2. Tap Add LDAP Account or Add CardDAV Account, then enter the account information. Keep contacts up to date across devices To keep your contact information up to date across all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID, you can use iCloud. Go to Settings > [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Contacts. Alternatively, you can sync the information between iPad and your Mac or Windows PC to keep the information up to date across iPad and your computer. See Sync iPad with your computer. If you use iCloud for Contacts, your contacts are kept up to date automatically, and no options appear for syncing them with your computer. Import contacts from a vCard Tap a .vcf attachment in an email or message. iPad User Guide 158 Add a contact from a directory 1. Tap Groups, then tap the GAL, CardDAV, or LDAP directory you want to search. 2. Tap Done, then enter your search. 3. Tap the persons name to save their info to your contacts. Show or hide a group Tap Groups, then select the groups you want to see. This button appears only if you have more than one source of contacts. Hide duplicate contacts on iPad In the Contacts app

, link contact cards for the same person in different accounts so they appear only once in your All Contacts list. When you have contacts from multiple sources, you might have multiple entries for the same person in Contacts. To keep redundant contacts from appearing in your All Contacts list, contacts from different sources with the same name are linked and displayed as a single unified contact. Link contacts If two entries for the same person arent linked automatically, you can unify them manually. 1. Tap one of the contacts, tap Edit, then tap Link Contacts. 2. Choose the other contact entry to link to, then tap Link. When you link contacts with different first or last names, the names on the individual cards dont change, but only one name appears on the unified card. To choose which name appears on the unified card, tap one of the linked cards, tap the contacts name on that card, then tap Use This Name For Unified Card. Note: When you link contacts, those contacts arent merged. If you change or add information in a unified contact, the changes are copied to each source account where that information already exists. iPad User Guide 159 FaceTime Set up FaceTime on iPad In the FaceTime app

, you can make video or audio calls to friends and family, whether theyre using an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or a Mac. With the front camera, you can talk face-to-face; switch to the rear camera to share what you see around you. To capture a moment from your conversation, take a FaceTime Live Photo. Note: FaceTime, or some FaceTime features, may not be available in all countries or regions. 1. Go to Settings

> FaceTime, then turn on FaceTime. 2. If you want to be able to take Live Photos during FaceTime calls, turn on FaceTime Live Photos. 3. Enter your phone number, Apple ID, or email address to use with FaceTime. Make and receive FaceTime calls on iPad With an internet connection and an Apple ID, you can make and receive calls in the FaceTime app

(first sign in with your Apple ID, or create an Apple ID, if you dont have one). See Manage Apple ID and iCloud settings on iPad. On iPad Wi-Fi + Cellular models, you can also make FaceTime calls over a cellular data connection, which may incur additional charges. To turn this feature off, go to Settings FaceTime. See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models).

> Cellular, then turn off iPad User Guide 160 Make a FaceTime call Ask Siri. Say something like: Make a FaceTime call or Call Elizas mobile. Learn how to ask Siri. 1. In FaceTime, tap at the top of the screen. 2. Type the name or number you want to call in the entry field at the top, then tap Video to make a video call or tap Audio regions). to make a FaceTime audio call (not available in all countries or You can also tap FaceTime calls to quickly make a call. to open Contacts and start your call from there, or tap a contact in your list of Tip: To see more during a FaceTime video call, rotate iPad to use landscape orientation. See Change or lock the screen orientation on iPad. To call multiple people, see Make a Group FaceTime call on iPad. iPad User Guide 161 Leave a message If no one answers your FaceTime call, do one of the following:

Tap Leave a Message. Tap Cancel to cancel the call. Tap Call Back to try calling back. Start a FaceTime call from a Messages conversation In a Messages conversation, you can start a FaceTime call to the person youre chatting with. 1. In the Messages conversation, tap the profile picture,

, or the name at the top of the conversation. 2. Tap FaceTime. Call again In your call history, tap the name or number, or tap start your call from there. to choose a name or number in Contacts and Receive a FaceTime call When a FaceTime call comes in, tap any of the following:

Accept: Take the call. Decline: Decline the call. Remind Me: Set a reminder to call back. Message: Send a text message to the caller. iPad User Guide 162 If youre on a regular call when a FaceTime call comes in, instead of Accept, you see the End &

Accept option, which terminates the previous call and connects you to the incoming call. Tip: You can have Siri announce incoming calls, which you can accept or decline using your voice. Delete a call from your call history In FaceTime, swipe left over the call in your call history, then tap Delete. Take a Live Photo in FaceTime on iPad When youre on a video call in the FaceTime app moment of your conversation (not available in all countries or regions). The camera captures what happens just before and after you take the photo, including the audio, so you can see and hear it later just the way it happened.

, you can take a FaceTime Live Photo to capture a To take a FaceTime Live Photo, first make sure FaceTime Live Photos is turned on in Settings FaceTime, then do one of the following:

On a call with one other person: Tap

. iPad User Guide 163 On a Group FaceTime call: Tap the tile of the person you want to photograph, tap

, then tap

. You both receive a notification that the photo was taken, and the Live Photo is saved in your Photos app. Make a Group FaceTime call on iPad In the FaceTime app all countries or regions).

, you can invite up to 32 participants to a Group FaceTime call (not available in Start a Group FaceTime call 1. In FaceTime, tap at the top of the screen. 2. Type the names or numbers of the people you want to call in the entry field at the top. You can also tap to open Contacts and add people from there. 3. Tap Video to make a video call or tap Audio to make a FaceTime audio call. Each participant appears in a tile on the screen. When a participant speaks (verbally or by using sign language) or you tap the tile, that tile moves to the front and becomes more prominent. Tiles that cant fit on the screen appear in a row at the bottom. To find a participant you dont see, swipe through the row. (The participants initials may appear in the tile if an image isnt available.) To prevent the tile of the person speaking from becoming larger during a Group FaceTime call, go to Settings > FaceTime, then turn off Speaking below Automatic Prominence. iPad User Guide 164 Note: Sign language detection requires a supported model for the presenter. In addition, both the presenter and participants need iOS 14, iPadOS 14, macOS Big Sur 11, or later. Start a Group FaceTime call from a group Messages conversation In a group Messages conversation, you can initiate a Group FaceTime call with all the same people youre chatting with in the Messages conversation. 1. In the Messages conversation, tap the names or profile pictures at the top of the conversation. 2. Tap FaceTime. Add another person to a call Any participant can add another person at any time during a call. 1. During a FaceTime call, tap the screen to open the controls (if they arent visible), swipe up from the top of the controls, then tap Add Person. 2. Type the name, Apple ID, or phone number of the person you want to add in the entry field at the top. Or tap to add someone from Contacts. 3. Tap Add Person to FaceTime. Join a Group FaceTime call When someone invites you to join a Group FaceTime call, you see the incoming call. If you decline the call, you receive a notification that you can tap to join the call at any time while its active. Leave a Group FaceTime call To leave a group call at any time, tap

. The call remains active if two or more participants remain. Use other apps during a FaceTime call on iPad While youre on a call using the FaceTime app

, you can use other apps. Go to the Home Screen, then tap an app icon to open the app. To return to the FaceTime screen, tap the green bar (or the FaceTime icon) at the top of the screen. iPad User Guide 165 Add camera effects in FaceTime calls on iPad On video calls using the FaceTime app

(on models with a TrueDepth camera). On supported models, you can use a built-in filter to change your appearance and add stickers, labels, and shapes. You can take screenshots in FaceTime that include the special camera effects you add to a call.

, you can become your favorite Memoji or Memoji character Become a Memoji In Messages, on iPad with a TrueDepth camera, you can create a Memoji character to use in your FaceTime calls. iPad captures your movements, facial expressions, and voice, and conveys them through your character. (Your character imitates you even when you stick out your tongue!) See Use Memoji in Messages on iPad. 1. During a FaceTime call, tap

. (If you dont see

, tap the screen.) 2. Tap

, then choose a Memoji (swipe through the characters at the bottom, then tap one). The other caller hears what you say, but sees your Memoji doing the talking. Use a filter to change your appearance 1. On supported models, during a FaceTime call, tap

. (If you dont see

, tap the screen.) 2. Tap to open the filters. 3. Change your appearance by tapping a filter at the bottom (swipe left or right to preview them). Add a text label 1. During a call, tap the screen, then tap

. 2. Tap

, then tap a text label. To see more label options, swipe up from the top of the text window. 3. While the label is selected, type the text you want to appear in the label, then tap away from it. 4. Drag the label where you want to place it. To delete the label, tap it, then tap

. Add stickers iPad User Guide 166 1. During a call, tap the screen, tap

, then do any of the following:

Tap to add a Memoji sticker or to add an Emoji sticker. Tap

, swipe up, then tap

. 2. Tap a sticker to add it to the call. To see more options, swipe left. 3. Drag the sticker to place it where you want. To delete the sticker, tap it, then tap

. Add shapes 1. During a call, tap the screen, then tap

. 2. Tap

, then tap a shape to add it to the call. To see more options, swipe up from the top of the shapes window. 3. Drag the shape where you want to place it. To delete the shape, tap it, then tap

. Change FaceTime audio and video settings on iPad Turn on Center Stage, switch between cameras, or turn your audio or video on or off when youre using the FaceTime app

. Turn on Center Stage On iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation), you can use Center Stage, which automatically adjusts your front camera to optimize framing as you move around the field of view during a FaceTime call. 1. When youre on a FaceTime call, tap the screen (if you cant see the controls). 2. Swipe up from the top of the controls, then tap Center Stage. 3. Tap again to turn it off. You can also turn on Center Stage in Settings. Go to Settings Stage.

> FaceTime, then turn on Center Switch to the rear camera iPad User Guide 167 When youre on a FaceTime call, tap the screen (if you cant see the controls), then tap again to switch back to the front camera).

(tap it Turn off the sound When youre on a FaceTime call, tap the screen (if you cant see the controls), then tap to turn the sound back on).

(tap again Turn off your camera When youre on a FaceTime call, tap the screen (if you cant see the controls), swipe up from the top of the controls, then tap Camera Off (tap again to turn it back on). Leave a FaceTime call or switch to Messages on iPad You can leave a call in the FaceTime app at any time, or continue your conversation in Messages. Leave a FaceTime call Tap the screen, then tap

. Switch to a Messages conversation To switch your conversation to Messages, tap the screen, swipe up from the top of the controls, then tap

. Block unwanted callers in FaceTime on iPad In the FaceTime app callers.

, you can block voice calls, FaceTime calls, and text messages from unwanted 1. Go to Settings

> FaceTime > Blocked Contacts. 2. Scroll down, then tap Add New at the bottom of the list. 3. Select a contact you want to block. To unblock a contact or phone number, swipe it to the left, then tap Unblock. See the Apple Support article Block phone numbers and contacts on your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. iPad User Guide 168 Files Connect external devices or servers with Files on iPad You can use the Files app to access files stored on file servers, other cloud storage providers like Box and Dropbox, and external devices, such as USB drives and SD cards, after you connect them to your iPad. Connect to a computer or file server 1. Tap at the top of the Browse sidebar. If you dont see the Browse sidebar, tap Browse at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap Connect to Server. 3. Enter a local hostname or a network address, then tap Connect. Tip: After you connect to a computer or file server, it appears in the Recent Servers list on the Connect to Server screen. To connect to a recent server, tap its name. 4. Select how you want to connect:

Guest: You can connect as a Guest user if the shared computer permits guest access. Registered User: If you select Registered User, enter your user name and password. 5. Tap Next, then select the server volume or shared folder in the Browse sidebar (under Shared). To disconnect from the file server, tap next to the server in the Browse sidebar. For information on how to set up your Mac to share files, see Set up file sharing on Mac in the macOS User Guide. Add a cloud storage service 1. Download the app from the App Store, then open the app and follow the onscreen instructions. 2. Open Files, tap More Locations (below Locations in the Browse sidebar), then turn on the service. 3. To view your contents, tap Browse at the bottom of the screen, then tap the name of the storage service below Locations. If you dont see Locations, tap Browse again at the bottom of the screen. iPad User Guide 169 Connect a USB drive or an SD card For information on how to connect external storage devices and SD cards, see Connect external storage devices to iPad. View files and folders in Files on iPad In the Files app

, view and open your documents, images, and other files. View recently opened files Tap Recents at the bottom of the screen. Browse and open files and folders 1. Tap Browse at the bottom of the screen, then tap an item in the Browse sidebar. If you dont see the Browse sidebar, tap Browse again. 2. To open a file, location, or folder, tap it. Note: If you havent installed the app that created a file, a preview of the file opens in Quick Look. For information about marking folders as favorites or adding tags, see Organize files and folders in Files on iPad. iPad User Guide 170 Change how files and folders are sorted From an open location or folder, drag down from the center of the screen, then tap Name, Date, Size, Kind, or Tags at the top of the screen. Change to icon, list, or column view From an open location or folder, drag down from the center of the screen, then do one of the following:

View as icons: Tap

. View as a list: Tap

. View as columns: Tap

. To look deeper into a folder hierarchy from the column view, tap an item in the rightmost column, then swipe left. To see a preview of a file along with its metadata (such as its kind and size), tap the file. (If the preview doesnt appear in the rightmost column, swipe left.) To view the file and perform various actions on it without leaving Files, tap Open under the file preview. Find a specific file or folder Enter a filename, folder name, or document type in the search field. When you search, you have these options:

Focus the scope of your search: Below the search field, tap Recents or the name of the location or tag. iPad User Guide 171 Hide the keyboard and see more results on the screen: Tap

. Start a new search: Tap in the search field. Open a result: Tap it. Rearrange the Browse sidebar Tap at the top of the sidebar, tap Edit, then do any of the following:

Hide a location: Turn the location off. Delete a tag and remove it from all items: Tap next to the tag. (See Tag a file or folder.) Remove an item from the Favorites list: Tap next to the item. (See Mark a folder as a favorite.) Change the order of an item: Touch and hold

, then drag it to a new position. Organize files and folders in Files on iPad In the Files app

, organize documents, images, and other files in folders. Create a folder 1. Open a location or an existing folder. 2. Drag down from the center of the screen, then tap

. Note: If you dont see

, you cant create a folder in that location. Rename, compress, and make other changes to a file or a folder Touch and hold the file or folder, then choose an option: Copy, Duplicate, Move, Delete, Rename, or Compress. To modify multiple files or folders at the same time, tap Select, tap your selections, then tap an option at the bottom of the screen. Note: Some options may not be available, depending on the item you select; for example, you cant delete or move an app library (a folder labeled with the app name). Tag a file or folder 1. Touch and hold the file or folder, tap Tags, then tap one or more tags. 2. Tap Done. iPad User Guide 172 Tagged items appear below Tags in the Browse sidebar. To remove a tag, tap it again. Mark a folder as a favorite Touch and hold the folder, then tap Favorite. Favorites appear in the Browse sidebar. Send files from Files on iPad You can send a copy of any file in the Files app that isnt digitized, you can scan it with Files first. 1. Touch and hold the file, then tap Share. to others. If you have a document you want to send Tip: To send a smaller version of the file, tap Compress before you tap Share. Then touch and hold the compressed version of the file (identified as a zip file), and tap Share. 2. Choose an option for sending (for example, AirDrop, Messages, or Mail), then tap Send. To send files from Files, you can also use Split View or Slide Over to open Mail or Messages, select one or more items in Files, then drag your selection into a message. Tip: If the files or folders you want to share are stored in iCloud Drive, you can invite others to view or edit their contentsyou dont need to send them copies. Set up iCloud Drive on iPad Use the Files app devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Any changes you make appear on all your devices set up with iCloud Drive. to store files and folders in iCloud Drive. You can access them from all your iCloud Drive is built into the Files app on devices with iOS 11, iPadOS 13, or later. You can also use iCloud Drive on Mac computers (OS X 10.10 or later) and PCs (iCloud for Windows 7 or later). Storage limits depend on your iCloud storage plan. Turn on iCloud Drive Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on iCloud Drive. iPad User Guide 173 Choose which apps use iCloud Drive Go to Settings off.

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn each of the apps listed under iCloud Drive on or Browse iCloud Drive 1. Tap Browse at the bottom of the screen. 2. Under Locations, tap iCloud Drive. If you dont see Locations, tap Browse again. If you dont see iCloud Drive under Locations, tap Locations. 3. To open a folder, tap it. See View files and folders in Files on iPad. Share files and folders in iCloud Drive on iPad After you Set up iCloud Drive, you can use the Files app to share folders and individual files with friends and colleagues. When you make changes to a shared folder or file, others see your changes automatically. If you allow people to make edits, their changes appear automatically as well. Files and folders shared in iCloud Drive have these important characteristics:

If you share a folder, all items added to that folder by you or other participants are automatically shared. The link to a shared file includes its name. If the name or content is confidential, be sure to ask recipients not to forward the link to anyone else. If you move a shared file to another folder or location, the link no longer works, and people lose access to the item. Depending on the app, users might need to reopen a file or tap the original link to see the latest changes. Share a folder or file If you own a folder or file in iCloud Drive, you can invite others to view or change its contents. You can share a folder and file so that only people you invite can open it, or anyone with the link can open it. You can allow the contents of a folder or file to be changed, or you can restrict access so that the contents can only be viewed. iPad User Guide 174 When you share a folder, only the people you invite can access the files in the shared folder by default. To invite more people to access the files, you must change the settings of the shared folder to add more participants. You cant select an individual file within the shared folder and add participants to it. 1. Touch and hold the folder or file. 2. Tap Share

, then tap Share Folder (or File) in iCloud. 3. Do one of the following:

Allow only invitees to view and edit the contents: Tap Share Options, tap Only people you invite, tap Can make changes, then choose a methodsuch as Messages or Mailfor sending people a link to the folder or file. Allow only invitees to view the contents: Tap Share Options, tap Only people you invite, tap View only, then choose a method for sending the link. Allow anyone with the link to view and edit the contents: Tap Share Options, tap Anyone with the link, tap Can make changes, then choose a method for sending the link. Allow anyone with the link to view the contents: Tap Share Options, tap Anyone with the link, tap View only, then choose a method for sending the link. 4. Choose how you want to send your invitation, then tap Send. Invite more people to share a folder or file If you already shared a folder or file and its access is set to Only people you invite, you can share it with more people. 1. Touch and hold the folder or file. 2. Tap Share

, then tap Manage Shared Folder (or File). 3. Tap Add People and choose a method for sending the link. 4. Enter any other requested information, then send or post the invitation. Share a folder or file with more people using a link If you set the access to a shared folder or file to Anyone with the link, anyone with the link can share it with others. 1. Touch and hold the folder or file. 2. Tap Share

, tap Manage Shared Folder (or File), then tap Send Link. iPad User Guide 175 3. Choose a method for sending the link, enter any other requested information, then send or post the invitation. Change access and permission settings for everyone If youre the owner of a shared folder or file, you can change its access at any time. However, everyone you shared the link with is affected. 1. Touch and hold the folder or file. 2. Tap Share

, tap Manage Shared Folder (or File), then tap Share Options. 3. Change either or both of the options. Access option: When you change the access option from Anyone with the link to Only people you invite, the original link no longer works for anyone, and only people who receive a new invitation from you can open the folder or file. Permission option: When you change the permission option, everyone who has the file open when you change the permission sees an alert. New settings take effect when the alert is dismissed. Change access and permission settings for one person If youre the owner of a shared folder or file and its access is set to Only people you invite, you can change the permission for one person without affecting the permission of others. You can also remove the persons access. 1. Touch and hold the folder or file. 2. Tap Share

, then tap Manage Shared Folder (or File). 3. Tap the persons name, then select an option. Stop sharing a folder or file If youre the owner of a shared folder or file, you can stop sharing it. 1. Touch and hold the folder or file. 2. Tap Share

, then tap Manage Shared Folder (or File). 3. Tap Stop Sharing. iPad User Guide 176 Play a sound: Tap Play Sound to play a sound on the unknown item to help you find it. Pause safety alerts: You can temporarily pause safety alerts for the unknown item. Tap Pause Safety Alerts, then tap Mute for Today. If the item belongs to someone in your Family Sharing group, you can also tap Indefinitely to turn off safety alerts for the item. If you change your mind, tap Enable Safety Alerts to receive alerts again. Learn more about the item: You can get more details about the unknown item, such as the serial number. Tap Learn About This AirTag or Learn About This Item, then follow the onscreen instructions. Disable the item: You can disable the item so it stops sharing your location. Tap Instructions to Disable AirTag or Instructions to Disable Item, then follow the onscreen instructions. View recent item safety alerts 1. Tap Items, then scroll to the bottom of the Items list. 2. Tap Item Detected With You. 3. Tap an item to view the safety alert again. Turn off item safety alerts on your device If you dont want to receive item safety alerts on your device, you can turn them off. Note: This setting only affects the device youre currently using. If you dont want to receive safety alerts on another device, you must turn them off on that device. 1. Tap Me. 2. Under Notifications, turn off Item Safety Alerts. 3. Tap Disable. Find My Adjust map settings in Find My on iPad In the Find My app

, you can change the map view or distance units. Note: These settings only affect maps in the Find My app on the device. They dont affect maps in other apps or on other devices. iPad User Guide 197 Change the map view 1. Tap in the top-right corner of the map. 2. Under Map View, select Default, Hybrid, or Satellite. Change distance units 1. Tap in the top-right corner of the map. 2. Under Distance, select Miles or Kilometers. Home Intro to Home on iPad The Home app provides a secure way to control and automate HomeKit-enabled accessories, such as lights, locks, smart TVs, thermostats, window shades, smart plugs, and security cameras. You can also view and capture video from supported security cameras, receive a notification when a supported doorbell camera recognizes someone at your door, group multiple speakers to play the same audio, and send and receive Intercom messages on supported devices. With Home, you can control any Works with Apple HomeKit accessory using iPad. After you set up your home and its rooms, you can control accessories individually, or use scenes to control multiple accessories with one command. iPad User Guide 198 To control your home automatically and remotely, you must have Apple TV (4th generation or later), HomePod, or iPad (with iOS 10.3, iPadOS 13, or later) that you leave at home. You can schedule scenes to run automatically at certain times, or when you activate a particular accessory (for example, when you unlock the front door). This also lets you, and others you invite, securely control your home while youre away. To learn more about how to create and accessorize a smart home with your Apple devices, tap Discover in the sidebar. Set up accessories with Home on iPad The first time you open the Home app add accessories and define rooms. If you already created a home using another HomeKit-enabled app, youll skip this step.

, the setup assistant helps you create a home, where you can Add an accessory to Home Before you add an accessory such as a light or camera, be sure that its connected to a power source, is turned on, and is using your Wi-Fi network. 1. Tap Home in the sidebar, then tap

. 2. Tap Add Accessory, then follow the onscreen instructions. When you add an accessory, its assigned to a default room, or a room you choose. You may need to scan a QR code or enter an 8-digit HomeKit setup code found on the accessory itself (or its box or documentation). A supported smart TV displays a QR code for you to scan. You can assign the accessory to a room, and give it a name, and then use this name when controlling the accessory with Siri. You can also add suggested automations during set up. When you set up Apple TV in tvOS and assign it to a room, it automatically appears in that room in the Home app on iPad. Change an accessorys room assignment 1. In the sidebar, choose the room the accessory is currently assigned to. If its not already assigned, look in Default Room. 2. Touch and hold the accessorys button, then swipe up or tap

. 3. Tap Room, then choose a room. Turn on Include in Favorites to add the accessory to the Home tab. To rearrange your favorites, tap arrangement you want. Tap Done when youre finished.

, tap Edit Screen, then drag the accessory buttons into the iPad User Guide 199 Organize rooms into zones Group rooms together into a zone to easily control different areas of your home with Siri. For example, if you have a two-story home, you can assign the rooms on the first floor to a downstairs zone. Then you can say something to Siri like Turn off the lights downstairs. 1. Tap

, then tap Home Settings. 2. Tap Zone, then tap an existing zone, or tap Create New to add the room to a new zone. Edit a room You can change a rooms name and wallpaper, add the room to a zone, or remove the room. When you remove the room, the accessories assigned to it move to Default Room. 1. Tap

, then tap Room Settings. 2. Tap a room, then make your changes. Control accessories with Home on iPad Use the Home app and Control Center to control accessories in your home. Control accessories in the Home app Tap Home or a room in the sidebar, then tap the button for the accessorya light, for exampleto quickly turn the accessory on or off, or touch and hold the button until controls appear. iPad User Guide 200 The available controls depend on the type of accessory. For example, with some lightbulbs, there are controls for changing colors. With your smart TV, you can choose an input source. Control accessories in Control Center When youre home with your iPad, you can see the relevant scenes and accessories for that moment in Control Center. For example, a coffee maker may appear in the morning and be replaced by your bedside lamp at night. Open Control Center, then tap a button to turn an accessory on or off, or touch and hold the button until controls appear. To quickly see all your favorite scenes and accessories (except cameras), tap

. If you dont want accessories to appear in Control Center, go to Settings turn off Show Home Controls.

> Control Center, then Edit home accessories To edit accessory settings, touch and hold the accessorys button, swipe up or tap the following:

, then do any of Rename an accessory: Tap to delete the old name, then type a new one. Change an accessorys icon: Tap the icon next to the accessorys name, then select a new icon. If you dont get a choice of other icons, it means the icon cant be changed for this accessory. Group accessories You can control multiple accessories with the tap of a button by grouping them. 1. Touch and hold an accessory, swipe up on the screen or tap

, then tap Group with Other Accessories. 2. Tap the accessory you want to group with this accessoryanother light in the room, for example. 3. In the Group Name field, type a name for the group. 4. Tap Done. If you want the group to appear in the Home tab, turn on Include in Favorites. iPad User Guide 201 View your home status The Home app shows you issues that might need your attentionfor example, your front door is unlocked, an accessorys battery is running low, or a light is on during the day. You can often address the issue with just a tap. 1. Open the Home app

, then tap Home in the sidebar. 2. Tap any of the round buttons that appear just below your homes name. Touch and hold a button that represents a group of accessoriesthree lights that are switched on in two rooms, for exampleand you can separately control the accessories for each room. In this case, you can turn off the two lights in the living room but leave the kitchen light on. Tapping the button controls all the accessories in the groupturns all the lights on or off, for example. Turn on Adaptive Lighting Some lights let you adjust their color temperature, from cool blue to warm yellow. You can set supported lights to automatically adjust the color temperature throughout the day. Wake up to warm colors, stay alert and focused mid-day with cooler ones, and wind down at night by removing blue light. 1. Touch and hold a lighting accessory that supports Adaptive Lighting. 2. Tap

. Add more homes with iPad In the Home app example. you can add more than one physical spacea home and a small office, for 1. Tap

, then tap Add New Home. 2. Name the home, choose its wallpaper, then tap Save. 3. To switch to another home, tap

, then tap the home you want. Set up HomePod in Home on iPad You can use the Home app to set up HomePod and control many HomePod settings. To learn what you can do with iPad and HomePod, see the following in the HomePod User Guide:

Set up HomePod Play audio on HomePod using an iOS or iPadOS device iPad User Guide 202 Make Personal Requests on HomePod Use HomePod for phone calls Use HomePod as an Intercom Note: HomePod is not available in all countries or regions. Use Home to send and receive Intercom messages 1. In the Home app, tap

, then tap Home Settings. 2. Tap Intercom, then configure these settings:

When you can receive Intercom messages Who is allowed to send or receive Intercom messages Which HomePod speakers can use Intercom 3. Tap Back, then tap Done. 4. Tap

, then say something like Hey Siri, intercom, Who ate the last cookie?

A recording of your voice is sent to all the HomePod speakers in your home, and to the iOS, iPadOS, and watchOS devices of all members of your home who can send and receive Intercom messages. To send a message to a HomePod in a specific room or zone, say something like Hey Siri, tell the office The movie is starting or Hey Siri, announce upstairs Im going to the store. See Use HomePod as an Intercom in the HomePod User Guide. Use Home to add and edit HomePod alarms In the Home app, touch and hold the HomePod button, then do any of the following:

Add an alarm: Tap New, create the alarm, then tap Save. Edit an alarm: Tap the alarm, change the time, then tap Save. Turn alarms on or off: Tap the switch next to an alarm. Delete an alarm: Swipe left over the alarm, then tap Delete. Change HomePod settings 1. In the Home app, touch and hold the HomePod button. iPad User Guide 203 2. Swipe up or tap

, then configure HomePod settings. You can assign HomePod to a different room, add an automation, create a stereo pair with two HomePod speakers in the same room, rename HomePod, turn on accessibility features, and more. Set up security cameras in Home on iPad to view video activity captured from your homes security cameras You can use the Home app when a person, animal, or vehicle is detected. The video captured by your cameras is privately analyzed and encrypted on your home hub device (HomePod, Apple TV, or iPad) and securely uploaded to iCloud so that only you and those you share it with can view it. See the Home accessories website for a list of compatible security cameras. With a 200-GB iCloud storage plan, you can view the last 10 days of activity from a single camera at no additional cost. You can switch to a different camera at any time, but to stream and record from more than one camera, you must have a 2-TB plan, which lets you view activity from up to five cameras. Video content doesnt count against your iCloud data limit. Camera options When you add a compatible camera to the Home app, youre asked to choose streaming and recording options and assign the camera to a room. By default, the camera is marked as a favorite and appears on the Home Screen. To edit those settings later, touch and hold the camera button, then tap to see these options:

Room: A camera can be located in a room inside your home, or you can create a room for an outside location such as your front porch or back yard. Notifications: Tap Notifications to choose when youll receive a notification (at any time when youre not home, for example), when motion is detected, or when a clip is recorded. You can also choose to allow snapshots in notifications. Streaming & Recording: Options include Off, Detect Activity, Stream, and Stream & Allow Recording. You can create separate settings for when youre home and when youre away. For example, when youre home, you might choose to stop streaming and recording for a camera inside your home, but continue to stream and record from an outdoor camera. Note: The Home app uses the location of devices belonging to members of the home to switch between Home and Away modes. For example, when you leave for work with your iPhone, the camera switches from the When Home settings to the When Away settings. iPad User Guide 204 Recording Options: Your camera can record when any motion is detected or when specific motion is detected. When you choose Specific Motion, video recording is triggered by the motion of people, animals, or vehicles. Tip: Choosing a specific motion, rather than any motion, results in fewer clips (and fewer clip notifications) and less video to review. For example, choose People, and your camera wont capture the movement of leaves on a tree or a squirrel leaping from branch to branch. Create activity zones You can create zones that focus your camera on the most important areas within its viewyour front walkway but not the sidewalk behind it, for example. You can then be alerted when motion is detected in these zones. Note: You can create activity zones only for cameras configured to record when a specific motion is detected. Activity zones wont affect motion detection automations. 1. Tap Home in the sidebar, touch and hold the camera, then tap

. 2. Tap Activity Zones, tap or draw on the video to create a zone, then tap Add Zone. To have your camera detect motion only outside the zone you defined, tap Invert Zone. 3. Create any additional zones you want within the cameras viewone for the driveway and another for the mailbox, for example. 4. Tap Add Zone for each zone you create, then tap Done. iPad User Guide 205 View video 1. Tap Home in the sidebar, then tap the camera. Live video should play automatically. 2. Swipe through the timeline at the bottom of the screen to browse recorded clips. 3. Tap a clip to play it. 4. Pinch the clip open left and right to show the timeline, then drag to go forward or back through the video. 5. Tap Live to switch back to live video. When you set up the camera to detect specific motion, the timeline displays unique symbols for people, animals, and vehicles. You can also view live and recorded video in the Home app on your Mac with macOS 10.15.1. Choose access options To allow other people to view video from your cameras, follow these steps:

1. Tap

, then tap Home Settings. If you have more than one home, tap the name of the home you want to grant access to. 2. Below the People heading, tap a person. 3. Tap Cameras, then choose an option. To learn how to allow other people to view video from your cameras, see Allow others to control accessories in your home. Use Face Recognition in Home on iPad With a compatible camera or doorbell, you can use the Home app youve tagged in the Photos app come to your door. to be notified when people Set up Face Recognition Face Recognition identifies people by the faces that appear in your photo library or pictures of recent visitors captured by your camera or doorbell. If youre setting up a camera or doorbell for the first time, do the following:

iPad User Guide 206 1. Add the accessory to the Home app. 2. In the Recognize Familiar Faces card, turn on Face Recognition, then tap Continue. 3. Choose who can access your photo libraryNever, Only Me, or Everyone in this Home. Never: Only faces youve added from clips in the Home app are recognized. Only Me: Only the notifications you receive have the names of people in your photo library. Everyone in this Home: The notifications for everyone in your home have the names of people in your photo library. 4. Tap Continue, then finish setting up the camera or doorbell. If you have an existing doorbell or camera and want to use it to identify visitors, tap it in the Home tab, tap who can access it.

, tap Face Recognition, then turn on Face Recognition. Tap your photo library, then choose Note: Notifications can appear on any of the devices associated with your Apple ID. Identify recent visitors You can use Face Recognition to help identify people not in your photos library, using a picture captured by your camera or doorbell. 1. With Face Recognition turned on, open the Home app

, then tap Home in the sidebar. iPad User Guide 207 2. Tap the camera or doorbell, then tap

. 3. Tap Face Recognition, tap an unidentified person listed under Recent, then tap Add Name. 4. Add the persons name or their relationship to youMom or Mail Carrier, for example. 5. Choose whether to be notified when theyre seen by your camera or doorbell. Set up notifications 1. Open the Home app

, tap

, then tap Home Settings. 2. Tap Cameras & Doorbells below Notifications. 3. Tap the camera for which youd like to configure notifications. 4. Turn on Notifications on This iPad. 5. Choose to receive notifications when a clip is recorded. You can also set up notifications for a particular camera or doorbell. Tap Home in the sidebar, tap the device in the Home tab, tap receive notifications when a clip is recorded.

, tap Notifications, turn on Notifications on This iPad, then choose to Share faces with your household You can allow the members of your household to see the names of visitors identified in your photo library. 1. With Face Recognition turned on, open the Home app

, tap

, then tap Home Settings. 2. Tap Cameras & Doorbells, then tap Face Recognition. 3. Tap your photo library, then tap Everyone in this Home. Configure a router in Home on iPad You can use the Home app to control which services your HomeKit accessories can communicate with on your home Wi-Fi network and on the internet. HomeKit-enabled routers require that you have a HomePod, Apple TV, or iPad set up as a home hub. See the Home Accessories website for a list of compatible routers. to make your smart home more secure by allowing a compatible router To configure the routers settings, follow these steps:

1. Set up the router with the manufacturers app on an iOS device. 2. Open the Home app

, then tap

. iPad User Guide 208 3. Tap Home Settings, then tap Wi-Fi Network & Routers. 4. Tap an accessory, then choose one of these settings:

No Restriction: The router allows the accessory to connect to any internet service or local device. This provides the lowest level of security. Automatic: The router allows the accessory to connect to an automatically updated list of manufacturer approved internet services and local devices. Restrict to Home: The router only allows the accessory to connect to your home hub. This option may prevent firmware updates or other services. Create and use scenes in Home on iPad In the Home app example, you might define a Reading scene that adjusts the lights, plays soft music on HomePod, closes the drapes, and adjusts the thermostat.

, you can create scenes that allow you to control multiple accessories at once. For Create a scene 1. Tap Home in the sidebar, tap

, then tap Add Scene. 2. Tap Custom, enter a name for the scene (such as Dinner Party or Watching TV), then tap Add Accessories. 3. Select the accessories you want this scene to include, then tap Done. The first accessory you select determines the room the scene is assigned to. If you first select your bedroom lamp, for example, the scene is assigned to your bedroom. 4. Set each accessory to the state you want it in when you run the scene. For example, for a Reading scene, you could set the bedroom lights to 100 percent, close the drapes, choose a low volume for the HomePod, and set the thermostat to 68 degrees. Use scenes In the sidebar, choose the room the scene is assigned to, then do one of the following:

Run a scene: Tap the scene. iPad User Guide 209 Change a scene: Touch and hold a scene. You can change the scenes name, test the scene, add or remove accessories, include the scene in Favorites, and delete the scene. Favorite scenes appear in the Home tab. Control your home using Siri on iPad In addition to using the Home app are some of the things you can say to Siri for the accessories you add and the scenes, rooms, or homes you set up:

, you can use Siri to control your accessories and scenes. Here Turn off the lights or Turn on the lights Set the temperature to 68 degrees Did I lock the front door?

Show me the entryway camera Turn down the kitchen lights Set my reading scene Turn off the lights in the Chicago house Learn how to ask Siri. Control your home remotely with iPad In the Home app

, you can control your accessories even when youre away from home. To do so, you need a home hub, a device such as Apple TV (4th generation or later), HomePod, or iPad (with iOS 10.3, iPadOS 13, or later) that you leave at home. Set up iPad as a home hub Go to Settings

, tap Home, then turn on Use this iPad as a Home Hub. Remotely control your home Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Home. You must be signed in with the same Apple ID on your home hub device and your iPad. If you have an Apple TV or HomePod and youre signed in with the same Apple ID as your iPad, its set up automatically as a home hub. iPad User Guide 210 Use automations in Home on iPad In the Home app a sensor, or the action of an accessory. You can use preconfigured automations included with the Home app, or create automations of your own.

, you can run automations based on the time of day, your location, the activation of Use a preconfigured automation 1. Touch and hold an accessory, then swipe up or tap

. 2. Turn on an automation. To disable an automation, return to the accessorys setting screen, then turn it off. Create an automation 1. Tap in the Home, Rooms, or Automation tab. 2. Tap Add Automation, then choose one of the following automation triggers:

When arriving at or leaving a location: Tap People Arrive or People Leave. Choose when the automation is activated by people arriving or leaving, the location, and the time the automation works. At a time of day: Tap A Time of Day Occurs, then choose when you want this automation to run. If you choose Sunset or Sunrise, times vary as the season changes. You can also set an automation to only occur after sunset, which is useful for turning on lights just when theyre needed. When an accessory changes: Tap An Accessory is Controlled, select an accessory, tap Next, then follow the onscreen instructions. You might use this, for example, to run a scene when you unlock the front door. A sensor detects something: If youve added a sensor to Home, tap A Sensor Detects Something, select an accessory, tap Next, then follow the onscreen instructions. You might use this, for example, to turn on lights in a stairway when motion is detected nearby. To disable an automation, tap the Automation tab, tap the automation, then turn off Enable This Automation. You can also touch and hold an accessory, tap

, then add, enable, or disable automations. iPad User Guide 211 Add a Siri shortcut To make your automation even more efficient, you can add a Siri Shortcut to it. 1. When choosing accessories to control with an automation, swipe up, then tap Convert To Shortcut. 2. Tap

, then choose a shortcut. See the Shortcuts User Guide. Allow others to control accessories in your home In the Home app people you invite need to be using iCloud and have iOS 11.2.5, iPadOS 13, or later. You also need to be at your home or have a home hub set up in your home.

, you can invite other people to control your smart accessories. You and the Invite others to control accessories 1. Tap

. 2. Tap Home Settings, then tap Invite People. If you set up more than one home, tap Home Settings, then tap a home. 3. Tap to choose people with an Apple ID from your contacts list, or enter their Apple ID email addresses in the To field. 4. Tap Send Invite. 5. Ask the invitee to do one of the following:

In the notification: (iOS or iPadOS device) Tap Accept. In the Home app: (iOS or iPadOS device) Tap

, tap Home Settings, then tap their name. On Apple TV: Tap Show Me on Apple TV, then turn on one or more Apple TVs. Allow others to access your AirPlay 2-enabled speakers and TVs 1. Tap

. 2. Tap Home Settings > Allow Speaker & TV Access, then choose an option. You can allow everyone, anyone on the same network, or only people youve invited to share the home. You can also require a password that allows speaker access. To learn more about HomePod speaker and Apple TV access, see the HomePod User Guide and Apple TV User Guide. iPad User Guide 212 iTunes Store Get music, movies, and TV shows in the iTunes Store on iPad Use the iTunes Store app to add music, movies, and TV shows to iPad. Note: You need an internet connection to use the iTunes Store. The availability of the iTunes Store and its features varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Find music, movies, and TV shows 1. In the iTunes Store, tap any of the following:

Music, Movies, or TV Shows: Browse by category. To refine your browsing, tap Genres at the top of the screen. Top Charts: See whats popular on iTunes. Genius: Browse recommendations based on what you bought from iTunes. Search: Enter what youre looking for, then tap Search on the keyboard. 2. Tap an item to see more information about it. You can preview songs, watch trailers for movies and TV shows, or tap to do any of the following:

Share a link to the item: Choose a sharing option. Give the item as a gift: Tap Gift. Add the item to your wish list: Tap Add to Wish List. To view your wish list, tap

, then tap Wish List. Buy and download content 1. To buy an item, tap the price. If the item is free, tap Get. If you see without a charge. instead of a price, you already purchased the item, and you can download it again 2. If required, authenticate your Apple ID with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode to complete the purchase. 3. To see the progress of a download, tap Downloads. iPad User Guide 213 Get ringtones 1. Tap Music, tap Genres, scroll to the bottom, then tap Tones. 2. Browse by category or tap Top Charts to see whats popular. 3. Tap a ringtone to see more information or play a preview. 4. To buy a ringtone, tap the price. Redeem or send an App Store & iTunes Gift Card 1. Tap Music, then scroll to the bottom. 2. Tap Redeem or Send Gift. Get ringtones, text tones, and alert tones in the iTunes Store on iPad

, you can purchase ringtones, text tones, and other alert tones for clock In the iTunes Store app alarms and more. Buy new tones 1. In the iTunes Store, tap Genres, then tap Tones. 2. Browse by category or tap Search to find a specific song or artist. 3. Tap a tone to see more information or play a preview. 4. To buy a tone, tap the price. Redownload tones purchased with your Apple ID If you bought tones on another device, you can download them again. 1. Go to Settings

> Sounds. 2. Below Sounds and Vibration Patterns, tap any sound. 3. Tap Download All Purchased Tones. You might not see this option if you already downloaded all the tones that you purchased or if you havent purchased any tones. iPad User Guide 214 Manage your iTunes Store purchases and settings on iPad In the iTunes Store app you or other family members. You can also customize your preferences for the iTunes Store in Settings.

, you can review and download music, movies, and TV shows purchased by Approve purchases with Family Sharing With Family Sharing set up, the family organizer can review and approve purchases made by other family members under a certain age. See Turn on Ask To Buy for children on iPad. View and download music, movies, or TV shows purchased by you or family members 1. In the iTunes Store, tap Purchased. 2. If you set up Family Sharing, tap My Purchases, then choose a family member to view their purchases. Note: You can see purchases made by family members only if they choose to share their purchases. 3. Tap Music, Movies, or TV Shows. 4. Find the item you want to download, then tap

. View your entire iTunes Store purchase history To see a chronological list of the apps, songs, movies, TV shows, books, and other items purchased with your Apple ID, view your iTunes Store purchase history. In your purchase history, you can do any of the following:

View when an order was billed to your account. View the date of a purchase. Resend email receipts. Report a problem with purchased content. Set content restrictions After you turn on content and privacy restrictions, go to Settings Privacy Restrictions > Content Restrictions, then set any of the available restrictions. You can block explicit content, turn off music videos, restrict content by age-appropriate ratings, and more.

> Screen Time > Content &

iPad User Guide 215 Mail Write an email in Mail on iPad With the Mail app documents, and more.

, you can write and edit emails, and send and receive photos, videos, drawings, Create an email message Ask Siri. Say something like: New email to John Bishop or Email Simon and say I got the forms, thanks. Learn how to ask Siri. Or do the following:

1. Tap

. 2. Tap in the email, then type your message. With the onscreen keyboard, you can tap individual keys. Or pinch closed to use the smaller QuickType keyboard, then slide your finger from one letter to the next without lifting your finger.

(See Enter text using the onscreen keyboard.) 3. To change the formatting, tap

. You can change the font style, change the color of text, use a bold or italic stye, add a bulleted or numbered list, and more. iPad User Guide 216 Reply to an email 1. Tap in the email, tap

, then tap Reply. 2. Type your response. With the onscreen keyboard, you can tap individual keys. Or pinch closed to use the smaller QuickType keyboard, then slide your finger from one letter to the next without lifting your finger.

(See Enter text using the onscreen keyboard.) Quote some text when you reply to an email When you reply to an email, you can include text from the sender to clarify what youre responding to. 1. In the senders email, touch and hold the first word of the text, then drag to the last word. (See Select and edit text on iPad.) 2. Tap

, then tap Reply, then type your message. To turn off the indentation of quoted text, go to Settings

> Mail > Increase Quote Level. Add attachments to an email on iPad In the Mail app

, you can attach photos, videos, scanned documents, and more to an email. Attach a document to an email You can attach a saved document to an email. 1. Tap in the email where you want to insert the document, then tap above the keyboard. 2. Locate the document in Files, then tap it to insert it. In Files, tap Browse or Recent at the bottom of the screen, then tap a file, location, or folder to open it. You can also drag a file to your email to attach it to the email. Insert a saved photo or video 1. Tap in the email where you want to insert the photo or video, tap above the keyboard, then tap

. 2. Locate the photo or video in the photo selector. You can swipe up to see more images. iPad User Guide 217 3. Tap the photo or video to insert it into your email. Take a photo or video to insert into an email 1. Tap in the email where you want to insert the photo or video, then tap above the keyboard. 2. Take a new photo or video. 3. Tap Use Photo or Use Video to insert it into your email, or tap Retake if you want to reshoot it. Scan a document into an email 1. Tap in the email where you want to insert the scanned document, then tap above the keyboard. 2. Position iPad so that the document page appears on the screeniPad automatically captures the page. To capture the page manually, tap or press a volume button. To turn the flash on or off, tap

. 3. Scan additional pages, then tap Save when youre done. 4. To make changes to the saved scan, tap it, then do any of the following:

Crop the image: Tap

. Apply a filter: Tap

. Rotate the image: Tap

. Delete the scan: Tap

. Mark up an attachment You can use Markup to write or draw on a photo, video, or PDF attachment. 1. In the email, tap the attachment, then tap

. 2. Using the drawing tools, draw with your finger or Apple Pencil. 3. When youre finished, tap Done. See Draw in apps with Markup on iPad. Draw in your email 1. Tap in the email where you want to insert a drawing, then tap above the keyboard. iPad User Guide 218 2. Choose a drawing tool and color, then write or draw with your finger. See Draw in apps with Markup on iPad. 3. When youre finished, tap Done, then tap Insert Drawing. To resume work on a drawing, tap the drawing in the email, then tap

. Address and send email in Mail on iPad In the Mail app certain domains, and more.

, you can send email from any of your email accounts, mark addresses from outside Add recipients 1. Tap in the To field, then type the names of recipients. As you type, Mail automatically suggests people from your Contacts, along with email addresses for the people who have more than one email address. You can also tap to open Contacts and add recipients from there. iPad User Guide 219 2. If youre sending a copy, tap the Cc/Bcc field. 3. Tap in the Cc field, then enter the names of people youre sending a copy to. 4. Tap in the Bcc field, then enter the names of people whose names you dont want other recipients to see. Automatically send a copy to yourself Go to Settings

> Mail, then turn on Always Bcc Myself. Change a recipient from Cc to Bcc After you enter recipients, you can reorder their names in the address fields, or drag them from one address field to anotherfor example, to the Bcc field if you decide you dont want their names to appear. Add additional mail accounts 1. Go to Settings

> Mail > Accounts > Add Account, then tap Other. 2. Tap Add Mail Account. 3. Enter your name, email address, and password, then tap Next. 4. Enter the names of the incoming and outgoing mail servers for your account and any other requested information. 5. Tap Save. Customize your email signature You can customize the email signature that appears automatically at the bottom of every email you send. 1. Go to Settings

> Mail, then tap Signature. 2. Tap in the text field at the top of the screen, then edit your signature. Only text is supported for Mail signatures. Tip: If you have more than one email account, tap Per Account to set a different signature for each account. iPad User Guide 220 Send an email from a different account If you have more than one email account, you can specify which account to send email from. Tap the From field to choose an account. Mark addresses outside certain domains When youre addressing an email to a recipient whos not in your organizations domain, you can have the recipients name appear in red to alert you. 1. Go to Settings

> Mail > Mark Addresses. 2. Enter the domains that are in your organizationones that you dont want marked in red. You can enter multiple domains separated by commas (for example, apple.com, example.org). Any email sent to or from other domains is marked. View an email in Mail on iPad In the Mail app

, you can preview the contents of an email without opening it. Preview an email and a list of options In a mailbox list, touch and hold an email to preview its contents and see a list of options for replying, filing it, and more. See Perform quick actions on iPad. iPad User Guide 221 Show a longer preview In your mailbox lists, Mail displays two lines of text for each email by default. You can choose to see more lines of text without opening the email. Go to Settings

> Mail > Preview, then choose up to five lines. Show the whole email In the list of emails, tap the one you want to read. Show the whole conversation Go to Settings

> Mail, then turn on Organize by Thread. To change how threads are displayed, you can also change other settings in Settings > Mailsuch as Collapse Read Messages or Most Recent Message on Top. Show To and Cc labels in your Inbox Go to Settings

> Mail, then turn on Show To/Cc Labels. You can also view the To/Cc mailbox, which gathers all mail addressed to you. To show or hide it, tap Mailboxes, tap Edit, then select To or Cc. Add someone to your contacts or make them a VIP In an email, tap a persons name or email address, then do one of the following:

To add them to your VIP list, tap Add to VIP. To add them to your contacts, tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. You can add a phone number, other email addresses, and more information Save a draft in Mail on iPad In the Mail app new one.

, you can save a draft to finish later, or look at existing emails while youre writing a Save a draft for later If youre writing an email and want to finish it later, tap Cancel, then tap Save Draft. To get it back, touch and hold

, then tap the draft in the list. iPad User Guide 222 With OS X 10.10 or later, you can also hand off unfinished emails with your Mac. See Hand off tasks between iPad and your Mac. Look at another email while youre writing one 1. Swipe down on the title bar of an email youre writing. 2. When youre ready to return to your email, tap its title at the bottom of the screen. If you have more than one email waiting to be finished, tap the bottom of the screen to see them all. Flag and filter emails on iPad In the Mail app

, you can flag and filter your emails. Flag an email You can flag an email to make it easier to find later. An email you flag remains in your Inbox, but also appears in the Flagged mailbox. To see the Flagged mailbox, tap Mailboxes at the top left, tap Edit, then select Flagged. 1. Open the email, tap

, then tap Flag. iPad User Guide 223 2. To choose a color for the flag, tap a colored dot. To change or remove a flag, open the email, tap

, then tap another color, or tap

. Flags you add to an email appear on that email in Mail on all your Apple devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Flag emails from your VIPs Add important people to your VIP list, so their emails appear with a VIP flag and in the VIP mailbox. 1. While viewing an email, tap the name or email address of a person in the email. 2. Tap Add to VIP. Get notified of replies to an email or thread You can create mail notifications when reading or writing an email. When reading an email: Tap

, then tap Notify Me. When writing an email: Tap the Subject field, tap in the Subject field, then tap Notify Me. iPad User Guide 224 You can create mail notifications that let you know when you receive emails in favorite mailboxes or from your VIPs. To change how notifications appear, go to Settings on Allow Notifications.

> Notifications > Mail, then turn Ask Siri. Say something like: Any new mail from Nanditha today? Learn how to ask Siri. Mute email notifications To reduce interruptions from busy email threads, you can mute notifications of the messages in the conversations. 1. Open an email in the conversation. 2. Tap

, then tap Mute. To specify what you want done with emails you muted, go to Settings Action, then select an option.

> Mail > Muted Thread Block email from specified senders To block a sender, tap their email address and select Block this Contact. Manage junk mail To move an email to the Junk folder, open it, tap

, then tap Move to Junk. Tip: If you move an email accidentally, immediately swipe left with three fingers to undo. Filter emails You can use filters to temporarily show only certain messagesthe ones that meet all the criteria you select in the filter list. For example, if you select Unread and Only Mail with Attachments, you see only unread emails that have attachments. 1. Tap in the bottom-left corner of a mailbox list. Note: When reading an email on iPad in Portrait orientation, tap at the bottom. to display the email list with 2. Tap Filtered by. 3. Select or turn on the criteria for emails you want to view. 4. Tap in the bottom-left corner to hide emails that dont match the current filters. Tap again to turn the filter off. iPad User Guide 225 To turn off an active filter, deselect it or turn it off. To turn off all filters, tap the Filter button. Organize email in Mail on iPad In the Mail app

, manage your email in mailboxes. Manage an email with a swipe While viewing an email list you can use a simple swipe to move individual emails to the trash, mark them as read, and more. To reveal a list of actions, slowly swipe an email to the left until you see the menu, then tap an item. To use the rightmost action, quickly swipe all the way to the left. Swipe right to reveal one other action. To choose the actions you want to appear in the menus, go to Settings

> Mail > Swipe Options. Organize your mail with mailboxes In the Mailboxes list, you can view all your mailboxes, create a new one, or rename or delete one.

(Some mailboxes cant be changed.) 1. Tap Mailboxes in the upper-left corner. 2. Tap Edit at the top of the list. 3. Select the checkbox next to a mailbox you want to view. There are several smart mailboxes, such as Unread, that show emails from all your accounts. Tap the ones you want to view. 4. To add a mailbox, tap New Mailbox at the bottom of the list. 5. Enter a name and specify a location, then tap Save. Reorder your mailboxes You can reorder your mailboxes so that the ones you use most often appear at the top of the Mailboxes list. 1. Tap Mailboxes in the upper-left corner. 2. Tap Edit at the top of the list. 3. Touch and hold next to a mailbox until it lifts up, then drag it to the position you want. iPad User Guide 226 Move or mark multiple emails 1. While viewing a list of emails, tap Edit. 2. Select the emails you want to move or mark by tapping their checkboxes. To select multiple emails quickly, swipe down through the checkboxes. 3. Choose the action you want to perform on all the selected emails. If you change your mind, immediately swipe left with three fingers to undo. Show draft emails from all of your accounts 1. Tap Mailboxes in the upper-left corner. 2. Tap Edit at the top of the list. 3. Tap Add Mailbox, then turn on the All Drafts mailbox. Search for email in Mail on iPad In the Mail app

, you can search for emails using different criteria. Search for text in an email 1. Swipe down from the middle of a mailbox list to reveal the search field. 2. Tap in the search field and type the text youre looking for. 3. Choose between searching all mailboxes or the current mailbox above the results list. 4. Tap an email in the results list to see it. Searching looks at the address fields, the subject, and the email body. The most relevant emails appear in Top Hits above the search suggestions as you type. Search by timeframe Swipe down from the middle of a mailbox list to reveal the search field, tap in the search field, then type something like February meeting to find all emails from February with the word meeting. Search by email state You can search for emails by various attributes. For example, you can do any of the following:

iPad User Guide 227 Find all flagged emails: Type flag in the search field, then tap Flagged Messages below Other. Find all emails from people in your VIP list: Type vip in the search field, then tap Messages from VIPs below Other. Find all unread emails: Type unread in the search field, then tap Unread Messages below Other. Find all email with attachments: Type attachment in the search field, then tap Messages with Attachments below Other. Delete and recover emails in Mail on iPad In the Mail app

, delete emails you no longer need. Delete emails There are multiple ways to delete emails. Do any of the following:

While viewing an email: Tap size and orientation).

(either at the top or bottom of the screen, depending on screen While viewing the email list: Swipe an email left, then choose Trash. To delete the email in a single gesture, swipe it all the way to the left. Delete multiple emails at once: While viewing a list of emails, tap Edit, select the emails you want to delete, then tap Trash. To select multiple emails quickly, swipe down through the checkboxes. To turn the confirmation of deletion on or off, go to Settings Deleting.

> Mail, then turn on or off Ask Before If you change your mind, immediately swipe left with three fingers to undo. Recover a deleted email 1. Go to the accounts Trash mailbox, then open the email. 2. Tap

, then select a mailbox. If you change your mind, immediately swipe left with three fingers to undo. Tip: To see deleted emails across all your accounts, tap Mailboxes at the top left, tap Edit at the top of the list, then select the All Trash mailbox. iPad User Guide 228 Archive instead of delete Instead of deleting emails, you can archive them in the Archive mailbox. (You can still delete emails, even if you set up an Archive mailbox.) 1. Go to Settings

> Mail, then tap Accounts. 2. Tap your email account, tap Mail (below Advanced), then tap Advanced. 3. In the Advanced settings, change the destination mailbox for discarded emails to Archive Mailbox. When this option is turned on, to delete an email instead of archiving it, touch and hold Trash Message.

, then tap Decide how long to keep deleted emails You can set how long deleted emails stay in the Trash mailbox. 1. Go to Settings

> Mail, then tap Accounts. 2. Tap your email account, tap Mail (below Advanced), then tap Advanced. 3. In the Advanced settings, tap Remove, then select a time interval. Note: Some email services might override your selection; for example, iCloud doesnt keep deleted emails longer than 30 days, even if you select Never. Work with email attachments on iPad In the Mail app

, preview, save, open, and annotate email attachments. Preview an attachment Touch and hold an attachment to preview it and see a list of actions you can perform. Save a photo or video attachment to Photos Touch and hold the photo or video, then tap Add to Photos. Mark up attachments Use Markup to annotate an image or a PDF attachment. iPad User Guide 229 1. Touch and hold the attachment, then tap Markup (if its an attachment youre sending) or Markup and Reply (if its an attachment youve received). 2. Use the drawing and annotation tools. See Draw in apps with Markup on iPad. On supported models, you can annotate with Apple Pencil. Open an attachment with another app 1. Touch and hold the attachment until a menu appears. 2. Tap

, then choose the app you want to use to open the attachment. Note: Some attachments automatically show a banner with buttons you can use to open other apps. See emails with attachments 1. Tap to turn on filtering. 2. Tap Filtered by, then turn on Only Mail with Attachments. iPad User Guide 230 You can also use the Attachments mailbox, which shows emails with attachments from all accounts. To view it, tap Mailboxes at the top left, tap Edit above the Mailboxes list, then select Attachments. Send large attachments Mail Drop is an iCloud feature you can use to send files exceeding the maximum size allowed by your email account. To use Mail Drop, tap Send when youre ready to send an email with large attachments, then follow the onscreen instructions. Mail must be turned on in Settings limits.

> [your name] > iCloud. See the Apple Support article Mail Drop To learn how to send any attachment, see Add attachments to an email on iPad. Print an email or attachment in Mail on iPad In the Mail app

, print an email or an attachment. Print an email Tap

, then tap Print. Print an attachment or picture Tap an attachment to view it, tap

, then choose Print. See Print from iPad. Maps View maps on iPad In the Maps app need.

, you can find your location on a map and zoom in and out to see the detail you To find your location, iPad must be connected to the internet, and Location Services must be on. (See Control the location information you share on iPad.) On Wi-Fi + Cellular models, cellular data rates may apply. (See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models).) WARNING: For important information about navigation and avoiding distractions that could lead to dangerous situations, see Important safety information for iPad. iPad User Guide 231 Show your current location Tap

. Your position is marked in the middle of the map. The top of the map is north. To show your heading instead of north at the top, tap

. To resume showing north, tap or

. Choose between road, transit, and satellite views Tap

, choose Map, Transit, or Satellite, then tap

. If transit information is unavailable, tap View Routing Apps to use an app for public or other modes of transportation. Move, zoom, and rotate a map Move around in a map: Drag the map. Zoom in or out: Double-tap and hold your finger to the screen, then drag up to zoom in or drag down to zoom out. Or, pinch open or closed on the map. The scale appears in the upper left while youre zooming. To change the unit of distance, go to Settings

> Maps, then select In Miles or In Kilometers. iPad User Guide 232 Rotate the map: Touch and hold the map with two fingers, then rotate your fingers. To show north at the top of the screen after you rotate the map, tap

. View a 3D map On a 2D road or transit map: Drag two fingers up. On a 2D satellite map: Tap 3D near the upper right. While viewing a 3D map, you can do the following:

Adjust the angle: Drag two fingers up or down. See buildings and other small features in 3D: Zoom in. Return to a 2D map: Tap 2D near the upper right. Allow Maps to use your precise location To figure out where you are and provide accurate directions to your destinations, Maps works best when Precise Location is turned on. To turn on Precise Location, do the following:

1. Go to Settings

> Privacy > Location Services. 2. Tap Maps, then turn on Precise Location. See Control the location information you share on iPad. Find and save destinations Search for places in Maps on iPad You can use the Maps app to search for addresses, landmarks, services, and more. Search for a place Ask Siri. Say something like: Show me the Golden Gate Bridge. Learn how to ask Siri. Or you can tap the search field, then begin typing. iPad User Guide 233 You can search in different ways. For example:

Intersection (8th and Market) Area (Greenwich Village) Landmark (Guggenheim) Zip code (60622) Business (movies, restaurants San Francisco CA, Apple Inc New York) To see all results, swipe up on the search card. To get directions to a result, tap it. Note: If you see an information card instead of the search field, tap information card. in the top right of the Quickly find or delete recent searches To see a list of recently viewed search results, swipe down from the bottom of the search card. To delete an item from the list, swipe the item left. Or tap See All directly above the list, then do one of the following:

Delete a group: Tap Clear above the group. Delete a single item: Swipe the item left. iPad User Guide 234 See also Delete significant locations on iPad. Find nearby attractions and services in Maps on iPad You can use the Maps app to find nearby attractions, services, and more. Find a nearby service Ask Siri. Say something like: Find a gas station or Find coffee near me. Learn how to ask Siri. Or you can tap the search field, tap a category such as Groceries or Hotels, then do any of the following:

See all results for the category: Swipe up on the information card. Change the search area: Drag the map to another area or zoom in or out, then tap Search Here near the top of the screen. See more information about a result: Tap the item on the information card. Note: Nearby suggestions arent available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Find your way around an airport or shopping mall 1. Do one of the following:

When youre at the airport or mall: Open Maps, tap tap the Browse button in the upper right.

, then tap Look Insideor zoom in, then Before you get there: Search for the airport or mall in Maps, or drag the map to show it. Zoom in, then tap the Browse button. 2. To find nearby services, tap a category (like Food, Restrooms, or Gates) on the information card, then swipe up to see all results, listed alphabetically. To see more information about a result, tap it. iPad User Guide 235 3. To see a map of a different floor, tap the button showing the floor level (zoom in if you dont see the button). Note: Indoor maps are available for select airports and shopping malls. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Get information about places in Maps on iPad You can find street addresses and other information about places that appear in the Maps app

. See information about a place Tap the place (for example, a landmark on a map, a spot that you marked with a pin, or a search result), then do any of the following:

Get a route to the location: Tap Directions. View more information: Swipe up on the information card. The information might include the street address, a phone number, a webpage link, business hours, and customer reviews. Close the information card: Tap

. iPad User Guide 236 Save information about a place Tap a location on a map or an item in a list of search results, then do any of the following:

Add the place to a guide: Tap Save to. Scroll part way down the information card if you dont see Save to. Add the place to your favorites: Scroll to the bottom of the information card, then tap Add to Favorites. Add the place to Contacts: Scroll to the bottom of the information card, then tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. See Save favorite places in Maps on iPad and Organize places in My Guides in Maps on iPad. Mark places in Maps on iPad You can mark places in the Maps app with pins to help you find those places later. Tip: To quickly mark your location so you can find your way back later, touch and hold the Maps icon on the Home Screen, then choose Mark My Location. See Perform quick actions on iPad. Mark an unlabeled location on the map iPad User Guide 237 1. Touch and hold the map until a pin marker appears. 2. To help you find the location later, you can save it to your favorites, to a guide, or to Contacts. Swipe up on the information card, then choose an option. 3. To close the information card, tap

. Delete a pin marker 1. Tap the marker. 2. On the information card, tap Remove Marker. You can also touch and hold the marker, then tap Remove Marker. Share places in Maps on iPad In the Maps app to show people where to meet you.

, you can share places with others. For example, you can send a message or email 1. Tap a place on the map. 2. Tap on the information card, then choose an option. You can also touch and hold the place, then tap Share Location. Tip: To quickly share your current location, touch and hold Maps on the Home Screen, then choose Send My Location. See Perform quick actions on iPad. Save favorite places in Maps on iPad In the Maps app to your favorites list. You can quickly find your favorites on the search card.

, you can save placessuch as your home, your work, and where you go for coffee Add a place to your favorites iPad User Guide 238 1. Swipe down from the bottom of the search card to show Favorites. 2. Tap on the right side of the row. If you dont see

, swipe the Favorites row left. 3. Do one of the following:

Choose a suggestion below the search field. Enter a place or address in the search field, then choose a search result. 4. To rename the favorite, tap the title, then enter a new name. 5. Tap Done. You can also tap a location on a map or choose an item in a list of search results, then tap Add to Favorites (at the bottom of the information card). Add a transit stop to your favorites 1. Get transit directions, then tap a transit stop or station. 2. Scroll to the bottom of the information card, tap Add to Favorites, then tap

. Quickly find your favorites Swipe down from the bottom of the search card to see several favorites. To see more, swipe the row of favorites left or tap See All above the row. Edit a favorite 1. Swipe down from the bottom of the search card to show Favorites, then tap See All above the row of favorites. 2. Tap next to the favorite. iPad User Guide 239 3. Depending on the location, you may be able to make the following changes:

Rename the favorite: Tap the title, then enter a new name. Change the address: Tap the address, then tap Open Contact Card. Change the label: Tap a label type. Delete the location from your favorites list: Tap Remove Favorite. Tell someone your ETA: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Tap Add Person, then choose one or more suggested contacts, or search for a contact. Whenever you start turn-by-turn navigation to this location, the person automatically receives a notification about your estimated time of arrival (ETA). See Share your driving ETA (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). 4. Tap Done. Delete a place from your favorites Swipe down from the bottom of the search card to show Favorites, tap See All above the row of favorites, then swipe the item left. Explore new places with Guides in Maps on iPad Guides from trusted brands and partners are available in the Maps app places around the world to eat, shop, and explore. Guides are automatically updated when new places are added, so you always have the latest recommendations. to help you discover great 1. To open one of the Guides, tap the search field, scroll down the search card, then do any of the following:

Tap a cover that appears below Editors Picks. Tap See All Guides, swipe left at the top of the All Guides card to view available cities, choose a city or other option, then tap a cover. Choose a publisher, then tap a cover. 2. Do any of the following:

Save it: Tap

. Its saved in your collection of My Guides. See Organize places in My Guides in Maps on iPad. Share it: Tap

. Add one of its destinations to My Guides: Tap

, then select one of your guides. Return to the search field: Tap

. iPad User Guide 240 Note: Guides are available for many cities worldwide, with more cities coming. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Organize places in My Guides in Maps on iPad In the Maps app

, you can organize places into your own guides for easy reference. For example, you can add destinations for an upcoming vacation into a guide named Summer Road Trip. You can quickly get to your guides from the search card, and you can share your guides with others. Create a guide Swipe down from the bottom of the search card, scroll down the search card, then do one of the following:

Tap New Guide, enter a name, then tap Create. When the New Guide button no longer appears, tap See All for the list of My Guides, tap bottom of the list, enter a name, tap Create, then tap

. at the Add a place to My Guides 1. Tap a location on a map or an item in a list of search results. 2. Tap Save to, then choose one of your guides. You can also add Editors Picks and more to My Guides. See Explore new places with Guides in Maps on iPad. Share a guide iPad User Guide 241 1. Swipe down from the bottom of the search card to show My Guides, then choose a guide. If you dont see My Guides, scroll down the search card. 2. Tap

, then choose an option. Edit a guide 1. Swipe down from the bottom of the search card to show My Guides, then choose a guide. 2. Tap Edit. 3. Do any of the following:

Select your own cover image: Tap

, then choose a photo from your library. Rename the guide: Tap the title. Delete a place from the guide: Tap the place, then tap Delete. Add a place to another guide: Tap the place, then tap Add To. Change the sort order: Tap Date Added, Name, or Distance, then choose an option. 4. Tap

. Get traffic and weather info in Maps on iPad In the Maps app

, you can view traffic conditions and find out about the weather. Find out about traffic conditions 1. From map or satellite view, tap

. If youre in transit view, tap

, then choose Map or Satellite. 2. Turn on Traffic, then tap

. Orange indicates slowdowns, and red indicates stop-and-go traffic. 3. To see an incident report, tap an incident marker (not available in all countries or regions). Incident markers show information such as lane closures

, road closures

, road construction

, accidents

, and more. Note: Traffic information is not available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. iPad User Guide 242 Find out about the weather Zoom in on a map until the weather icon appears in the lower-right corner; the icon shows the current conditions for that area. In some regions, the air quality index also appears in the lower-right corner. To see the hourly forecast, touch and hold the weather icon. Tap the hourly forecast to see a multiday forecast in Safari. If you dont want to see the weather information or the air quality index in Maps, go to Settings Maps, then turn off Weather Conditions or Air Quality Index.

Delete significant locations on iPad keeps track of the places you recently visited, as well as when and how often you The Maps app visited them. Maps uses this information to provide you with personalized services like predictive traffic routing. You can delete this information. Note: Significant locations are end-to-end encrypted and cannot be read by Apple. 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy > Location Services > System Services, then tap Significant Locations. 2. Do one of the following:

Delete a single location: Tap the location, tap Edit, then tap

. Delete all locations: Tap Clear History. This action clears all your significant locations on any devices that are signed in with the same Apple ID. Take tours Look around streets in Maps on iPad You can view cities in the Maps app and move through the streets. in an interactive 3D experience that lets you pan 360 degrees 1. In select cities, tap on a map or information card. iPad User Guide 243 2. To change the view, do any of the following:

Pan: Drag a finger left or right. Move forward: Tap the scene. Zoom in or out: Pinch open or closed. View another point of interest: Tap elsewhere on the map. Switch to or from full-screen view: Tap or

. Hide labels in full-screen view: Tap the address card at the upper left, then tap

. If an information card appears in the upper left, tap to show the address card. 3. When finished, tap Done. Look Around is available in select cities. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Take Flyover tours in Maps on iPad

, you can fly over many of the worlds major landmarks and cities. Flyover In the Maps app landmarks are identified by the Flyover button on their information cards. Flyover cities are indicated by next to their names in map view. iPad User Guide 244 View a city or landmark from above On supported models, move the iPad screen to seemingly fly over a city or landmark. 1. Tap the name of a city (in map or satellite view) or the name of a landmark. If you dont see Map or Satellite. markers for cities, zoom out, or if youre using transit view, tap

, then choose 2. Tap Flyover on the information card. 3. Do any of the following:

Change viewing direction: Point or tilt iPad in the direction you want to view. Move around: Drag a finger in any direction. To rotate perspective, touch and hold the screen with one finger, then continue holding it in place while you drag another finger around it. Watch an aerial 3D tour: Tap Start Tour or Start City Tour in the card at the bottom of the screen. (If you dont see the card, tap anywhere on the screen.) 4. To return to the map, tap in the card at the bottom of the screen (tap anywhere on the screen if you dont see

). iPad User Guide 245 Watch an aerial 3D tour On iPad mini 4, take a Flyover tour of a city or landmark. 1. Tap the name of a city (in map or satellite view) or the name of a landmark. 2. Tap Flyover Tour on the information card. 3. To return to the map, tap

. For a list of sites with Flyover, see the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Get directions Use Siri, Maps, and the Maps widget to get directions on iPad You can get travel directions in the Maps app in several ways. Ask Siri for directions Ask Siri. Say something like:

Get directions to the nearest coffee shop Find a charging station Give me directions home Learn how to ask Siri Tip: To use home or work when searching in Maps or asking Siri, add your home and work addresses to your My Info card in Contacts. See Add your contact info on iPad. iPad User Guide 246 Tap for directions in Maps 1. Do one of the following:

Tap a destination (for example, a landmark on a map, a spot that you marked with a pin, or a search result in Maps). Touch and hold any spot on the map. iPad User Guide 247

WARNING:pdfminer.pdfpage:The PDF <_io.BufferedReader name='/Volumes/Scratch/Incoming/eg-scratch/5179600.pdf'> contains a metadata field indicating that it should not allow text extraction. Ignoring this field and proceeding. Use the check_extractable if you want to raise an error in this case 2. Tap Directions on the information card. Use the Maps widget To quickly get directions to a likely destination from the Home Screen or Today View, use the Maps widget. See Add widgets on iPad. iPad User Guide 248 To get directions, iPad must be connected to the internet. (On Wi-Fi + Cellular models, cellular data rates may apply. See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models).) To get directions involving your current location, Location Services must be on. (See Control the location information you share on iPad.) Choose your preferred type of travel in Maps on iPad You can choose the default mode of transportation for getting directions in the Maps app

. 1. Go to Settings

> Maps. 2. Tap Driving, Walking, Transit, or Cycling (below Preferred Type of Travel). Get driving directions from your current location in Maps on iPad In the Maps app

, you can get detailed driving directions to your destination. Get directions for driving Ask Siri. Say something like: Give me driving directions home. If multiple routes appear, tap Go for the route you want. Learn how to ask Siri. Or without asking Siri, you can do the following:

1. Tap your destination, such as a landmark on a map, or touch and hold any spot on the map. 2. Tap Directions, tap

, then tap Go for the route you want. Note: Before you tap Go, you can select other route options. For example, you can choose to avoid tolls or highways. On Wi-Fi + Cellular models (with a cellular data plan and cellular data turned on in Settings Maps), Maps speaks turn-by-turn directions to your destination. You can turn off voice directions, change the volume, or change the audio output device. See Change audio settings for turn-by-turn directions in Maps on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models).

Note: Turn-by-turn voice navigation is not available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. iPad User Guide 249 On other iPad models, Maps shows turn directions in a banner at the top left. To see the next direction, swipe left on the banner. iPad User Guide 250 To end directions at any time, tap End, or say something to Siri like Stop navigating. Note: You can also see an overview map of your route or the entire list of driving directions. See See an overview of your route or its directions in a list in Maps on iPad. Share your driving ETA (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) As you follow turn-by-turn driving directions, you can let others know your estimated time of arrival

(ETA). Ask Siri. Say something like: Share my ETA. Learn how to ask Siri. Or without asking Siri, you can do the following:

1. With turn-by-turn directions showing, tap the route card, then tap Share ETA. 2. Choose one or more suggested contacts, or tap Contacts to find a contact. 3. You can do the following during your trip:

Stop sending ETA information: Tap Sharing ETA at the bottom of the screen, then choose a contact. Replace the Sharing ETA card with the route card: Tap on the Sharing ETA card. People using devices with iOS 13.1, iPadOS 13.1, or later receive a Maps notification with your ETA, and they can track your progress in Maps. People using devices with earlier versions receive the notification through iMessage. People using other mobile devices receive an SMS message. Note: Standard carrier data and text rates may apply. To disable Share ETA, go to Settings

> Maps > Navigation & Guidance, then turn off Share ETA. Show or hide the compass or the speed limit (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Go to Settings

> Maps, tap Driving (below Directions), then turn Compass or Speed Limit on or off. Report traffic incidents in Maps on iPad In the U.S., you can report accidents, hazards, and speed checks in the Maps app later). You can also report that accidents and hazards have cleared. In China, you can report accidents, hazards, and road work (iPadOS 14.5 or later).

(iPadOS 14.5 or Note: Incident reporting is currently available only in the U.S. and China. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Report an incident iPad User Guide 251 Ask Siri. On Wi-Fi + Cellular models, say something like:

Report an accident Theres something on the road Theres a speed check here. Learn how to ask Siri Or with turn-by-turn driving directions showing (Wi-Fi + Cellular models), you can tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, tap Report, then tap Accident, Hazard, or Speed Check. To report an incident when you arent following turn-by-turn directions (all models), you can do the following:

1. Tap in the upper-right corner of the map, then tap Report an Issue. 2. Tap Accident, Hazard, or Speed Check. 3. Optionally, do any of the following to provide more information:

Include a photo of the incident: Tap Add Photo. Add a description: Tap Add more information about the incident, then use the keyboard to enter a description or tap to speak a description. Refine the location: Tap the map, then drag it to move the incident marker. (You can tap Map, Transit, or Satellite at the bottom of the screen to change the view.) iPad User Guide 252 4. Tap Submit. Apple evaluates incoming incident reports. When theres a high level of confidence in the reports, incident markers for Accident, Hazard, and in China, Road Work are displayed in Maps for other users too. Note: Speed checks are not displayed with incident markers. Instead, notifications for speed checks appear when you follow turn-by-turn directions (U.S. only). Report on the status of a hazard or accident A map may display hazard their status (U.S. only). and accident markers. When youre near the incidents, you can report Ask Siri. On W-Fi + Cellular models, say something like The hazard is gone or Clear the accident. Learn how to ask Siri. Or on all models, you can do the following:

1. Tap the incident marker. 2. Tap Cleared or Still Here. Note: You cant clear reports of speed checks. iPad User Guide 253 Apple evaluates incoming incident reports. When theres a high level of confidence in the reports, the incident markers are removed from Maps. Note: Apple is committed to keeping personal information safe and private. To learn more, go to Settings

> Maps, then tap About Apple Maps and Privacy. Get cycling directions from your current location in Maps on iPad In the Maps app

, you can get detailed cycling directions. Maps offers routes on bike paths, bike lanes, and bike-friendly roads (when available). You can preview the elevation for your ride, check how busy a road is, and choose a route that best avoids hills. On Wi-Fi + Cellular models, Maps speaks cycling-specific directions for turns and maneuvers. You can turn off voice directions, change the volume, or change the audio output device. See Change audio settings for turn-by-turn directions in Maps on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). Note: Cycling directions are available in select areas, including the San Francisco Bay Area, Los Angeles, New York City, and multiple cities in China. Features vary by country and region. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Get directions for cycling 1. Do one of the following:

Say something like Hey Siri, give me cycling directions home. Learn how to ask Siri. Tap your destination (such as a landmark on a map), tap Directions, then tap

. Touch and hold any spot on the map, tap Directions, then tap

. iPad User Guide 254 2. Tap Go for the route you want. Note: Before you tap Go, you can select other route options. For example, you can choose to avoid hills or busy roads. To see upcoming directions (Wi-Fi only models), swipe left on the banner at the top of the screen. To end the directions at any time, tap End, or say something like Hey Siri, stop navigating. Note: You can also see an overview map of your route or all of its directions in a list. Share your cycling ETA (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) As you follow cycling directions, you can let others know your estimated time of arrival (ETA) (iPadOS 14.5). Ask Siri. Say something like: Share my ETA. Learn how to ask Siri. Or without asking Siri, you can do the following:

1. With turn-by-turn directions showing, tap the route card, then tap Share ETA. 2. Choose one or more suggested contacts, or tap Contacts to find a contact. iPad User Guide 255 3. You can do the following during your trip:

Stop sending ETA information: Tap Sharing ETA at the bottom of the screen, then choose a contact. Replace the Sharing ETA card with the route card: Tap on the Sharing ETA card. People using devices with iOS 13.1, iPadOS 13.1, or later receive a Maps notification with your ETA, and they can track your progress in Maps. People using devices with earlier versions receive the notification through iMessage. People using other mobile devices receive an SMS message. Note: Standard carrier data and text rates may apply. To disable Share ETA, go to Settings

> Maps > Navigation & Guidance, then turn off Share ETA. Find places to stop in Maps on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) You can get directions to food, services, and more while following your driving or cycling route in the Maps app

(Wi-Fi + Cellular models). 1. With turn-by-turn directions showing, tap the route card at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap one of the nearby suggestions (such as Charging Stations or Breakfast), then tap Go. 3. To get directions again to your original destination, tap Resume Route at the top of the screen. iPad User Guide 256 Get walking directions from your current location in Maps on iPad In the Maps app

, you can get detailed walking directions to your destination. To hear turn-by-turn directions (Wi-Fi + Cellular models), wear headphones connected to your iPad, or turn on the guidance voice. Get directions for walking 1. Do one of the following:

Say something like Hey Siri, give me walking directions home. Learn how to ask Siri. Tap your destination (such as a landmark on a map), tap Directions, then tap

. Touch and hold any spot on the map, tap Directions, then tap

. 2. Tap Go for the route you want. Note: Before you tap Go, you can select other route options. For example, you can get transit or cycling directions. 3. To see upcoming directions, swipe left on the banner at the top of the screen. To end the directions at any time, tap End, or say something like Hey Siri, stop navigating. iPad User Guide 257 Note: You can also see an overview map of your route or a list of all of its directions. Share your walking ETA (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) As you follow walking directions, you can let others know your estimated time of arrival (ETA) (iPadOS 14.5). Ask Siri. Say something like: Share my ETA. Learn how to ask Siri. Or without asking Siri, you can do the following:

1. With turn-by-turn directions showing, tap the route card, then tap Share ETA. 2. Choose one or more suggested contacts, or tap Contacts to find a contact. 3. You can do the following during your trip:

Stop sending ETA information: Tap Sharing ETA at the bottom of the screen, then choose a contact. Replace the Sharing ETA card with the route card: Tap on the Sharing ETA card. People using devices with iOS 13.1, iPadOS 13.1, or later receive a Maps notification with your ETA, and they can track your progress in Maps. People using devices with earlier versions receive the notification through iMessage. People using other mobile devices receive an SMS message. Note: Standard carrier data and text rates may apply. iPad User Guide 258 To disable Share ETA, go to Settings

> Maps > Navigation & Guidance, then turn off Share ETA. Get transit directions from your current location in Maps on iPad In the Maps app

, you can get detailed transit directions to your destination. 1. Do one of the following:

Say something like Hey Siri, give me transit directions to the Ferry Building. Learn how to ask Siri (Siri transit directions not available in all countries or regions). Tap your destination (such as a landmark on a map), tap Directions, then tap

. Touch and hold any spot on the map, tap Directions, then tap

. 2. To choose a transit time or date, tap Leaving Soon (near the top of the route card), then select a time or date for departure or arrival. 3. To select which transit vehicles you prefer, tap the route card, scroll to the bottom, then choose an option. 4. Tap Go for the route you want. Note: Before you tap Go, you can select other route options. For example, you can get walking or cycling directions. iPad User Guide 259 Do any of the following during your trip:

See upcoming directions: Swipe left on the banner at the top of the screen. View and share the directions in a list: Tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, then tap Details. To share the list of directions, scroll to the bottom of the route card, then tap Share. See the route overview: Tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, then tap Overview. To see more detail, tap the route card, then tap Zoom In. Add a stop to Favorites: See Add a place to your favorites. End directions at any time: Tap End, or say something like Hey Siri, stop navigating. Note: In select cities, Maps provides public transportation information, which includes walking directions to a bus stop or train station. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. If transit route information is unavailable, tap View Routing Apps to use an app for other modes of transportation. See an overview of your route or its directions in a list in Maps on iPad You can see an overview map of your route or a list of its detailed directions in the Maps app

. See an overview of your route (Wi-Fi only models) 1. Tap the route card at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap Overview. To see more detail, tap the route card, then tap Zoom In. iPad User Guide 260 See an overview of your walking or transit route (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) With walking or transit directions showing, tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, then tap Overview. To return to turn-by-turn directions, tap the route card, then tap Turn-by-turn (for a walking route) or Zoom In (for a transit route). See an overview of your driving or cycling route (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) With turn-by-turn driving or cycling directions showing, tap the banner at the top of the screen, then do either of the following:

Switch between showing north or your destination at the top of the screen. Tap the map, then tap

. Return to turn-by-turn directions: Tap the turn direction in the upper-left corner of the screen. See all directions in a list Tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, then tap Details. To view the map again, tap Done. iPad User Guide 261 Change audio settings for turn-by-turn directions in Maps on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) For driving, walking, and cycling routes, you can turn off the voice for spoken directions or change its volume in the Maps app

(Wi-Fi + Cellular models). You can also change the audio output device that plays spoken directions, and whether to automatically pause spoken audio, like podcasts and audio books, when directions are spoken. Turn voice directions on or off or change the volume Do one of the following:

With turn-by-turn directions showing, tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, tap Audio, then choose an option. Before you start your next route, go to Settings an option (below Navigation Voice Volume).

> Maps > Navigation & Guidance, then choose Change the audio device for voice directions With turn-by-turn directions showing, tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, tap Audio, then choose a device (below Output). iPad User Guide 262 Devices, such as a Bluetooth car device or AirPods, appear as options when theyre connected to iPad. Change whether to pause spoken audio for voice directions Do one of the following:

With turn-by-turn directions showing, tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, tap Audio, then turn Pause Spoken Audio on or off. Before you start your next route, go to Settings Pause Spoken Audio on or off.

> Maps > Navigation & Guidance, then turn Select other route options in Maps on iPad With a route showing in the Maps app

, you can select various options before you tap Go. Choose an alternate route: If alternate routes appear, you can tap one on the map to take it (or tap Go next to its description in the route card). For example, you might be able to choose an alternate driving route that avoids tolls or restrictions or a cycling route that avoids hills. Switch to a driving, walking, cycling, or transit route: Tap

, or

. Avoid tolls or highways: With a driving route showing, tap the route card, scroll to the bottom of the route card, then turn on an option. iPad User Guide 263 Avoid hills or busy roads: With a cycling route showing, swipe the route card up, scroll to the bottom of the list, then turn on an option. Reverse the starting point and destination: Tap My Location (near the top of the route card), then tap

. Choose a different starting point or destination: Tap My Location, tap either the From or To field, then enter a different location. Get directions between places other than your current location in Maps on iPad You can get directions and estimated travel times between any two locations other than your current location in the Maps app

. 1. Do one of the following:

Tap your destination (such as a landmark on a map), then tap Directions. Touch and hold any spot on the map, then tap Directions. 2. To choose your mode of travel, tap a button, such as or

. 3. To reverse the starting point and destination, tap My Location (near the top of the route card), tap

, then tap Route. iPad User Guide 264 4. To choose a different starting point or destination, tap My Location, tap either the From or To field, enter a different location, then tap Route. 5. Tap Go for the route you want. 6. Do any of the following:

See upcoming directions: Swipe left on the banner at the top of the screen. View and share the directions in a list: Tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, then tap Details. To share the list of directions, scroll to the bottom of the route card, then tap Share. See the route overview: Tap the route card, then tap Overview. To see more detail again, tap the route card, then tap Zoom In. 7. When youre finished, tap End, or say something like Hey Siri, Stop navigating. Delete recently viewed directions in Maps on iPad To delete directions that you recently viewed in the Maps app card to see Recents, then do one of the following:

Swipe a recent route left.

, swipe up from the top of the search Tap See All directly above the list, then swipe a recent route left, or to delete a group of routes, tap Clear above the group. See also Delete significant locations on iPad. Use Maps on your Mac to get directions for iPad Before a big trip or a day of cycling, you can plan your route on your Mac, and then share the details to your iPad. You must be signed in with the same Apple ID on both your Mac and your iPad. 1. In Maps on your Mac, create a route for your trip. For information, see Plan a route on your Mac in the Maps User Guide. 2. Choose File > Share > Send to [your device]. You can also use Handoff to send directions from iPad to Mac. See Hand off tasks between iPad and your Mac. Help correct and improve Maps on iPad In the Maps app navigation directions, and other issues.

, you can report incorrect road and business names, transit delays, inaccurate iPad User Guide 265 Report a misnamed road, business, or other place 1. Tap in the upper-right corner of the map, then tap Report an Issue. 2. Tap Map Labels. 3. Tap the map, then tap the road or place to show its name. 4. Tap Done. 5. Do any of the following:

Correct the name: Tap the name, tap speak a correction. Remove the name: Tap Remove Label.

, then use the keyboard to correct the name or tap to Add a description: Tap Add more information about the incorrect label, then use the keyboard to enter a description or tap to speak a description. 6. Optionally, tap Add Photo to include a photo with your report. 7. Tap Submit. Report an incorrect station name, a delay, or other transit issue iPad User Guide 266 1. Tap in the upper-right corner of the map, then tap Report an Issue. 2. Tap Transit. 3. Choose an issue type, then provide updated information. To update station information or line information, tap the station or line on the map to show its name, then tap Next. To enter information, you can use the keyboard or tap to speak the information. 4. Optionally, tap Add Photo to include a photo with your report. 5. Tap Submit. Report a navigation issue 1. Tap in the upper-right corner of the map, then tap Report an Issue. 2. Tap Navigation, then do one of the following:

Report a problem with directions: Tap Directions, choose an item from the list, then tap Tell us more about this direction. Correct the entrance to your destination: Tap Arrival Entrance, tap the map, drag the map to move the entrance marker to the correct location, tap Done, then tap Add more details. Report another type of issue: Tap Other, then tap Describe the issue. 3. Use the keyboard to enter a description or tap to speak a description. 4. Optionally, tap Add Photo to include a photo with your report. 5. Tap Submit. Refine your home or work location 1. Tap in the upper-right corner of the map, then tap Report an Issue. 2. Tap Home or Work, drag the map to move the marker over the correct location. (You can tap the Map or Satellite button at the bottom of the screen to change the view.) 3. Tap Done. Maps uses the corrected location to help provide improved directions to and from your home or work. Provide feedback about the Maps app 1. Tap in the upper-right corner of the map, then tap Report an Issue. iPad User Guide 267 2. Tap Other Issue. 3. Optionally, tap Add Photo to include a photo with your feedback. 4. Use the keyboard to enter your feedback or tap to speak your feedback. 5. Tap Submit. Measure Measure dimensions with iPad On supported models, use the Measure app and your iPad camera to measure nearby objects and surfacesyou can manually set the start and end points of a measurement, have iPad automatically detect the dimensions of rectangular objects, and more. For best results, use Measure on well-defined objects located 0.5 to 3 meters (2 to 10 feet) from iPad. Note: Measurements are approximate. Start a measurement iPad User Guide 268 1. Open Measure

, then use the iPad camera to slowly scan nearby objects. 2. Position iPad so that the object you want to measure appears on the screen. Note: For your privacy, when you use Measure to take measurements, a green dot appears at the top of the screen to indicate your camera is in use. Take an automatic rectangle measurement 1. When iPad detects the edges of a rectangular object, a box frames the object; tap the box to see the dimensions. 2. To take a photo of your measurement, tap

. Take a manual measurement 1. Align the dot at the center of the screen with the point where you want to start measuring, then tap

. 2. Slowly pan iPad to the end point, then tap to see the measured length. 3. To take a photo of your measurement, tap

. 4. Take another measurement, or tap Clear to start over. Use edge guides On iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation and later) and iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation and later), you can easily measure the height and straight edges of furniture, countertops, and other objects using guide lines that appear automatically. 1. Position the dot at the center of the screen along the straight edge of an object until a guide appears. 2. Tap where you want to begin measuring. 3. Slowly pan along the guide, then tap at the endpoint to see the measured length. 4. To take a photo of your measurement, tap

. Use Ruler view On iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation and later) and iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation and later), you can see more detail in your measurements with Ruler view. iPad User Guide 269 1. After measuring the distance between two points, move iPad closer to the measurement line until it transforms into a ruler, showing incremental inches and feet. 2. To take a photo of your measurement, tap

. View and save measurements on iPad In the Measure app generation and later), you can save a list of all the measurements you take in a single session, complete with screenshots, so you can easily share and access them whenever you need them. on iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation and later) and iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd 1. Tap to see a list of your recent measurements. Swipe up from the top of the list to see more measurements. 2. To save the measurements, tap Copy, open another app (for example, Notes), tap in a document, then tap Paste. Note: Height measurements arent included in this list. To save a persons height measurement, see Measure a persons height. Measure a persons height with iPad On iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation and later) and iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation and later), you can use the Measure app head, hair, or hat. (You can even measure the seated height of a person in a chair.) to instantly measure a persons height from the floor to the top of their iPad User Guide 270 1. Position iPad so that the person you want to measure appears on the screen from head to toe. A line appears at the top of the persons head (or hair, or hat), with the height measurement showing just below the line. 2. To take a photo of the measurement, tap

. 3. To save the photo, tap the screenshot in the lower-left corner, tap Done, then choose Save to Photos or Save to Files. You can easily access and share the height measurement image from Photos or Files on iPad whenever you want. To take the measurement again, turn iPad away for a moment to reset the height. Messages Set up Messages on iPad

, you can send text messages as SMS/MMS messages through your cellular In the Messages app service, or with iMessage over Wi-Fi or cellular service to people who use iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or a Mac. Texts you send and receive using iMessage dont count against your SMS/MMS allowances in your cellular messaging plan, but cellular data rates may apply. iPad User Guide 271 iMessage texts can include photos, videos, and other info. You can see when other people are typing, and send read receipts to let them know when youve read their messages. For security, messages sent using iMessage are encrypted before theyre sent. iMessage texts appear in blue bubbles, and SMS/MMS texts appear in green bubbles. See the Apple Support article About iMessage and SMS/MMS. Sign in to iMessage 1. Go to Settings

> Messages. 2. Turn on iMessage. Sign in to iMessage on your Mac and other Apple devices using the same Apple ID If you sign in to iMessage with the same Apple ID on all your devices, all the messages that you send and receive on iPad also appear on your other Apple devices. Send a message from whichever device is closest to you, or use Handoff to start a conversation on one device and continue it on another. 1. On iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, go to Settings

> Messages, then turn on iMessage. 2. On your Mac, open Messages, then do one of the following:

If youre signing in for the first time, enter your Apple ID and password, then click Sign In. If you signed in before and want to use a different Apple ID, choose Messages > Preferences, click iMessage, then click Sign Out. With Continuity, you can send and receive SMS/MMS messages on iPad using the cellular connection on your iPhone. See the Apple Support article Use Continuity to connect your Mac, iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Apple Watch. Use Messages in iCloud Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Messages (if its not already turned on). Every message you send and receive on your iPad is saved in iCloud. And, when you sign in with the same Apple ID on a new device that also has Messages in iCloud turned on, all your conversations show up there automatically. Because your messages and any attachments are stored in iCloud, you may have more free space on your iPad when you need it. Message bubbles, whole conversations, and attachments you delete from iPad are also deleted from your other Apple devices (iOS 11.4, iPadOS 13, macOS 10.13.5, or later) where Messages in iCloud is turned on. See the Apple Support article Use Messages in iCloud. iPad User Guide 272 Note: Messages in iCloud uses iCloud storage. See Manage Apple ID and iCloud settings on iPad for information about iCloud storage. Send and receive text messages on iPad Use the Messages app to send and receive texts, photos, videos, and audio messages. You can also personalize your messages with animated effects, Memoji stickers, iMessage apps, and more. Send a message You can send a text message to one or more people. 1. Tap at the top of the screen to start a new message, or tap an existing message. 2. Enter the phone number, contact name, or Apple ID of each recipient. Or, tap

, then choose contacts. 3. Tap the text field, type your message, then tap to send. A blue send button indicates the message will be sent with iMessage; a green send button indicates the message will be sent with SMS/MMS, or your cellular service. An alert appears if a message cant be sent. Tap the alert to try sending the message again. iPad User Guide 273 Tip: To see what time a message was sent or received, drag the message bubble to the left. To view conversation details, tap the name or phone number at the top of the screen, then tap can tap the contact to edit the contact card, share your location, view attachments, leave a group conversation, and more. You Reply to a message Ask Siri. Say something like:

Send a message to Eliza saying how about tomorrow Read my last message from Bob Reply thats great news Learn how to ask Siri Tip: When you wear AirPods Max, AirPods Pro, AirPods (2nd generation), or other supported headphones, Siri can read your incoming messages, and you can speak a reply for Siri to send. See Listen and respond to messages. Or do the following:

1. In the Messages list, tap the conversation that you want to reply to. To search for contacts and content in conversations, pull down the Messages list and enter what youre looking for in the search field. Or, choose from the suggested contacts, links, photos, and more. 2. Tap the text field, then type your message. Tip: To replace text with emoji, tap or

, then tap each highlighted word. 3. Tap to send your message. You can quickly reply to a messages with a Tapback expression (for example, a thumbs up or a heart). Double-tap the message bubble that you want to respond to, then select a Tapback. Pin a conversation You can pin specific conversations to the top of the Messages list so the people you contact most always come first in the list. Do any of the following:

Swipe right on a conversation, then tap

. Touch and hold a conversation, then drag it to the top of the list. iPad User Guide 274 Unpin a conversation You can unpin specific conversations at the top of the Messages list. Do any of the following:

Touch and hold a conversation, then drag the message to the bottom of the list. Touch and hold a conversation, then tap

. Share your name and photo In Messages, you can share your name and photo when you start or respond to a new message. Your photo can be a Memoji or custom image. When you open Messages for the first time, follow the instructions on your iPad to choose your name and photo. To change your name, photo, or sharing options, open Messages, tap then do any of the following:

, tap Edit Name and Photo, Change your profile image: Tap Edit, then choose an option. Change your name: Tap the text fields where your name appears. Turn sharing on or off: Tap the button next to Name and Photo Sharing (green indicates that its on). Change who can see your profile: Tap an option below Share Automatically (Name and Photo Sharing must be turned on). Your Messages name and photo can also be used for your Apple ID and My Card in Contacts. Switch from a Messages conversation to a FaceTime or audio call In a Messages conversation, you can initiate a FaceTime or audio call with the person youre chatting with in Messages. 1. In a Messages conversation, tap the profile picture or the name at the top of the conversation. 2. Tap FaceTime or audio. Send a message to a group or business on iPad Use the Messages app also send a message to a business using business chat. to send photos, videos, and audio messages to groups of people. You can iPad User Guide 275 Reply to a specific message in a conversation You can respond to a specific message inline to improve clarity and help keep conversations organized. 1. In a conversation, double-tap (or touch and hold) a message, then tap

. 2. Write your response, then tap

. Mention people in conversations You can mention other people in a conversation to call their attention to a specific message. Depending on their settings, this can notify them even if they have muted the conversation. 1. In a conversation, begin typing a contacts name in the text field. 2. Tap the contacts name when it appears. You can also mention a contact in Messages by typing @ followed by the contacts name. To change your notification settings when youre mentioned in Messages, go to Settings Messages > Notify Me.

Note: To change your notification settings for when youre mentioned in Messages, go to Settings

> Messages > Notify Me. Change a group name and photo The photo used for group conversations includes all participants and changes based on who was recently active. You can also assign a personalized photo to the group conversation. Tap the name or number at the top of the conversation, tap and Photo, then choose an option. at the top right, select Change Name Use Business Chat In Messages, you can communicate with businesses that offer Business Chat. You can get answers to questions, resolve issues, get advice on what to buy, make purchases with Apple Pay, and more. 1. Search for the business you want to chat with using Maps, Safari, Search, or Siri. 2. Start a conversation by tapping a chat link in the search resultsfor example, logo, or a text link (the appearance of the chat link varies with the context).

, the company You can also initiate a chat with some businesses from their website or app. See the Apple Support article How to use Business Chat. iPad User Guide 276 Note: Business Chat messages you send appear in dark gray, to distinguish them from messages sent using iMessage (in blue) and SMS/MMS messages (in green). Send photos, videos, and audio messages on iPad

, you can send messages with photos, videos, and audio using the iMessage or In the Messages app SMS/MMS service (WiFi + Cellular models). You can also share, save, or print attachments. Your carrier may set size limits for attachments; iPad may compress photo and video attachments when necessary. Send a photo or video 1. In Messages, do any of the following while writing a message:

Take a photo within Messages: Tap

, frame the shot in the viewfinder, then tap

. Take a video within Messages: Tap

, choose Video mode, then tap

. Choose an existing photo or video: Tap recent shots, or tap All Photos. in the app drawer, then swipe left to browse through 2. Tap to send your message or to cancel. Mark up or edit a photo You can mark up or edit a photo before you send it in a Messages conversation. 1. Tap in the app drawer, then choose a photo. iPad User Guide 277 2. Tap the photo in the message bubble, then do any of the following:

Tap Markup, use the markup tools to draw on the photo, then tap Save. Tap Edit, use the photo editing tools to edit the photo, then tap Done. 3. Tap Done, add a message, then tap to send the photo, or tap to remove the photo from the message bubble. Add camera effects to a photo or video On supported models, when you take a photo or video in a conversation, you can add camera effects to itsuch as filters, stickers, labels, and shapes. 1. Tap

, then choose Photo or Video mode. 2. Tap

, then do any of the following:

Tap

, then choose a filter to apply to your picture. Tap to add a text label, or to add a shape. Tap to add a Memoji, or to add an Emoji sticker. 3. Tap to close the effect window. 4. Tap to take a photo or to record video. 5. Tap Done to add the photo or video to the message bubble, where you can add a message, or tap to send the photo or video directly. Send an audio message 1. In a conversation, touch and hold to record an audio message. 2. Tap to listen to your message before you send it. 3. Tap to send the message or to cancel. Note: To save space, iPad automatically deletes audio messages two minutes after you listen to them, unless you tap Keep. To always keep audio messages, go to Settings Audio Messages), then tap Never.

> Messages > Expire (below Share, save, print, copy, or delete a message or attachment In a conversation, do any of the following with attachments:

Share, save, or print an attachment: Tap the attachment, then tap

. iPad User Guide 278 Copy an attachment: Touch and hold the attachment, then tap Copy. Share items from another app: In the other app, tap Share or

, then tap Messages. Forward a message or attachment: Touch and hold a message or attachment, tap More, select additional items if desired, then tap

. Delete a message or attachment: Touch and hold a message or attachment, tap More, select additional items if desired, then tap

. Note: Attachments you send over iMessage (such as photos or videos) may be uploaded to Apple and encrypted so that no one but the sender and receiver can access them. To improve performance, your device may automatically upload attachments to Apple while you are composing an iMessage. If your message isnt sent, the attachments are deleted from the server after several days. Send animated effects in Messages on iPad In the Messages app message screen with a full-screen effect (for example, balloons or confetti). You can even send a personal message with invisible ink that remains blurred until the recipient swipes to reveal it.

, you can animate a single message with a bubble effect or fill the entire You need iMessage to send and receive message effects. See About iMessage and SMS/MMS. Create and send a handwritten message Use your finger to write a message. The recipient sees the message animate, just as ink flows on paper. 1. In a conversation, rotate iPad to landscape orientation, then tap the text field. 2. Tap on the keyboard. 3. Write a message with your finger or tap to choose a saved message, then tap Done. iPad User Guide 279 4. Tap to send your message or to cancel. After you create and send a handwritten message, the message is saved. To see your saved messages, tap until the messages jiggle, then tap

. Tap the message to use it again. To delete the saved message, touch and hold it

. Use a bubble effect Use bubble effects to animate the message bubble. 1. In a new or existing conversation, type a message or insert a photo or Memoji. 2. Touch and hold

, then tap the gray dots to preview different bubble effects. Tip: Want to send a personal message? When you use invisible ink, the message remains blurred until the recipient swipes to reveal it. iPad User Guide 280 3. Tap to send the message or to cancel. Tip: Want to send a personal message? When you use invisible ink, the message remains blurred until the recipient swipes to reveal it. Use a full-screen effect Use full-screen effects to animate the message screen. 1. In a new or existing conversation, type a message or insert a photo or Memoji. 2. Touch and hold

, then tap Screen. 3. Swipe left to preview different screen effects. iPad User Guide 281 4. Tap to send the message or to cancel. Messages automatically uses the following screen effects for specific text strings:

Balloons for Happy birthday Confetti for Congratulations Fireworks for Happy New Year Use iMessage apps in Messages on iPad

, you can decorate a conversation with stickers, play a game, share songs, and In the Messages app moreall through iMessage appswithout leaving Messages. You can expand your message options by downloading more iMessage apps from the App Store. iPad User Guide 282 Browse and download iMessage apps 1. In a Messages conversation, tap to open the iMessages App Store. 2. Tap an app to see more details and reviews, then tap the price to purchase an app or tap Get to download a free app. All purchases are made with the payment method associated with your Apple ID. Use an iMessage app 1. In a conversation, tap an iMessage app in the app drawer. 2. Tap an item in the iMessage app to add it to a message bubble. 3. Add a comment if you want, then tap to send your message or to cancel. Decorate with stickers If youve downloaded a sticker app from the App Store, you can enhance your photos and videos with stickers in Messages. 1. In a conversation, tap a sticker app in the app drawer. iPad User Guide 283 2. Touch and hold a sticker, then drag it on top of a message in the conversation. Before you release it, you can do any of the following:

Adjust the angle: Rotate a second finger around the finger dragging the sticker. Adjust the size: Move a second finger closer to or away from the finger dragging the sticker. You can also place the sticker on top of another sticker, or on a photo. To see text thats covered by a sticker, double-tap the sticker. To see more information about the sticker, touch and hold the sticker, then tap Sticker Details. You can do the following:

See who sent the sticker. View the iMessage app that sent the sticker. Delete the stickerswipe left, then tap Delete. Manage iMessage apps 1. Tap in the app drawer. 2. Tap Edit, then do any of the following with your iMessage apps:

Reorder apps: Drag

. Add an app to your Favorites: Tap

. Remove an app from your Favorites: Tap

. Hide an app: Turn the app off. Delete an app: Swipe left on the app, then tap Delete. Use Memoji in Messages on iPad Use the Messages app personality and mood. On models with a TrueDepth camera, you can send animated Memoji messages that record your voice and mirror your facial expressions. to express yourself with personalized Memoji sticker packs that match your Create your own Memoji You can design your own personalized Memojichoose skin color and freckles, hairstyle and color, facial features, headwear, glasses, and more. You can create multiple Memoji for different moods. 1. In a conversation, tap

, then tap

. iPad User Guide 284 2. Tap each feature and choose the options you want. As you add features to your Memoji, your character comes to life. 3. Tap Done to add the Memoji to your collection. To edit, duplicate, or delete a Memoji, tap

, tap the Memoji, then tap

. Send Memoji and Memoji stickers Messages automatically generates sticker packs based on your Memoji and Memoji characters. You can use stickers to express a range of emotions in new ways. 1. In a conversation, tap

. 2. Tap a Memoji in the top row to view the stickers in the sticker pack. 3. To send a sticker do one of the following:

Tap the sticker to add it to the message bubble. Add a comment if you want, then tap send. to Touch and hold a sticker, then drag it on top of a message in the conversation. The sticker is sent automatically when you add it to the message. iPad User Guide 285 Send animated Memoji or Memoji recordings On models with a TrueDepth camera you can send Memoji messages that use your voice and mirror your facial expressions. 1. In a conversation, tap

, then choose a Memoji. 2. Tap to record your facial expressions and voice. Tap Replay to review your message. 3. Tap to send your message or to cancel. You can also take a picture or video of yourself as a Memoji, decorate it with stickers, then send it;

see Add camera effects to a photo or video. Or you can become a Memoji in a FaceTime conversation. Send a Digital Touch effect in Messages on iPad In an iMessage conversation in the Messages app sketches, taps, kisses, heartbeats, and more. You can even add a Digital Touch effect to a photo or video.

, you can use Digital Touch to send animated Send a sketch iPad User Guide 286 1. Tap in the app drawer. 2. Tap the color dot to choose a color, then draw with one finger. You can change the color, then start drawing again. 3. Tap to send your sketch, or tap to delete it. Express your feelings 1. Tap in the app drawer. 2. Send one of the following animations using gestures on the canvas. Your feelings are sent automatically when you finish the gesture:

Tap: Tap with one finger to create a burst of color. You can change the color, then tap again. Fireball: Touch and hold with one finger. Kiss: Tap with two fingers. Heartbeat: Touch and hold with two fingers. Heartbreak: Touch and hold with two fingers until you see a heartbeat, then drag down to break the heart. Add a Digital Touch effect to a photo or video 1. Tap in the app drawer. 2. Tap

. iPad User Guide 287 3. Tap to take a photo or to record a video. 4. Add a Digital Touch effect, such as a sketch or kiss. 5. Tap to send your message, or tap to delete it. Send and receive money with Apple Pay on iPad (U.S. only) In the Messages app no app to download, and you can use the cards you already have with Apple Pay.

, you can use Apple Pay to send and receive money quickly and easily. Theres When you receive money in Messages, its added to your Apple Cash card. See Set up and use Apple Cash on iPad (U.S. only). iPad User Guide 288 Note: Before you send or receive payments with Apple Pay, you need to agree to the terms and conditions of this service. Send a payment in Messages Ask Siri. Say something like: Apple Pay 75 dollars to Phillip for the zipline tour or Send 15 dollars to Kim for lunch with Apple Pay. Learn how to ask Siri. You can also do the following:

1. In an iMessage conversation, tap

, then enter the amount. Tip: If theres an underlined monetary amount in a message, tap it to preset the payment. 2. Tap Pay, then add a comment if you want. 3. To complete the payment, tap

, then authenticate the payment with Face ID

(supported models), Touch ID (supported models), or your passcode. The payment is made with Apple Cash if your balance has sufficient funds. You can cancel a payment that hasnt been accepted. Tap the payment bubble, then tap Cancel Payment. Request a payment Ask Siri. Say something like: Ask Kim for 26 dollars with Apple Pay. Learn how to ask Siri. You can also do the following:

1. In an iMessage conversation, tap

. iPad User Guide 289 2. Enter the amount, then tap Request. Apple Cash and sending and receiving payments through Apple Pay are services provided by Green Dot Bank, member FDIC. Change message notifications on iPad In Settings senders.

, you can set up and manage notifications for the Messages app and filter unknown Manage notifications for messages 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications > Messages. 2. Choose options, including the following:

Turn Allow Notifications on or off. Set the position and locations of message notifications. Choose the alert sound for message notifications. Choose when message previews should appear. See View and respond to notifications on iPad. Set the alert sound for messages 1. Go to Settings

> Sounds. 2. Tap Text Tone, then do one of the following:

Tap a sound below Alert Tones. Tap Tone Store to download an alert sound from the iTunes Store. See Change or turn off iPad sounds. Assign a different ringtone to a contact 1. Open Contacts, then select a contact. 2. Tap Edit, then tap Text Tone. 3. Choose an option below Alert Tones. To allow alerts for messages sent by this contact even when Do Not Disturb is on, turn on Emergency Bypass. iPad User Guide 290 Mute notifications for a conversation 1. In the Messages list, swipe left on the conversation. 2. Tap Hide Alerts. Block, filter, and report messages on iPad In the Messages app and report spam or junk messages.

, you can block unwanted messages, filter messages from unknown senders, Block messages from a specific person or number 1. In a Messages conversation, tap the name or number at the top of the conversation, then tap at the top right. 2. Tap info. 3. Scroll down, then tap Block this Caller. To view and manage your list of blocked contacts and phone numbers, go to Settings

> Blocked Contacts. See the Apple Support article Block phone numbers, contacts, and emails on your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch.

> Messages Filter iMessage messages from unknown senders Filtering messages from unknown senders turns off iMessage notifications from senders who arent in your contacts and sorts the messages into the Unknown Senders tab in the Messages list. 1. Go to Settings

> Messages. 2. Turn on Filter Unknown Senders. Note: You cant open any links in a message from an unknown sender until you add the sender to your contacts or reply to the message. Report spam or junk messages With iMessage, a message you receive from someone who isnt saved in your contacts might be identified as possible spam or junk. You can report these messages to Apple. In the message, tap Report Junk, then tap Delete and Report Junk. The senders information and the message are sent to Apple, and the message is permanently deleted from your device. iPad User Guide 291 Note: Reporting junk or spam doesnt prevent the sender from sending messages, but you can block the number to stop receiving them. To report spam or junk messages you receive with SMS or MMS, contact your carrier. Delete messages on iPad In the Messages app deleted conversation.

, you can delete messages and entire conversations. You cant recover a With Messages in iCloud, anything you delete from iPad is also deleted from your other Apple devices where Messages in iCloud is turned on. See Use Messages in iCloud. Delete a message 1. Touch and hold a message bubble, then tap More. 2. Select the message bubbles you want to delete, then tap

. Delete a conversation 1. In the Messages list, swipe left on the conversation. 2. Tap Delete. Music Get music on iPad Use the Music app an optional Apple Music subscription, you can listen to millions of songs ad-free and discover music together with friends. to enjoy music stored on iPad as well as music streamed over the internet. With WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see Important safety information for iPad. Get music to play on iPad in the following ways:

iPad User Guide 292 Become an Apple Music subscriber: With a subscription and a Wi-Fi or cellular connection, stream as much music as you like from the Apple Music catalog and your music library. You can download songs, albums, and playlists, and share music with your friends. See Subscribe to Apple Music on iPad. Note: Services and features arent available in all countries or regions, and features may vary by region. Additional charges may apply when using a cellular connection. Participate in Family Sharing: Purchase an Apple Music Family membership, and everyone in your Family Sharing group can enjoy Apple Music. See Share subscriptions and iCloud storage with family members on iPad. Purchase music from the iTunes Store: See Get music, movies, and TV shows in the iTunes Store on iPad. Sync music with Music (macOS 10.15 or later) or iTunes (macOS 10.14 or earlier and Windows PCs) on your computer: See Sync iPad with your computer. Listen to Apple Music radio: Apple Music radio offers three worldwide radio stations broadcasting live on Apple MusicApple Music 1, Apple Music Hits, and Apple Music Country. Apple Music radio is available on Apple and Android devices as well as popular web browsers at music.apple.com. View albums, playlists, and more in Music on iPad In the Music app

, the library includes music you added or downloaded from Apple Music, music and videos you synced to iPad, TV shows and movies you added from Apple Music, and your iTunes Store purchases. Browse and play your music iPad User Guide 293 1. Under the Library heading in the sidebar, tap a category, such as Albums or Songs; tap Downloaded to view only music stored on iPad. 2. Type in the search field to filter your results and find what youre looking for. 3. Tap an item, then tap Play, or tap Shuffle to shuffle an album or playlist. You can also touch and hold the album art, then tap Play. To change the list of categories, tap Edit in the sidebar, then select categories youd like to add, such as Genres and Compilations. Tap any existing categories to remove them. Sort your music 1. Under the Library heading in the sidebar, tap Playlists, Albums, Songs, TV & Movies, or Music Videos. 2. Tap Sort, then choose a sorting method, such as title, artist, recently added, or recently played. Play music shared on a nearby computer If a computer on your network shares music through Home Sharing, you can stream its music to your iPad. 1. Go to Settings

> Music, tap Sign In below Home Sharing, then sign in with your Apple ID. 2. Open the Music app

, tap Edit in the sidebar, select Home Sharing, then tap Done. 3. Tap Home Sharing, then choose a shared library. Remove Apple Music songs from iPad Go to Settings

> Music, then turn off Sync Library. The songs are removed from iPad, but remain in iCloud. Music you purchased or synced also remains. Play music on iPad Use Now Playing in the Music app You can also use Now Playing to view album art and choose what plays next in the queue. to show lyrics and play, pause, skip, shuffle, and repeat songs. Control playback Tap the player at the bottom right to show the Now Playing screen, where you can use these controls:

iPad User Guide 294 Control Description Play the current song. Pause playback. Skip to the next song. Touch and hold to fast-forward through the current song. Return to the songs beginning. Tap again to play the previous song in an album or playlist. Touch and hold to rewind through the current song. Tap to repeat an album or playlist. Double-tap to repeat a single song. Tap to play your songs in random order. Tap again to turn off shuffle. Hide the Now Playing Screen button. Tap for more options. Show time-synced lyrics (lyrics not available for all songs). Stream music to Bluetooth or AirPlay-enabled devices. See the queue. Adjust the volume, see song details, and more The Now Playing screen contains additional options for controlling and accessing music. iPad User Guide 295 Adjust volume: Drag the volume slider. You can also use the volume buttons on the side of iPad. Navigate to the artist, album, or playlist: Tap the artist name below the song title, then choose to go to the artist, album, or playlist. Scrub to any point in a song: Drag the playhead. See time-synced lyrics Time-synced lyrics appear for many songs in Apple Music. Tap the player to open Now Playing, then tap

. Lyrics scroll in time with the music. To hide lyrics, tap

. Tip: Tap a specific lyricthe first line of the chorus, for exampleto go to that part of the song. To see all of a songs lyrics, tap

, then tap View Full Lyrics. Note: You need an Apple Music subscription to view lyrics. Share lyrics In iPadOS 14.5 and later, you can share up to 150 characters of a songs lyrics if time-synced lyrics are available. 1. Tap the player to open Now Playing. iPad User Guide 296 2. Tap

, then tap Share Lyrics. You can also touch and hold a lyrics line to open the sharing screen. 3. Tap the first and last lyrics you want to share, then choose a sharing option. Note: You need an Apple Music subscription to share lyrics. Report a concern To report a concern about time-synced lyrics, touch and hold a lyrics line, then tap Report a Concern at the bottom of the screen. Get audio controls from the Lock Screen or when using another app Open Control Center, then tap the audio card. Stream music to Bluetooth or AirPlay-enabled devices 1. Tap the player to open Now Playing. 2. Tap

, then choose a device. See Play audio on HomePod, Apple TV, or a smart TV. Note: You can play the same music on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices, such as two or more HomePod speakers. You can also pair two sets of AirPods to one iPad and enjoy the same song or movie along with a friend. See Control audio on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices and Share audio with AirPods and Beats headphones. Queue up your music on iPad Use the queue in the Music app queue, and see what youve recently played. to see a list of upcoming songs, add songs and videos to the Use the queue 1. Tap the player to open Now Playing. 2. Tap

, then tap a song to play it and the songs that follow. To reorder the list, drag

. 3. Tap again to hide the queue. iPad User Guide 297 By default, if youre an Apple Music subscriber, Autoplay adds music similar to what you last played to the end of the queue. To turn off Autoplay, tap

. Note: When you turn off Autoplay on a device that uses your Apple IDyour iPad, for example Autoplay is turned off on all other devices that use the same Apple ID. Add music and videos to the queue When browsing or playing music, touch and hold a song, album, playlist, or video, then choose an option. Add music right after the currently playing item: Tap Play Next. Add music to the end of the queue: Tap Play Last. Tip: If youre using HomePod to stream music and your friends are on the same Wi-Fi network, they can add and reorder items in the queue. To learn more about HomePod speaker access, see the HomePod User Guide. See what youve recently played 1. Tap the player to open Now Playing. 2. Tap

, then swipe down to see your playing history. To play a song in the history, tap it. To remove your playing history, tap Clear. Listen to broadcast radio on iPad You can play thousands of broadcast radio stations on iPad. Ask Siri: Summon Siri, then say something like, Play Wild 94.9 or Tune in to ESPN Radio. Search for a station: Tap Search in the sidebar, enter the station in the search field, then tap a result to play the station. You can search for stations by name, call sign, frequency, and nickname. Choose a station: Tap Radio, swipe up, then choose a station below the Local Broadcasters or International Broadcasters heading. Note: You dont need a subscription to Apple Music to listen to broadcast radio. Broadcast radio isnt available in all countries or regions and not all stations are available in all countries or regions. iPad User Guide 298 Apple Music Subscribe to Apple Music on iPad Apple Music is an ad-free streaming music service that lets you listen to millions of songs and your music library. As a subscriber, you can listen any timeonline or offand create your own playlists, get personalized recommendations, see music your friends are listening to, watch exclusive video content, and more. Note: Apple Music features may vary by country or region. Learn whats available in your country or region. Subscribe to Apple Music You can subscribe to Apple Music when you first open the Music app Settings expert recommendations, and on-demand radio stations.

> Music, then tap Start Free Trial. Subscribers get access to the full Apple Music catalog,

; to subscribe later, go to You can optionally purchase a family subscription that lets you and up to five other family members enjoy unlimited access to Apple Music on their devices. Qualified students can purchase a student subscription at a discounted price. See the Apple Support article Get an Apple Music student subscription. New subscribers can start a trial and cancel at any time. If you end your Apple Music subscription, you can no longer stream Apple Music songs or play Apple Music songs you downloaded. For information about combining your Apple subscriptions, see the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One. Show or hide subscription features Go to Settings

> Music, then turn Show Apple Music on or off. Choose cellular data options for Music On iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models), go to Settings then do any of the following:

Turn streaming on or off. Choose High Quality Streaming.

> Music > Cellular Data, turn on Cellular Data, High Quality Streaming uses more cellular data and songs may take longer to start playing. Allow downloading music over cellular. iPad User Guide 299 Edit your subscription You can change your subscription plan or cancel your subscription. 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap or your profile picture. 2. Tap Manage Subscription. If youre not a subscriber, you can use Music to listen to music synced to iPad from a Mac or a Windows PC, play and download previous iTunes Store purchases, and listen to Apple Music 1 for free. Find new music with Apple Music on iPad In the Music app

, browse new and noteworthy music, music videos, playlists, and more. Browse Apple Music Tap Browse to find new music. Do any of the following:

Explore featured music: Swipe through featured songs and videos at the top of the Browse screen. Browse playlists created by music experts: Tap one of the many playlists created by music experts. Explore new music: Swipe through the songs found under New Music, or tap See All. Play music that matches your mood: Tap a mood, such as Feel Good, Romance, or Party, then tap a playlist. See whats hot: Tap a song under the Best New Songs heading. Swipe left to see more songs, or tap See All. Listen to the top songs from around the world: Tap one of the Daily Top 100 playlists. These playlists reflect the days most popular songs in countries across the globe. Listen to tracks from upcoming albums: Tap an album under Coming Soon, then tap an available song to play it. Browse your favorite categories: Tap Categories, choose a category, then tap a featured playlist, song, album, artist, radio station, or music video to enjoy music handpicked by music experts. Play the days most popular songs: Tap Charts, then tap a song, playlist, album, or music video to play it. Tap All Genres at the top of the screen to see the top songs and music videos in a genre you choose. Watch music videos: Tap Music Videos, then tap a featured music video or playlist of music videos. iPad User Guide 300 Add music to iPad and listen offline In the Music app Music. You can stream music you add to iPad when you have an internet connection. To play music when youre not connected to the internet, you must first download it.

, Apple Music subscribers can add and download songs and videos from Apple Add music from Apple Music to your library Do any of the following:

Touch and hold a song, album, playlist, or video, then tap Add to Library. When viewing the contents of an album or playlist, tap album or playlist, or tap

, then tap Add to Library to add individual songs. near the top of the screen to add the On the Now Playing screen, tap

, then tap Add to Library. To delete music from the library, touch and hold the song, album, playlist, or music video, then tap Delete from Library. Music you add to your iPad is also added to other devices if youre signed in to the iTunes Store and App Store using the same Apple ID and have Sync Library turned on (go to Settings

> Music, then turn on Sync Library). Add music to a playlist 1. Touch and hold an album, playlist, song, or music video. 2. Tap Add to a Playlist, then choose a playlist. iPad User Guide 301 Download music from Apple Music to your iPad Download a song, album, or playlist: Touch and hold music youve added to your library, then tap Download. After youve added a playlist or album, you can also tap at the top of the screen. Note: You must turn on Sync Library to download music from Apple Music to your library (go to Settings

> Music, then turn on Sync Library). Always download music: Go to Settings > Music, then turn on Automatic Downloads. Songs you add are automatically downloaded to iPad. See download progress: In the Library menu, tap Downloaded Music, then tap Downloading. Manage storage space Free up music storage: If iPad is low on storage space, you can automatically remove downloaded music that you havent played in a while. Go to Settings

> Music > Optimize Storage. Remove music and videos stored on iPad: Touch and hold a song, album, playlist, music video, TV show, or movie that youve downloaded. Tap Remove, then tap Remove Downloads. The item is removed from iPad, but not from iCloud Music Library. Remove all songs or certain artists from iPad: Go to Settings > Music > Downloaded Music, tap next to All Songs or the artists whose music you want to delete. Edit, then tap See recommended music on iPad In the Music app interviews, and personal mixes, based on your taste.

, Listen Now helps you play and discover your favorite albums, playlists, iPad User Guide 302

WARNING:pdfminer.pdfpage:The PDF <_io.BufferedReader name='/Volumes/Scratch/Incoming/eg-scratch/5179601.pdf'> contains a metadata field indicating that it should not allow text extraction. Ignoring this field and proceeding. Use the check_extractable if you want to raise an error in this case Select your favorite genres and artists When you first tap Listen Now in the sidebar, youre asked to tell Apple Music about your preferences. Apple Music uses these preferences when recommending music. 1. Tap the genres you like (double-tap those you love, and touch and hold the genres you dont care for). 2. Tap Next, then do the same with the artists that appear. To add a specific artist who isnt listed, tap Add an Artist, then enter the artists name. Play music 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap a playlist or album. 2. Tap Play, or tap Shuffle to shuffle the playlist or album. You can also touch and hold a playlist or album, then tap Play. Play songs from an artists catalog Go to an artist page, then tap next to the artists name. The Music app plays songs from the artists entire catalog, mixing hits and deep cuts. Tell Apple Music what you love Do one of the following:

Touch and hold an album, playlist, or song, then tap Love or Suggest Less Like This. iPad User Guide 303 On the Now Playing screen, tap

, then tap Love or Suggest Less Like This. Telling Apple Music what you love and dislike improves future recommendations. Rate music in your library 1. Go to Settings

, then tap Music. 2. Turn on Show Star Ratings. 3. In Music, touch and hold a song in your library, tap Rate Song, then choose a rating from one to five stars. Song ratings sync to all devices that use the same Apple ID. This option appears only if you already have star ratings from a synced library on your device. Tell Apple Music to ignore your listening habits If you dont want your followers on Apple Music to see any of the music you play, follow these steps. 1. Go to Settings

, then tap Music. 2. Turn off Use Listening History. Turning off your listening history impacts new music recommendations and the contents of Replay playlists. Listen to radio on iPad

, you can listen to Apple Music radio in the Radio tab. Apple Music radio features In the Music app three world-class radio stations (Apple Music 1, Apple Music Hits, and Apple Music Country), the latest music from a variety of genres, and exclusive interviews. You can also listen to featured stations that have been created by music experts, and create your own custom stations from songs or artists you choose. Listen to Apple Music radio Tap Radio in the sidebar, then tap one of the currently playing Apple Music radio stationsApple Music 1, Apple Music Hits, or Apple Music Country. No subscription is required to listen to Apple Music 1. Note: Because Apple Music radio stations are live radio, you cant rewind or skip songs. Listen to your favorite music genre iPad User Guide 304 1. Tap Radio in the sidebar, then tap a genre listed below More to Explore. 2. Tap a featured station. Create a station You can create a radio station based on a particular artist or song. Chances are, if you like that artist or song, youll like the music the station plays. 1. Touch and hold an artist or song. 2. Tap Create Station. To create a station in Now Playing, tap

, then tap Create Station. Search for music on iPad Using Search in the Music app searches, and search Apple Music or your library.

, you can quickly browse through music categories, see recent 1. Tap Search in the sidebar, then do any of the following:

Tap a category such as Pop or Fitness. Tap the search field, then tap something you recently chose while searchinga song or artist, for example. Tap the search field, tap Apple Music, then enter a song, artist, album, playlist, radio show or episode, station, video, category, curator, record label, or profile. Tap the search field, tap Your Library, then enter a song, album, playlist, artist, video, compilation, or composer. 2. Tap a result to play it. iPad User Guide 305 You can search for a song in Apple Music based on its lyrics. In the search field, enter a few of the words you remember to find a song. Ask Siri. Say something like: Play the song with the lyrics and then say a key phrase from the lyrics. Learn how to ask Siri. Explicit lyrics and lyrics search arent available in all countries or regions. Create playlists on iPad In the Music app

, you can organize music into playlists that you can share with your friends. Create playlists to organize your music 1. To create a new playlist, do any of the following:

Tap Library, tap Playlists, then tap New Playlist. Touch and hold a song, album, or playlist; tap Add to a Playlist; then tap New Playlist. On the Now Playing screen, tap

, tap Add to a Playlist, then tap New Playlist. 2. To more easily identify the playlist later, enter a name and description. 3. To give your playlist cover art, tap

, then take a photo or choose an image from your photo library. 4. To add music to the playlist, tap Add Music, then tap Listen Now, Browse, Library, or the search field. 5. Choose or search for music, then tap to add it to the playlist. iPad User Guide 306 Tip: If you want to add songs to your library when you add them to a playlist, go to Settings

Music, then turn on Add Playlist Songs. Edit a playlist you created on iPad Tap the playlist, tap

, tap Edit, then do any of the following:

Add more songs: Tap Add Music, then choose music. You can also touch and hold a song, album, playlist, or music video; tap Add to a Playlist; then choose a playlist. Delete a song: Tap library.

, then tap Delete. Deleting a song from a playlist doesnt delete it from your Change the song order: Drag next to a song. Changes you make to your music library are updated across all your devices when Sync Library is turned on in Music settings. If youre not an Apple Music subscriber, the changes appear in your music library the next time you sync your iPad with your computer. Delete a playlist Touch and hold the playlist in the sidebar, then tap Delete from Library. You can also tap the playlist, tap

, then tap Delete from Library. See what your friends are listening to When youre an Apple Music subscriber, you can see music your friends are listening to by following them. You can also see the playlists theyve shared. Likewise, your followers can see your shared playlists and the music youre listening to. You see this information on your profile screen in the Music app

. Create a profile When you first open Music, youre asked to set up a profile and start following friends. If you skipped this step, you can set up a profile at any time. 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap

. 2. Tap Start Sharing with Friends. Friends can now follow you. View your profile iPad User Guide 307 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap or your profile picture. 2. Tap View Profile at the top of the screen. Follow your friends There are several ways to follow people:

Add friends when you set up your profile. After you set up your profile, swipe to the bottom of the profile screen, tap Follow More Friends, then tap Follow next to those you want to follow. You can follow friends who are in your contacts list and who use Apple Music. On the profile screen, touch and hold a profile picture, then tap Follow. Tap Search, enter a friends name, tap it in the results, then tap Follow. Note: Your friends must have a profile for you to find them using search. To see the people youre following and those who follow you, open the profile screen, then swipe up. If a profile picture has a lock on it, you need to ask that person to follow them. After your request is accepted, you see the persons shared playlists and the music theyre listening to. Respond to follow requests You can allow everyone to follow you, or just people you choose. You receive follow requests only if you choose who can follow you. 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap or your profile picture. 2. Tap View Profile. 3. Tap Edit, then tap People You Approve if you want to be followed only by people you choose. 4. Tap Follow Requests, then accept or decline the requests. You may receive follow requests in other waysas a link in an email or a text message, for example. To accept, tap the link. Stop following and block followers Stop following: Touch and hold the profile picture of a person you follow, then tap Unfollow. Block followers: Touch and hold a profile picture, then tap Block. People you block wont see your music or be able to find your profile. They can still listen to your shared playlists if theyve added them to their library. iPad User Guide 308 Share music with followers By default, your followers see the playlists you create, but you can choose not to share some playlists. 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap or your profile picture. 2. Tap View Profile. 3. Tap Edit, then turn playlists on or off. 4. Drag to reorder them. Your followers will see the playlists you create on your profile unless you turn off those playlists you dont want to share. You can turn off this option when you create a playlist or later, when you edit the playlist. To share playlists with people who dont follow you, touch and hold a playlist, then tap Share Playlist. Note: If you make changes to music you shareedit or stop sharing a playlist, for examplethose changes are reflected on your followers devices. Hide music from your followers 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap or your profile picture. 2. Tap View Profile. 3. Touch and hold the playlist or album (below Listening To). 4. Tap Hide from Profile. The listening history for this item wont appear in your profile or be visible to the people who follow you. If you dont want your followers to see any of the music you listen to, tap Edit on the profile screen, then turn off Listening To. See what others are listening to Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then do any of the following:

See what your friends are listening to: Scroll down to Friends Are Listening To. Tap an item to play it. Listen to a mix of songs your friends are listening to: Scroll down to Made For You, then tap Friends Mix. See what a follower or person you follow is listening to: Tap View Profile. Tap a persons profile picture to see shared playlists and music theyre listening to. You also see their followers and the people they follow. or your profile picture, then tap iPad User Guide 309 Share your profile You can share your profile using email, Messages, or another app you choose. 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap or your profile picture. 2. Tap View Profile. 3. Tap

, tap Share, then choose a sharing option. You can also share the profile of anyone you follow, or who follows you. Report a concern If you have a concern about a follower, touch and hold their profile picture, then tap Report a Concern. Use Siri to play music on iPad You can use Siri to control music playback in the Music app

. Summon Siri, then make your request. Siri supports a wide variety of commands:

Play Apple Music: You can play any song (Play Experience by Victoria Mont), artist (Play Lianne La Havas), album, playlist, or station. You can play music on AirPlay 2-enabled devices in a specific room (Play the latest album by Alicia Keys in the living room). You can also play popular songs from different years (Play the top songs from 1990). Let Siri be your personal DJ: Say something like Play my Chill Mix or Play something I like. Add music from Apple Music to your library: (Apple Music subscription required) Say, for example, Add Gaslighter by The Chicks to my Library. Or while playing something, say Add this to my library. Add a song or album to a playlist: While playing a song, say something like Add this song to my Workout playlist or Add this album to my Sunday Morning playlist. Find out more about the current song: Say Whats playing?, Who sings this song?, or Who is this song by?

Tip: You can also identify a song playing on or near iPad by adding the Music Recognition control to Control Center. Go to Settings Recognition. With a song playing, open Control Center, then tap

> Control Center, then tap

. next to Music Play songs based on their lyrics: Say Play the song with the lyrics and then say a key phrase from the lyrics. iPad User Guide 310 Learn how to ask Siri. Siri can also help you find music in the iTunes Store. See Get music, movies, and TV shows in the iTunes Store on iPad. Change the way music sounds on iPad Change the way music sounds on iPad with EQ, volume limit settings, and Sound Check. Choose an equalization (EQ) setting: Go to Settings

> Music > EQ. Normalize the volume level of your audio: Go to Settings > Music, then turn on Sound Check. News Get started with News on iPad collects all the stories you want to read, from your favorite sources, about the topics The News app that interest you most. To personalize News, you can choose from a selection of publications (called channels) and topics such as Entertainment, Food, and Science. You need a Wi-Fi or cellular connection to use News. The more you read, the better News understands your interests. Siri learns whats important to you and suggests stories you might like. You can also receive notifications about important stories from channels you follow. You can also subscribe to Apple News+, which includes hundreds of magazines, popular newspapers, and premium digital publishers. Note: Apple News and Apple News+ arent available in all countries or regions. Personalize your news When you follow a channel or topic, related stories appear more often in the Today feed, and the channel or topic appears below Channels & Topics in the sidebar. iPad User Guide 311 1. Open News for the first time, then, in the sidebar, tap for channels or topics you want to follow. If there are channels or topics that you dont want to appear in your feed, tap to stop News from suggesting them. to block them or When you block a channel or topic, its stories dont appear in the Today feed and widgets. To see the channels and topics youve blocked, tap Blocked Channels & Topics (near the bottom of the sidebar below Manage). Note: When you browse Top Stories and other locations that feature stories curated by Apple News editors, placeholders may be shown for stories from channels you blocked. To read a story from a blocked channel, tap Show Story Anyway. 2. Tap Discover Channels at the bottom of the sidebar, then tap for each channel you want to follow. To stop following a channel or topic, swipe it to the left, then tap Unfollow. To easily follow specific channels and topics, tap Search in the sidebar, enter the channel or topics name in the search field, then tap in the results below. Get notifications Some channels you follow may send notifications about important stories. 1. At the bottom of the sidebar, tap Notifications & Email below Manage. 2. Turn on notifications for your preferred channels. If you subscribe to Apple News+, you can get notifications when new issues are available. Receive Apple News newsletters You can choose to receive newsletters in your email inbox from Apple News editors highlighting top stories. Newsletters can be personalized based on your interests. 1. Swipe to the bottom of the sidebar, then tap Notifications & Email. 2. Swipe to the bottom of the window, then turn on Apple News Newsletter. The newsletter for Apple News+ subscribers can contain new issues of magazines you follow. When you tap an issue cover in the newsletter, that issue opens in the News app. To see new issues in the newsletter, turn on Include Issues in Newsletter. To stop receiving newsletters, return to the Notifications & Email window, then turn off Apple News Newsletter. Note: Personalized newsletters and the option to include issues arent available in all countries or regions. iPad User Guide 312 See stories only from the channels you follow Go to Settings

, tap News, turn on Restrict Stories in Today, then confirm your choice. Note: Restricting stories significantly limits the variety of stories that appear in the Today feed and all other feeds. For example, if you restrict stories and follow only one entertainment-related channel, your Entertainment topic feed will contain stories only from that channel. When you restrict stories, you dont see Top Stories and Trending Stories. See News widgets on iPad You can easily see the days top and trending stories from the News app topic of your choosing, just by tapping the Today or Topic widget.

, as well as stories about a Access stories from News widgets In the Today or Topic widget, tap a story headline to open the story. See Add widgets from the widget gallery. See news stories chosen just for you on iPad presents top stories selected by Apple News editors, the best The Today feed in the News app stories from the channels and topics you follow, and stories and issues from Apple News+. The Today feed also includes stories suggested by Siri, trending stories that are popular with other News readers, and more. Depending on your location, the Today feed can also include local news and weather forecasts. Note: Local news and weather forecasts arent available in all locations. Access stories in the Today feed Read more stories within a group: Tap the arrow at the bottom of the group. Play a video: Tap in the thumbnail. The associated article opens and the video plays. Get newer stories: Pull down to refresh the Today feed with the latest stories. Follow, unfollow, block, and unblock channels and topics You can influence what appears in the Today feed by following and blocking channels and topics. iPad User Guide 313 1. Do any of the following:

Open a channel feed: Touch and hold a story, then tap Go to Channel. Or tap a story in the Today feed, then tap the channel name at the top of the story. Open a topic feed: Tap the topic titleMovies or Travel, for example. 2. At the top of the feed, do any of the following:

Follow: Tap

. Unfollow: Tap

, then tap Unfollow Channel or Unfollow Topic. Block: Tap

, then tap Block Channel or Block Topic. Unblock: Tap

, then tap Unblock Channel or Unblock Topic. Tell News what kind of stories you prefer 1. Tap Today in the sidebar. 2. Touch and hold a headline, then tap Suggest More Like This or Suggest Less Like This. Stop suggesting specific channels and topic groups in the Today feed Suggested channels and topic groups may appear in the Today feed, but you can stop suggestions for a group. 1. Tap Today in the sidebar. 2. Tap in a channel or topic group, then tap Stop Suggesting. The channel or topic isnt blocked, but News stops displaying the story group in Today. Read stories in News on iPad You can read and share the stories in the News app on iPad. iPad User Guide 314 Note: Apple News and Apple News+ arent available in all countries or regions. Read a story Tap a channel or topic in the sidebar to browse its stories, then tap a story to read it. While viewing a story, you have these options:

Read the next story: Tap in the lower right of the screen or swipe left. Read the previous story: Tap in the lower right of the screen or swipe right. Tell News what stories you prefer: When viewing a story thats not part of an Apple News+ issue, at the bottom of the story. Your feedback is taken into account for future tap recommendations. or If youre reading a story in an Apple News+ issue, tap Suggest Less Like This.

, then tap Suggest More Like This or Change the text size: Tap story and all other stories in the channel. (Not available in all channels.)

, then tap the smaller or larger letter to change the text size in the Share a story: Tap

, then choose a sharing option, such as Messages or Mail. Report a concern: If you believe that a story youre viewing is mislabeled, inappropriate, offensive, or doesnt display properly, tap

, swipe up, then tap Report a Concern. iPad User Guide 315 In Apple News+ issues in PDF format, the Suggest More Like This, Suggest Less Like This, Save Story, and Report a Concern options arent available. See Browse and read Apple News+ stories and issues on iPad. Web stories delivered through an RSS feed show a preview. To view an RSS story in full, swipe up. To always view the full story, go to Settings

, tap News, then turn off Show Story Previews. Apple News+

Subscribe to Apple News+ on iPad In the News app content from premium digital publishers directly on your iPad.

, Apple News+ lets you enjoy hundreds of magazines, popular newspapers, and You can subscribe to Apple News+ or to Apple One, which includes Apple News+ and other Apple services. See the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One. As a subscriber, you have access to current and available back issues of publications, and you can download content for offline reading and share stories and issues with others. Apple News+

subscribers can also listen to audio versions of select stories on iPhone and iPod touch. As a non-subscriber, you can browse, but not read, a collection of story headlines and publications personalized just for you, view the entire Apple News+ catalog, and browse issues by category Entertainment and Food, for example. To read stories and issues, and listen to Apple News+ audio stories on iPhone and iPod touch, start a free trial or subscribe. Note: Apple News, Apple News+, and the audio feature arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Subscribe to Apple News+

Tap the subscription button shown in a magazine or story in News, then follow the onscreen instructions. You may be asked to sign in with your Apple ID. Share Apple News+

When you subscribe to Apple News+ or Apple One Premier, you can use Family Sharing to share Apple News+ with up to five other family members. Your family group members dont need to do anythingApple News+ is available to them the first time they open the News app after your subscription begins. If you join a family group that subscribes to Apple News+ or Apple One Premier, and you already subscribe, your subscription isnt renewed on your next billing date; instead, you use the groups subscription. If you join a family group that doesnt subscribe, the group uses your subscription. iPad User Guide 316 Note: To stop sharing Apple News+ with a family group, you can cancel the subscription or leave or turn off Family Sharing. Cancel or change your Apple News+ subscription Tap Subscriptions at the bottom of the sidebar, then do one of the following:

Apple News+ only: Tap Cancel Subscription, then follow the onscreen instructions. Apple News+ and individual channels: Select Apple News+, tap Cancel Subscription, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you subscribe to Apple News+ as part of an Apple One subscription and want to cancel your subscription, see the Apple Support article, How to cancel a subscription from Apple. Browse and read Apple News+ stories and issues on iPad To get the most out of Apple News+, follow your favorite publications, and browse through current and back issues. Note: Apple News and Apple News+ arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Follow and unfollow publications You follow an Apple News+ publication by following its channel. Do any of the following:

Tap Today or News+ in the sidebar, tap a story or issue from an Apple News+ publication, tap the publications name at the top of the screen, then tap

. Tap Search in the sidebar, enter the publications name in the search field, then tap

. Tap News+ in the sidebar, tap Newspapers or Catalog near the top of the screen, then tap Follow below the publications cover. To unfollow a publication, swipe a publication left in the sidebar, then tap Unfollow. Browse Apple News+ issues and stories Stories and issues from Apple News+ appear in the News+ feed, the Today feed, and channel feeds. Stories (but not issues) can also be found in topic feeds and search results. To access entire issues, tap News+ in the sidebar, where you can do any of the following:

View all available publications: Tap Catalog near the top of the screen. View a specific content category: Tap Catalog, tap All Titles, then tap a category such as Business

& Finance, Entertainment, or Sports. Tap Featured to view a group of publications chosen by Apple News editors. iPad User Guide 317 View new and recent issues: Tap My Magazines. By default, new issues appear near the top of the screen. The issue youve most recently read appears first. If youve recently downloaded an issue, it appears next. To choose a different sorting option, tap Date.

, then tap Sort by Name or Sort by Note: If you block an Apple News+ publication, its issues are removed from My Magazines. Browse Apple News+ stories and issues: On the News+ screen, swipe up, then tap a story or issue to open it. To open a story or issue, do any of the following:

Tap an issue cover in the News+ or Today feed. Tap Search in the sidebar, enter the name of the Apple News+ channel in the search field, tap the channel, then tap the issue. Follow a link to a story or issue that someone shared with you. Access back issues Do any of the following:

Tap News+ in the sidebar, tap My Magazines, tap cover), then tap Browse Back Catalog. below the issue cover (or touch and hold the In the sidebar, tap a channel you follow, or search for a channel, then tap it. Below Recent Issues, swipe to the issue you want to read, then tap to open it. Tap Issues near the top of the screen to browse all available issues. Read Apple News+ issues iPad User Guide 318 Open the issue, where you can do any of the following:

View the table of contents: Tap the cover thumbnail at the bottom left of the screen. Navigate to a story: In an issue in Apple News Format, tap the story link in the table of contents. In a PDF issue, tap the thumbnail of the page you want to view. Page through an issue: Swipe left or tap to the previous story. to go to the next story, or swipe right or tap to go Change the text size: In stories in Apple News Format, tap to change the text size in the story and all other stories in the channel. In PDF issues, pinch to zoom.

, then tap the smaller or larger letter If you sign out in Settings you must sign back in to read and download stories and issues that require an Apple News+

subscription.

> [your name] > Media & Purchases, you can only access free stories Download Apple News+ issues on iPad With the News app and an Apple News+ subscription, you can download issues to read later. Note: Apple News and Apple News+ arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. iPad User Guide 319 Download an Apple News+ issue 1. Do any of the following:

Tap Today in the sidebar, then swipe to My Magazines. Tap News+ in the sidebar, then tap My Magazines. You can also tap Catalog near the top of the screen, then tap a stack of magazines. In the sidebar, tap a magazine channel you follow. Tap Search in the sidebar, enter the channel name in the search field, then tap the channel. 2. When you find the issue you want, tap below the issue cover (or touch and hold the cover), then tap Download Issue. To download multiple issues, tap My Magazines, tap download, then tap

, tap Select, tap the issues you want to News automatically downloads the most recent issue of magazines you follow when iPad has sufficient storage space and is connected to Wi-Fi. You can download issues only if youre a subscriber. Read a downloaded issue 1. Tap News+ in the sidebar. 2. Tap Downloaded near the top of the screen, then tap an issue. Manually remove an Apple News+ issue Under most conditions, automatically downloaded issues are removed from iPad after 30 days, but you can remove them sooner. Tap News+ in the sidebar, then do any of the following:

Tap Downloaded, tap tap Remove Download. below the issue cover (or touch and hold the cover), tap Remove, then The issue is removed from Downloaded, but its cover remains in My Magazines so you can easily access the issue again. Tap My Magazines near the top of the screen, tap cover), tap Remove, then tap Remove from My Magazines. below the issue cover (or touch and hold the The issues cover and content are removed from iPad and from any other devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID and News is turned on for iCloud (in Settings iCloud).

> [your name] >

iPad User Guide 320 To remove multiple issues, tap My Magazines or Downloaded, tap want to remove, then tap

, tap Select, tap the issues you To remove all downloaded issues, tap History, tap Clear, then tap Clear All. When storage on iPad is limited, issues may be automatically removed sooner than 30 days. See the Apple Support article Read magazines with Apple News+. Search for stories in News on iPad The News app find content that interests you. keeps track of a wide variety of channels, topics, and stories, which makes it easy to Search for channels, topics, or stories 1. Tap Search in the sidebar, then tap the search field. 2. Enter any of the following:

The name of a channel, such as CNN or Washington Post A topic, such as fashion, business, or politics A story, such as an article about a meteor shower In the results list, tap to follow the channel or topic. Save stories in News on iPad In the News app

, you can save stories to read later, online or offline. Save a story When reading a story, tap to save it. To read a saved story, tap Saved Stories in the sidebar, then tap the story. To delete a saved story, touch and hold the story, then tap Unsave Story. Check and edit your reading history Tap History in the sidebar, then do any of the following:

Read a story: Tap the story. Delete a story: Touch and hold a story, then tap Remove from History. iPad User Guide 321 Remove your reading history: Tap Clear, then tap Clear History. Remove the information used to create recommendations: Tap Clear, then tap Clear Recommendations. Clear everything: Tap Clear, then tap Clear All. Your News history, recommendation information, saved stories, and downloaded issues are removed from all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Note: Story titles remain in Saved Stories, but you must be online to read the stories. If you clear recommendations, and Show Siri Suggestions in App is on in Settings

> News > Siri

& Search, recommendations based on your Safari and app usage and your reading habits in News are cleared. To prevent News from suggesting stories based on your Safari and app usage, turn off Show Siri Suggestions in App. When you clear your history, the identifier used by Apple News to report statistics to news publishers is also reset. You can reset the identifier at any time by going to Settings > News, then turning on Reset Identifier. How to subscribe to individual channels on iPad Subscribe to channels In the News app publications from select publishers. There are three ways to access these subscriptions in News:

, in addition to subscribing to Apple News+, you can subscribe to individual Subscribe within News: You can purchase a subscription directly in News. In a channel that offers subscriptions, tap the subscription button. Access an existing subscription purchased from the iTunes Store or the App Store: If subscriptions youve bought in the iTunes Store or App Store as in-app purchases through publishers apps are also available in News, youre automatically granted access in News. See the Apple Support article Buy additional app features with in-app purchases and subscriptions. Access an existing subscription purchased from a publisher: If youve purchased a subscription directly from a publishers website or from the publishers app on a non-Apple device, the publisher may allow you to sign in to your account in News to access your subscription there. To sign in, tap a story that requires a subscription to read, then tap Already a Subscriber? Enter the user name and password for your existing subscription. When you subscribe to a channel, you automatically follow it, and stories from the channel appear in the Today feed. To cancel a subscription, swipe up on the sidebar, tap Subscriptions below the Manage heading, select the subscription, then tap Cancel Subscription. iPad User Guide 322 Notes Take notes on iPad Use the Notes app images, web links, scanned documents, handwritten notes, and sketches. to jot down quick thoughts or organize detailed information with checklists, Create and format a new note Ask Siri. Say something like: Create a new note. Learn how to ask Siri. Or do the following:

1. Tap

, then enter your text. The first line of the note becomes the notes title. 2. To change the formatting, tap

. You can apply a heading style, bold or italic font, a bulleted or numbered list, and more. 3. To save the note, tap Done. iPad User Guide 323 Tip: To choose a default style for the first line in all new notes, go to Settings

> Notes > New Notes Start With. You can quickly create a note or resume work on your last note by tapping the Lock Screen with Apple Pencil (on supported models). On other iPad models, you can do this if you add Notes to Control Center. To change the Lock Screen behavior, go to Settings Lock Screen.

> Notes > Access Note from Add a checklist In a note, tap

, then do any of the following:

Add items to the list: Enter text, then tap return to enter the next item. Increase or decrease the indentation: Swipe right or left on the item. Mark an item as completed: Tap the empty circle next to the item to add a checkmark. Reorder an item: Touch and hold the empty circle or checkmark next to the item, then drag the item to a new position in the list. Manage items in the list: Tap the list to see the menu, tap Uncheck All, Delete Checked, or Move Checked to Bottom.

, tap Checklist, then tap Check All, To automatically sort checked items to the bottom in all your notes, go to Settings Checked Items, then tap Automatically.

> Notes > Sort Add or edit a table In a note, tap

, then do any of the following:

Enter text: Tap a cell, then enter your text. To start another line of text in the cell, touch and hold the Shift key and tap next. Move to the next cell: Tap next. When you reach the last cell, tap next to start a new row. Format a row or column: Tap a row or column selection handle, then choose a style, such as bold, italic, underline, or strikethrough. Add or delete a row or column: Tap a row or column selection handle, then choose to add or delete. Move a row or column: Touch and hold a row or column selection handle, then drag it to a new position. See more columns: If the table becomes wider than your screen, swipe right or left on the table to see all the columns. iPad User Guide 324 To remove the table and convert its contents to text, tap a cell in the table, tap to Text.

, then tap Convert Change the Notes display on your iPad Make the note fill the screen: While viewing a note in landscape orientation, tap portrait orientation. or turn iPad to See your accounts, notes list, and selected note all at once: (iPad Pro 12.9-inch) Turn iPad to landscape orientation, then tap

. Draw or write in Notes on iPad Use the Notes app supported models) or your finger. You can choose from a variety of Markup tools and colors and draw straight lines with the ruler. to draw a sketch or jot a handwritten note with Apple Pencil (on Draw or write in a note 1. Start drawing or writing in the note with Apple Pencil. Or to draw or write with your finger, tap

. iPad User Guide 325 2. Do any of the following:

Change color or tools: Use the Markup tools. Adjust the handwriting area: Drag the resize handle (on the left) up or down. Transcribe your handwriting to typed text as you write with Apple Pencil: Tap the Handwriting tool (to the left of the pen), then start writing. Note: Scribble is available in several languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. To learn more about writing notes with Apple Pencil, see Enter text with Scribble on iPad. Tip: You can search handwritten text (in supported languages) in Notes. If the note doesnt have a title, the first line of handwritten text becomes the suggested title. To edit the title, scroll to the top of the note, then tap Edit. Select and edit drawings and handwriting With Smart Selection, you can select handwritten text using the same gestures you use for typed text. You can move, copy, or delete the selection within the note. You can even paste it as typed text in another note or app. Note: Smart Selection and handwriting transcription work if the system language of your iPad is set to English, Simplified Chinese, or Traditional Chinese in Settings iPad Language.

> General > Language & Region >

1. In the Markup toolbar, tap the Lasso tool (between the eraser and ruler). 2. Select drawings and handwriting with Apple Pencil or your finger using any of the following methods:

Touch and hold, then drag to expand the selection. Double-tap to select a word. Triple-tap to select a sentence. Adjust the selection by dragging the handles if necessary. 3. Tap the selection, then choose Cut, Copy, Delete, Duplicate, Copy as Text, or Insert Space Above. If you choose Copy as Text, you can paste the transcribed text in another note or another app. Use handwritten addresses, phone numbers, dates, and more A yellow underline appears below handwritten text thats recognized as a street or email address, phone number, date, or other data. Tap the underlined text to take action on it. For example, you can see a street address in Maps, compose an email, call a phone number, or add a calendar event. iPad User Guide 326 Note: Data detection works if the system language of your iPad is set to English, Simplified Chinese, or Traditional Chinese in Settings

> General > Language & Region. Show lines or grids in notes In an existing note: Tap

, tap Lines & Grids, then choose a style. Choose the default style for all new notes: Go to Settings

> Notes > Lines & Grids. Add attachments to notes on iPad In the Notes app from other appsmaps, links, documents, and more.

, you can attach photos, videos, and scanned documents. You can even add info Add a photo or video 1. In a note, tap

. 2. Choose a photo or video from your photo library, or take a new photo or video. 3. To change the preview size of attachments, touch and hold an attachment, then tap Small Images or Large Images. Tip: To draw on a photo, tap the photo, then tap

. To save photos and videos taken in Notes to the Photos app, go to Settings Save to Photos.

> Notes, then turn on Scan a document into a note using the camera 1. In a note, tap

, then choose Scan Documents. iPad User Guide 327 2. Position iPad so that the document page appears on the screen; iPad automatically captures the page. To manually capture the page, tap

(on an iPad with a flash). or press a volume button. To turn the flash on or off, tap 3. Scan additional pages, then tap Save when youre done. 4. To make changes to the saved document, tap it, then do any of the following:

Add more pages: Tap

. Crop the image: Tap

. Apply a filter: Tap document, or as a photo.

, then choose to scan the page as a color, grayscale, or black-and-white Rotate the image: Tap

. Mark up the document: Tap signature. Delete the scan: Tap

, tap

, then use the Markup tools to add annotations or your iPad User Guide 328 Add info from another app to a note You can add information from another app as an attachment to a notefor example, a location in Maps, a webpage in Safari, a PDF in Files, or a screenshot. 1. In the other app, open the item you want to share (for example, a map or webpage). 2. Tap Share or

, then tap Notes. 3. Save the item to a new note or choose an existing note. View all attachments in Notes 1. Above the notes list, tap

, then tap View Attachments to see thumbnails of drawings, photos, links, documents, and other attachments. (Attachments in locked notes arent shown.) 2. To go to a note with a specific attachment, tap the attachment thumbnail, then tap Show in Note. Search and organize your notes in folders on iPad In the Notes app

, you can search all your notes for typed and handwritten text, objects that appear in images, and text in scanned documents. You can also organize your notes into folders and pin the important notes to the top of the list. Create, rename, move, or delete a folder or subfolder In the folders list, do any of the following:

Create a folder: Tap New Folder, then name your folder. iPad User Guide 329 Create a subfolder: Touch and hold a folder, then drag it onto another folder. Rename a folder: Tap the folder, tap

, tap Rename, then enter a new name. Move a folder: Swipe left on the folder, tap folder, then drag it to a new location. The folder becomes a subfolder if you drag it onto another folder.

, then choose a new location. Or touch and hold the Delete a folder: Swipe left on the folder, then tap

. Or touch and hold the folder, then tap Delete. If you change your mind, open the Recently Deleted folder to recover the notes. Sort, move, pin, delete, or view notes in the gallery view In a notes list, do any of the following:

Change the folder view: Tap

, then choose View as Gallery or View as List. Change the sort order of a folder: Tap or Title. To choose a default sorting method for all your folders, go to Settings Notes By.

, tap Sort by, then choose Date Edited, Date Created,

> Notes > Sort Move a note to a different folder: Swipe left on the note, then tap tap Move, then choose a folder. Or touch and hold the note, Pin an important note to the top of the list: Touch and hold the note, then tap Pin Note. Or swipe right on the note, then tap the pin. Delete a note: Swipe left on the note, then tap

. Or touch and hold the note, then tap Delete. If you change your mind, open the Recently Deleted folder to recover the note. Search your notes You can search for typed and handwritten text, objects that appear in images, and text in scanned documents. 1. Swipe down on the notes list to reveal the search field. 2. Tap the search field, then enter what youre looking for. You can also choose a suggested search, such as Notes with Drawings, then enter additional text to refine your search. If a note is locked, only its title appears in the search results. The search includes handwritten text

(in supported languages), photos, and scanned documents. Search within a note for typed and handwritten text 1. Open the note you want to search. iPad User Guide 330 2. Tap

, then tap Find in Note. 3. Type the text youre looking for in the search field. Share notes and collaborate on iPad In the Notes app collaborate on a note or on a folder of notes in iCloud, and everyone will see the latest changes.

, you can send a copy of a note to a friend. You can also invite people to Send a copy of a note 1. Open the note you want to share. 2. Tap

, then choose how to send your note. Collaborate on a note When you share a note in iCloud, all the collaborators see everyones changes. Everyone you share with must be signed in with their Apple ID to edit or view the note. Note: You cant collaborate on a locked note. 1. Do one of the following:

In the notes list, swipe left on the note you want to share, then tap

. Open the note you want to share, tap

, then tap Share Note. 2. Tap Share Options, then choose Can make changes or View only. 3. Choose how to send your invitation (for example, using Mail or Messages). Collaborate on a Notes folder When you share a folder of notes in iCloud, all the collaborators see everyones changes. People who are allowed to make changes can create or edit notes, add attachments, and even create subfolders if theyre using iCloud. Note: You cant collaborate on a folder with locked notes. 1. Do one of the following:

In the folder list, swipe left on the folder you want to share, then tap

. Open the folder you want to share, tap

, then tap Share Folder. 2. Tap Share Options, then choose Can make changes or View only. iPad User Guide 331 3. Choose how to send your invitation (for example, using Mail or Messages). Add or remove collaborators or stop collaborating Tap

, then do any of the following:

Add people: Choose a sharing option. Remove people: Swipe left on the collaborator you want to remove, then tap Remove. Change permissions: Tap Share Options, then choose Can make changes or View only. Stop sharing: When you choose this option, the shared note or folder is deleted from the devices of the other participants. Lock your notes on iPad In the Notes app

, you can lock notes with a password to protect your sensitive information. Notes uses a single password for all your locked notes in an account (for example, your iCloud account), on all your devices. You can use Face ID (on an iPad with Face ID) or Touch ID (on other iPad models) as a convenient way to access your locked notes; however, dont rely on Face ID or Touch ID as the only means of unlocking your notes. If you update your Face ID or Touch ID settings, or want to change your Notes password, you have to reenter your Notes password. For this reason, its strongly recommended that you add a password hint when you create the password. Set up your notes password The password you set applies to all notes you lock from now on. 1. Go to Settings

> Notes > Password. 2. If you have multiple accounts, choose the account you want to set a password for. 3. Enter a password and add a hint to help you remember it. For added convenience, you can also turn on Face ID or Touch ID. Important: If you forget your notes password, and you cant use Face ID or Touch ID to unlock your notes, you wont be able to view your locked notes, and Apple cant help you regain access to those locked notes. You can reset your notes password, but this doesnt give you access to previously locked notes. The new password applies to all notes you lock from now on. Go to Settings > Notes > Password > Reset Password. See the Apple Support article How to lock notes on your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. iPad User Guide 332 Lock a note You can only lock notes on your device and notes in iCloud. You cant lock notes that have PDFs, audio, video, Keynote, Pages, Numbers documents attached, or notes that sync with other accounts. You cant lock an iCloud note that has collaborators. 1. Open the note, then tap

. 2. Tap Lock. When a note is locked, the title remains visible in the notes list. To remove a lock from a note, tap

, then tap Remove. Open a locked note Opening one locked note opens all your locked notes in the same account for several minutes so you can easily jump into another note or copy and paste information from other apps. 1. Tap the locked note, then tap View Note. 2. To open the note, use Face ID, Touch ID, or your Notes password. To lock your notes again, do one of the following:

Tap the lock icon at the top of the screen. Tap Lock Now at the bottom of the notes list. Close the Notes app. Lock your iPad. Change your Notes settings on iPad Customize your preferences for the Notes app access Notes from the Lock Screen, and more. in Settings. You can store your notes in iCloud, Keep your notes up to date on all your devices with iCloud Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Notes. Your iCloud notesand any changes you make to themappear on your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac where youre signed in with your Apple ID. iPad User Guide 333 Change your Notes settings Go to Settings

> Notes, then adjust any of the following:

Default Account: Choose the default account for Siri and the Notes widget. On My iPad Account: Notes in this account appear only on your iPad. Your notes in iCloud arent affected. Access Notes from Lock Screen: Choose Always Create New Note or Resume Last Note. Or turn it off to prevent access from the Lock Screen. Photo Booth Take photos in Photo Booth on iPad Use the Photo Booth app to take selfies and photos with fun effects. iPad User Guide 334 Take a photo Photo Booth uses the front camera to display the subject in multiple tiles, each with a different effect, on the iPad screen. Effects include Kaleidoscope, Stretch, X-Ray, and more. The tile in the center of the screen displays Normal view. 1. Aim iPad at your subject to frame your shot. 2. Tap the tile of the effect you want to capture, then do any of the following:

Switch between the front and rear-facing cameras: Tap at the bottom of the screen. Change the effect: Tap at the bottom left of the screen. With some effects, you can drag your finger across the screen, or pinch, swipe, or rotate the image to alter the appearance. 3. Tap the shutter button to take the shot. When you take a photo, iPad makes a shutter sound. You can use the volume buttons on the side of iPad to control the volume of the shutter sound. See Adjust the volume on iPad. Note: In some regions, sound effects are played even if the Side Switch (available on some models) is set to silent. Delete, share, or copy a photo in Photo Booth on iPad You can delete, copy, and share the photos you take in the Photo Booth app

. Delete a photo in Photo Booth 1. Tap a photo thumbnail at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap

, then tap Delete Photo. Share or copy a photo in Photo Booth 1. Tap a photo thumbnail at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap

, then choose a share option such as Message or Mail, or choose Copy. Upload photos to your computer Connect iPad to your computer using the included USB cable. iPad User Guide 335 Mac: Open Photos on your Mac, then select your iPad in the sidebar. Select the photos you want to import, then click Import Selected. To delete the photos from your iPad after you upload them to your Mac, select Delete items after import. PC: Follow the instructions that came with your photo app. View and edit photos in the Photos app on iPad Photos you take in the Photo Booth app them. are saved in the Photos app, where you can view and edit View and edit photos in the Photos app 1. In the Photos app, tap the Photos tab, or tap the Albums tab, then tap a thumbnail. Swipe left or right to see the next or previous photo. 2. Tap Edit, then use the controls at the bottom of the screen to make changes. 3. Tap Done. See View photos and videos on iPad and Edit photos and videos on iPad. View photos on all your devices If you use iCloud Photos, you can view your photos on other devices (iOS 8.1, iPadOS 13, or later) and Mac computers (OS X 10.10.3 or later) on iCloud.com. You must be signed in with the same Apple ID on all devices. See Manage Apple ID and iCloud settings on iPad. Photos View photos and videos on iPad to view your photos and videos organized by years, months, days, and all Use the Photos app photos in your photo library. Swipe from the left edge of the screen, or tap and find photos organized by different categories. You can also use Photos to create albums and then share them with friends and family.

, to open the sidebar iPad User Guide 336 Browse your library The photos and videos on your iPad are organized in your photo library by Years, Months, Days, and All Photos. You can rediscover your best shots in Years, relive significant events in Months, focus on unique photos in Days, and view everything in All Photos. To browse your photo library, tap the buttons at the top of the screen to choose a view:

iPad User Guide 337 Years: Highlights your best shots from a specific year in your photo library. Months: Presents collections of photos that you took throughout a month, organized by significant eventslike a family outing, birthday party, or trip. Days: Shows your best shots, grouped by the time or place the photos were taken. All Photos: Displays all of your photos and videos; tap ratio or square, filter photos, or see photos on a map. to zoom in or out, view photos by aspect Photos removes duplicate photos and clutter (such as screenshots, whiteboards, and receipts) from Days, Months, and Years views. Every photo is shown in All Photos. View individual photos Tap a photo thumbnail to view it in full screen, then do any of the following:

Zoom in or out: Double-tap or pinch out to zoom inwhile zoomed in, drag to see other parts of the photo; double-tap or pinch closed to zoom out. Share: Tap

, then choose how you want to share. See Share photos and videos on iPad. Add to favorites: Tap to add the photo to your Favorites album. Tap or drag the photo down to continue browsing or return to the search results. Add captions and view photo and video details Captions add context to your photos and videos, and you can search for photos and videos by captions when you use Search. Select a photo or video, then swipe up to add a caption or view a caption in the text field below the image. iPad User Guide 338 When you swipe up on a photo or video, you also see the following details:

Effects you can add to a Live Photo; see Edit a Live Photo. People identified in your photo; see Find people in Photos on iPad. Where the photo was taken; see Browse photos by location on iPad. A link to view other photos taken nearby. In Shared Albums, you can add comments and likes to photos and videos. Your comments and likes are shared with the album subscribers. See Share iPad photos with Shared Albums in iCloud. Play a Live Photo A Live Photo moments just before and after a picture is taken.

, which can be taken on supported models, is a moving image that captures the 1. Open a Live Photo. 2. Touch and hold the photo to play it. Tip: To see all of your Live Photos, swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap Live Photos under Media Types. See Take a Live Photo. View photos in a Burst shot Burst mode in Camera takes multiple high-speed photos so that you have a range of photos to choose from. In Photos, Burst shots are saved together in a single photo thumbnail. You can view each photo in the Burst, then select your favorites to save separately. 1. Open a Burst photo. 2. Tap Select, then swipe through the collection of photos. 3. To save specific photos, tap each photo to select it, then tap Done. 4. Tap Keep Everything to keep the Burst and the photos you selected, or tap Keep Only [number of]

Favorites to keep only the ones you selected. Tip: To see all of your Burst shots, swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap Bursts under Media Types. See Take Burst shots. iPad User Guide 339 Play a video As you browse your photo library, videos auto-play while you scroll. Tap a video to begin playing it in full screen without sound, then do any of the following:

Tap the player controls below the video to pause, play, unmute, and mute; tap the screen to hide the player controls. Double-tap the screen to toggle between full screen and fit-to-screen. Play and customize a slideshow A slideshow is a collection of your photos, formatted and set to music. 1. View photos by All Photos or Days, then tap Select. 2. Tap each photo you want to include in the slideshow, then tap

. 3. From the list of options, tap Slideshow. 4. Tap the screen, then tap Options to change the slideshow theme, music, and more. To stream a slideshow or video to a TV, see Wirelessly stream videos and photos to Apple TV or a smart TV from iPad. Delete and hide photos and videos on iPad In the Photos app album. You can also recover photos you recently deleted. When you use iCloud Photos, any changes you make are saved across all your devices.

, you can delete photos and videos from your iPad or hide them in the Hidden See Use iCloud Photos on iPad. Delete or hide a photo or video Tap a photo or video, then do either of the following:

Delete: Tap account. to delete a photo from your iPad and other devices using the same iCloud Photos Deleted photos and videos are kept in the Recently Deleted album for 30 days, where you can recover or permanently remove them from all devices. iPad User Guide 340 Hide: Tap

, then tap Hide in the list of options. Hidden photos are moved to the Hidden album. You cant view them anywhere else. To turn off the Hidden album so it doesnt appear in Albums, go to Settings off Hidden Album.

> Photos, then turn Recover or permanently delete deleted photos To recover deleted photos, or to permanently delete them, do the following:

1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap Recently Deleted under Utilities. 2. Tap Select, then choose the photos and videos you want to recover or delete. 3. Choose Recover or Delete at the bottom of the screen. Edit photos and videos on iPad Use the tools in the Photos app Photos, any edits you make are saved across all your devices. to edit photos and videos on your iPad. When you use iCloud See Use iCloud Photos on iPad. Adjust light and color 1. Tap a photo or video thumbnail to view it in full screen. iPad User Guide 341 2. Tap Edit, then choose an editing effect such as Exposure, Brilliance, or Highlights from the options on the right. 3. Drag the slider to adjust the effect. The level of adjustment you make for each effect is displayed by the outline around the button, so you can see at a glance which effects have been increased or decreased. 4. Tap the effect button to see the shot before and after the effect was applied (or tap the photo to toggle between the edited version and the original). 5. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel, then tap Discard Changes. Tip: Tap to automatically edit your photos and videos with effects. Apply filter effects 1. Tap a photo or video thumbnail to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, then tap on the left side of the screen. 3. Choose a filter on the right side of the screen, then drag the slider to adjust the effect. 4. To compare the edited photo to the original, tap the photo. 5. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel, then tap Discard Changes. Crop, rotate, or flip a photo or video iPad User Guide 342 1. Tap a photo or video thumbnail to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, tap on the left side of the screen, then do any of the following:

Crop manually: Drag the rectangle corners to enclose the area you want to keep in the photo, or you can pinch the photo open or closed. Crop to a standard preset ratio: Tap

, then choose an option at the bottom of the screen. Rotate: Tap to rotate the photo 90 degrees. Flip: Tap to flip the image horizontally. 3. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel, then tap Discard Changes. Straighten and adjust perspective 1. Tap a photo or video thumbnail to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, tap on the left side of the screen, then select an effect button on the right side of the screen. 3. Drag the slider to adjust the effect. The level of adjustment you make for each effect is displayed by the outline around the button, so you can see at a glance which effects have been increased or decreased. Tap the button to toggle between the edited effect and the original. 4. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel, then tap Discard Changes. iPad User Guide 343 Revert an edited photo After you edit a photo and save your changes, you can revert to the original image. 1. Open the edited image, tap Edit, then tap Revert. 2. Tap Revert to Original. Mark up a photo 1. Tap a photo to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, then tap

. 3. Tap Markup

. 4. Annotate the photo using the different drawing tools and colors. Tap to add shapes, text, or even your signature. 5. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel. See Draw in apps with Markup. Trim a video 1. Open the video, then tap Edit. 2. Drag either end of the frame viewer to adjust the length, then tap Done. 3. Tap Save Video to save only the trimmed video, or Save Video as New Clip to save both versions of the video. To undo the trim after you save, tap Edit, then tap Revert. Note: A video saved as a new clip cant be reverted to the original. Set the slow-motion section of a video shot in Slo-mo 1. Open a video shot in Slo-mo, then tap Edit. 2. Drag the white vertical bars beneath the frame viewer to set where the video is played in slow motion. 3. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel. See Record a slow-motion video. iPad User Guide 344 Use other photography apps to edit your photos Photo app extensions can provide special editing options. See the Apple Support article How to edit with third-party apps and extensions in Photos. Edit Live Photos on iPad

, you can edit Live Photos, change the Key Photo, and add fun effects like In the Photos app, Bounce and Loop. Edit a Live Photo In addition to using the photo editing tools (like adding filters or cropping a photo), you can also change the Key Photo, trim the length, or mute the sound in your Live Photos (available on supported models). 1. Open the Live Photo and tap Edit. 2. Tap

, then do any of the following:

Set a key photo: Move the white frame on the frame viewer, tap Make Key Photo, then tap Done. Trim a Live Photo: Drag either end of the frame viewer to choose the frames the Live Photo plays. Make a still photo: Tap the Live button at the top of the screen to turn off the Live feature. The Live Photo becomes a still of its key photo. Mute a Live Photo: Tap at the top of the screen. Tap again to unmute. iPad User Guide 345 See Take a Live Photo. Add effects to a Live Photo You can add effects to Live Photos to turn them into fun videos (available on supported models). 1. Open the Live Photo. 2. Swipe up to see the effects, then choose one of the following:

Loop: Repeats the action in a continuous looping video. Bounce: Rewinds the action backward and forward. Long Exposure: Simulates a DSLR-like long exposure effect by blurring motion. See Take a Live Photo. Edit Portrait mode photos on iPad In the Photos app, you can change and adjust the lighting effects in Portrait mode photos. Edit Portrait Lighting effects in Portrait mode photos You can apply, change, or remove the Portrait Lighting effects in photos you take in Portrait mode. You can also edit Portrait mode photos taken on other devices. 1. Tap any photo taken in Portrait mode to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, touch

, then drag to choose a lighting effect. Natural Light: The face is in sharp focus against a blurred background. Studio Light: The face is brightly lit, and the photo has an overall clean look. Contour Light: The face has dramatic shadows with highlights and lowlights. Stage Light: The face is spotlit against a deep black background. Stage Light Mono: The effect is like Stage Light, but the photo is in classic black and white. High-Key Light Mono: Creates a grayscale subject on a white backgroundiPad Pro 11-inch

(2nd generation or later) and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation or later) only. 3. Tap Done to save your changes. To undo the Portrait Lighting effect after you save, tap Edit, then tap Revert to go back to the original lighting. Note: To remove the Portrait effect from a photo, tap Edit, then tap Portrait at the top of the screen. iPad User Guide 346 Adjust Depth Control in Portrait mode photos On models that support Depth Control, use the Depth Control slider to adjust the level of background blur in your Portrait mode photos. 1. Tap any photo taken in Portrait mode to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, then tap at the top of the screen. When the button is yellow, the feature is on. A slider appears next to the photo on the right side of the screen. 3. Drag the slider up or down to adjust the effect. A white dot marks the original depth value for the photo. 4. Tap Done to save your changes. Adjust Portrait Lighting in Portrait mode photos On iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation or later) and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation or later), use the Portrait Lighting slider to adjust the intensity of the effects in your Portrait mode photos. 1. Tap any photo taken in Portrait mode to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit. If isnt yellow, tap it to turn the feature on. 3. Touch and drag to change the Portrait Lighting effect, then drag the slider to adjust the effect. 4. Tap Done to save your changes. Organize photos in albums on iPad Use the Photos app existing albums. to organize your pictures with albumscreate new ones, or add pictures to If you use iCloud Photos, albums are stored in iCloud. Theyre up to date and accessible on devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. See Use iCloud Photos on iPad. iPad User Guide 347 Create an album Use albums to organize your photos. 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap New Album below My Albums. 2. Name the album, then tap Save. 3. Choose the photos you want to add, then tap Done. To create a shared album, see Share photos with Shared Albums in iCloud. Add photos and videos to existing albums 1. View your library by Days or All Photos, then tap Select. 2. Tap the photo and video thumbnails that you want to add, then tap

. 3. Tap Add to Album from the list of options. 4. Tap the album you want to add it to. Remove photos and videos from existing albums 1. While viewing the album, tap Select. 2. Tap the photos or videos you want to remove, then tap

. 3. Remove your selections from just the album or delete them from iCloud Photos on all your devices. iPad User Guide 348 Rename, rearrange, and delete existing albums 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar. 2. Tap Edit, then do any of the following:

Rename: Touch and hold the album name until a cursor appears, then enter a new name. Rearrange: Touch and hold

, then drag to a new location. Delete: Tap

. 3. Tap Done. Sort photos in albums You can sort photos and videos in an album by newest to oldest, or oldest to newest. 1. Tap

, then tap Sort. 2. Choose to view by newest first or oldest first. To move an individual photo, touch and hold the thumbnail, then drag it to a new location. Filter photos in albums You can filter photos and videos in an album by favorites, edited, photos, and videos. 1. Tap

, then tap Filter. 2. Choose how you want to filter the photos and videos in the album, then tap Done. To remove a filter from an album, tap

, tap All Items, then tap Done. Organize albums in folders You can create folders to contain multiple albums. For example, you could create a folder named Vacations and then create multiple albums within the folder of all your vacations. You can also create folders inside folders. 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap All Albums below My Albums. 2. Tap

, then tap New Folder. 3. Name the folder, then tap Save. iPad User Guide 349 4. Open the folder, tap Edit, then tap to create new albums or folders inside the folder. Search in Photos on iPad

, you see suggestions for people, places, and photo categories When you search in the Photos app to help you find what youre looking for, or rediscover a moment you forgot about. You can also type a keyword into the search fieldfor example, a persons name, date, or locationto help you find a specific photo. Ask Siri. Say something like: Show me photos from January 2010. Learn how to ask Siri. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap the suggested categories, or use the search field at the top of the screen to search by the following:

to show the sidebar, then tap Search. View photos in Date (month or year) Place (city or state) Business names (museums or restaurants, for example) Category (beach or sunset, for example) Events (sports games or concerts, for example) Person (Lia or Gordon, for example) Caption (see Add captions and view photo and video details) Looking for something more specific? Refine your search with multiple keywordssimply keep adding keywords until you find the photo you want. Search also suggests keywords to add to your search. iPad User Guide 350 Share photos and videos on iPad Share photos and videos from the Photos app Photos even selects your best photos from an event and recommends people you may want to share them with. in Mail or Messages, or other apps you install. Share photos and videos Share a single photo or video: Open the photo or video, tap share.

, then choose how you want to Share multiple photos or videos: While viewing photos in an album or the All Photos tab in your library, tap Select, then tap the photos you want to share. Tap

, then choose a share option. Share photos or videos from a Day or Month: While viewing your library, tap the Days or Months tab, tap

, then tap Share Photos to share all the photos from that day or month. When iCloud Photos is turned on, you can share multiple full-quality photos with an iCloud link. iCloud links remain available for 30 days, can be viewed by anyone, and can be shared using any app, such as Messages or Mail. You can also use Shared Albums to share photos and videos with just the people you choose. See Share iPad photos with Shared Albums in iCloud. Note: The size limit of attachments is determined by your service provider. For devices or services that dont support Live Photos, a Live Photo is shared as a still photo. iPad User Guide 351 Share photos with Sharing Suggestions Sharing Suggestions recommends a set of photos from an event that you may want to share and, based on the people in the photos, who you may want to share the photos with. After you share your photos, the recipients are prompted to share their photos from the event with you. Sharing Suggestions requires iCloud Photos turned on to share, but the photos you share can be viewed by anyone. 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap For You. 2. Choose a photo collection from Sharing Suggestions. 3. Tap Share in Messages. To send the link to more friends, or to stop sharing it, tap the collection, tap Copy iCloud Link or Stop Sharing.

, then choose To remove a photo collection from Sharing Suggestions, tap Suggestion.

, then tap Remove Sharing Need more help? See the Apple Support article Use Sharing Suggestions in Photos. Save or share a photo or video you receive From email: Tap to download the item if necessary, then tap choose a sharing or saving option. Or, touch and hold the item, then From a text message: Tap the photo or video in the conversation, tap saving option.

, then choose a sharing or From an iCloud link: Tap the iCloud link to view the collection. Photos and videos shared with the link are saved to your library and as a collection in the For You tab. To share the collection, tap

, then tap Share. View Memories in Photos on iPad scans your library to automatically create collections of photos and videos called The Photos app Memories. Memories include Memory movies, which are automatically edited for you and set to music. You can edit Memories and share them with others. You can also make a Memory movie from an album you create. iPad User Guide 352 Play a Memory movie 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap For You. 2. Choose a Memory, then tap the image at the top of the screen to play it. 3. To pause, tap the movie, then tap

. 4. To go forward or backward in the movie, tap the movie, then slide the frames at the bottom of the screen left or right. Edit a Memory movie 1. While a Memory is playing, tap the screen to show customization options. 2. Do any of the following:

Change the mood: Swipe left or right through the moods to change the music and editing style. Change the length: Swipe to change to short, medium, or long depending on the number of photos in the Memory. Personalize the movie: Tap Edit at the top of the screen to add or delete specific photos, change the music, edit the title, and more. iPad User Guide 353 3. Tap

. Create a Memory You can create your own Memory from an event, a specific day in your library, or an album. 1. View photos in the Library tab by Days or Months, then tap

. Or, open an album in the Albums tab, then tap

. 2. Tap Play Memory Movie. 3. While the movie plays, tap the screen, then tap Edit. 4. Tap OK to add the movie to Memories, then make edits such as adding or deleting specific photos, changing the music, and editing the title. 5. Tap Done. Delete a Memory movie 1. Select the Memory you want to delete. 2. Tap

, then tap Delete Memory or Suggest Fewer Memories Like This. Share a Memory 1. Play the Memory you want to share. 2. While the movie plays, tap the screen, tap

, then choose how you want to share. iPad User Guide 354 Add a Memory to Favorites 1. Select the Memory you want to mark as a favorite. 2. Tap

, then tap Add to Favorite Memories. To view your favorite Memories, tap For You, tap See All, then tap Favorites. Share photos from a Memory Photos identifies the people in a Memory and makes it easy to share the photos in that Memory with them. 1. Tap a Memory with photos you want to share. 2. Tap Select, then tap the photos you want to share. 3. Tap

, then choose how you want to share them. Find people in Photos on iPad The Photos app scans your photo library for peoples faces and adds the most frequently found faces to the People album. When you add names to the faces, you can search for photos by name. Note: With iCloud Photos, your People album is kept up to date on all your devices that meet these minimum system requirements: iOS 11, iPadOS 13, and macOS 10.13. (You must be signed in with the same Apple ID on all the devices.) Find photos of a specific person To find photos of a specific person, swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap sidebar, then do either of the following:

to show the Tap the People album, then tap a person to see all of the photos theyre in. Tap Search, then enter a persons name in the search field. Add a person to your People album 1. Open a photo of the person you want to add, then swipe up to see the photo details. 2. Tap a face under People, then tap Add Name. 3. Enter the persons name or select it from the list. 4. Tap Next, then tap Done. iPad User Guide 355 Name a person in your People album 1. Tap the People album in the sidebar. 2. Tap the face of the person whose name you want to add. 3. Tap Add Name at the top of the screen, then enter the persons name. 4. Tap Next, then tap Done. If theres a face identified as two or more people in the People album, tap Select, tap each instance of the person, then tap Merge. Set a persons key photo 1. Tap the People album in the sidebar, then tap a person. 2. Tap Select, then tap Show Faces. 3. Choose the photo you want to set as the key photo. 4. Tap

, then tap Make Key Photo. Fix misidentifications 1. Tap the People album in the sidebar, then tap a person. 2. Tap Select, then tap Show Faces. 3. Tap the misidentified face. 4. Tap

, then tap Not This Person. Browse photos by location on iPad creates collections of your photos and videos in the Places album based on where The Photos app they were taken. View photos taken in a specific location, or look for photos taken nearby. See a collection of all your places on a map, or even watch a Memory movie of a certain place. Browse photos by location 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap Places. iPad User Guide 356 2. Select Map or Grid view. Only pictures and videos that have embedded location information (GPS data) are included. Tip: Pinch to zoom in and out, or drag the map to see more locations. See where a photo was taken 1. Open a photo, then swipe up to see the photo details. 2. Tap the map or address link to see more details. Look for photos taken nearby 1. Tap a photo to view it in full screen. (The photo must contain location information.) 2. Swipe up, then tap Nearby Photos. Watch a location-based Memory movie 1. In the sidebar, tap Places, then tap Grid. 2. Find a location with several images, then tap the location heading. 3. Tap to play the Memory. Use iCloud Photos on iPad iCloud Photos automatically uploads the photos and videos you take and stores them in their original format at full resolution. You can access your photos and videos in iCloud Photos from any device where youre signed in using the same Apple ID. To use iCloud Photos, you need a device that meets these minimum system requirements: iOS 8.1, iPadOS 13, OS X 10.10.3, or a PC with iCloud for Windows 7. Turn on iCloud Photos Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Photos, then turn on iCloud Photos. Save space on your iPad iCloud Photos can help you make the most of the storage space on your iPad. When Optimize iPad Storage is turned on, all your full-resolution photos and videos are stored in iCloud in their original formats, with storage-saving versions kept on your iPad as space is needed. iPad User Guide 357 Optimize iPad Storage is turned on by default. To turn it off, go to Settings

> Photos, then tap Optimize iPad Storage.

> [your name] > iCloud View and share a full-resolution photo or video 1. Select a photo or video from your Library, tap Edit, then tap Cancel. The full-resolution photo or video downloads automatically. 2. Tap

, then choose the device that you want to share it with. Upgrade your iCloud storage to store more photos If your uploaded photos and videos exceed your storage plan, you can upgrade your iCloud storage. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Manage Storage > Change Storage Plan. Need more help? See the Apple Support article Set up and use iCloud Photos. Share iPad photos with Shared Albums in iCloud With Shared Albums in the Photos app choose. They can also add their own photos, videos, and comments. Shared Albums works with or without iCloud Photos and My Photo Stream.

, you can share photos and videos with just the people you Turn on Shared Albums Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Photos, then turn on Shared Albums. Create a new shared album 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar. 2. Tap New Shared Album under Shared Albums. 3. Give the album a name, then tap Next. 4. Choose people to invite, or type an email address or phone number, then tap Create. Turn on public viewing in iCloud 1. Select a shared album in the sidebar. 2. Tap

, then turn on Public Website. iPad User Guide 358 Add photos and videos to a shared album 1. Select a shared album in the sidebar, then tap

. 2. Select all the items you want to add, then tap Done. 3. Add a comment if you want, then tap Post. When Public Website is turned on, anyone with the iCloud URL can view the album. Add or remove subscribers, or turn notifications on or off Select the shared album, tap

, then do any of the following:

Add subscribers: Tap Invite People, then enter the names of the subscribers you want to add. Subscribers can add photos and videos to the album. Tap the Subscribers Can Post button so only you can add photos and videos. Tap again to allow subscribers to post. Remove subscribers: Tap the name of the subscriber, then tap Remove Subscriber. Turn notifications off: Tap the Notifications button. Tap again to turn Notifications on. Delete photos, videos, and comments from a shared album You must be the owner of the shared album to delete photos or videos. Delete photos and videos: In a shared album, tap Select. Select the photos or videos you want to delete, then tap

. Delete comments: While viewing the comment in a shared photo, touch and hold, then tap Delete. Rename a shared album 1. Tap Edit at the top of the sidebar. 2. Touch and hold the album name until a cursor appears, then enter a new name. Subscribe to a shared album When you receive an invitation, tap

, tap Accept. You can also accept an invitation in an email. Note: To use Shared Albums, your iPad must be connected to Wi-Fi. Shared Albums works over both Wi-Fi and cellular networks. Cellular data charges may apply. See Connect to the internet. iPad User Guide 359 Use My Photo Stream on iPad Use My Photo Stream with the Photos app touch. Up to 1000 images are stored automatically for 30 days without using iCloud storage space or iCloud Photos. to access recent photos on any iPhone, iPad, or iPod My Photo Stream automatically uploads your most recent photos to iCloud; you can even see them on devices that arent using iCloud Photos. (My Photo Stream doesnt upload Live Photos or videos.) You must be signed in on all devices using the same Apple ID. Turn on My Photo Stream My Photo Stream doesnt count against your iCloud storage and only saves still photos. Your photos automatically upload when you leave the Camera app and are connected to Wi-Fi, but edits arent updated across all devices. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Photos, then turn on Upload to My Photo Stream. If you recently created your Apple ID, My Photo Stream might not be available. If My Photo Stream isnt available, use iCloud Photos to keep your photos and videos in iCloud. Note: My Photo Stream is automatically turned off if you use iCloud Photos. Save photos from My Photo Stream to your iPad Images in My Photo Stream remain in iCloud for 30 daysafter that, theyre removed. To keep these photos, you must save them from My Photo Stream to your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap My Photo Stream. 2. Tap Select, then select all photos you want to save. 3. Tap

, then tap Save Image. Manage photos in My Photo Stream Tap the My Photo Stream album, tap Select, then do any of the following:

Save your best shots to iCloud or your device: Select the photos, then tap Add To. Share, print, or copy: Select the photos, then tap

. Delete photos: Select the photos, then tap

. Although deleted photos are removed from My Photo Stream on all your devices, the original photos remain in Photos on the device on which they were taken. Photos that you save to another album on a device or computer also arent deleted. iPad User Guide 360 Photos in My Photo Stream dont count against your iCloud storage, and theyre kept for 30 days in iCloud (up to 1000 photos). Download photos to your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or computer if you want to keep them permanently. See the Apple Support article My Photo Stream. Import photos and videos to iPad You can import photos and videos directly to the Photos app card, or another iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch that has a camera. Depending on your model, use the Lightning to USB Camera Adapter, the USB-C to SD Card Camera Reader, or the Lightning to SD Card Camera Reader (sold separately). from a digital camera, an SD memory 1. Insert the camera adapter or card reader into the Lightning or USB-C connector on iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Connect a camera: Use the USB cable that came with the camera to connect the camera to the camera adapter. Turn on the camera, then make sure its in transfer mode. For more information, see the documentation that came with the camera. Insert an SD memory card into the card reader: Dont force the card into the slot on the reader;

it fits only one way. Connect an iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch: Use the USB cable that came with the device to connect it to the camera adapter. Turn on and unlock the device. 3. Open Photos on your iPad, then tap Import. 4. Select the photos and videos you want to import, then select your import destination. Import all items: Tap Import All. Import just some items: Tap the items you want to import (a checkmark appears for each), tap Import, then tap Import Selected. 5. After the photos and videos have been imported, keep or delete them on the camera, card, iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. 6. Disconnect the camera adapter or card reader. Need more help? See the Apple Support article Import photos using Apple camera adapters. Print photos on iPad to an AirPrint-enabled printer Print your photos directly from the Photos app on your iPad with any AirPrint-enabled device. Print a single photo: While viewing the photo, tap

, then tap Print. Print multiple photos: While viewing photos, tap Select, select each photo you want to print, tap

, then tap Print. iPad User Guide 361 See Print from iPad. Podcasts Find podcasts on iPad Use the Podcasts app news, politics, comedy, and more. If you follow to a show, iPad automatically downloads new episodes as theyre released. to find and play free showssimilar to radio or TV showsabout science, Find and follow shows Discover shows: Tap Browse to see Featured shows or Top Charts. You can also browse by categories or our editorial collections of shows. Search by title, person, or topic: Tap Search, then enter what youre looking for. Follow a show: Tap the show to see its information page, then tap Follow. Listen to the shows you follow Tap Listen Now, then select an episode from one of the following:

Up Next: Pick up where you left off in a show, including resuming a previous episode. Notifications: To get notifications whenever a new episode is available, tap (Account) then tap Notifications. iPad User Guide 362 Play podcasts on iPad In the Podcasts app timer, and stream content to another device.

, you can play, pause, or skip ahead using the playback controls, set a sleep Ask Siri. Say something like: Play the newest episode of The Daily podcast. Learn how to ask Siri. Play a podcast 1. Tap an episode. 2. For more playback controls, tap the player to open the Now Playing screen. Use any of the following controls:

Control Description Play Pause iPad User Guide 363 Control Description Jump back 15 seconds Jump forward 30 seconds Choose a faster or slower playback speed Stream the audio to other devices Choose more actions such as sharing the episode or adding it to your queue. Tip: To jump to a specific time in the episode, drag the track position slider below the podcast artwork. Ask Siri. Say something like: Skip ahead 3 minutes. Learn how to ask Siri. 3. Swipe up on the Now Playing screen to see the sleep timer, episode notes, and your Up Next queue. Manage your podcast library on iPad In the Podcasts app

, you can add or remove shows and episodes in your library. Manage shows you follow iPad User Guide 364 1. Tap Library. 2. Tap a show to see its information page, tap

, then do any of the following:

Change the sequence of episode playback, disable notifications, and manage episode downloads: Tap Settings. Stop downloading new episodes: Tap Unfollow. Manage episodes and downloads Save an episode to your library: Tap

, then tap Save Episode. Download an episode: To download the episode so you can play it when youre offline, tap

, then tap Download Episode. Unsave an episode: Tap Library, tap Saved, tap

, then tap Unsave Episode. Remove a download: Tap Library, tap Downloads, tap

, then tap Remove Download. Change your Podcasts settings Go to Settings

> Podcasts, then do any of the following:

iPad User Guide 365

WARNING:pdfminer.pdfpage:The PDF <_io.BufferedReader name='/Volumes/Scratch/Incoming/eg-scratch/5179602.pdf'> contains a metadata field indicating that it should not allow text extraction. Ignoring this field and proceeding. Use the check_extractable if you want to raise an error in this case Prevent downloads from using cellular data (Wi-Fi + Cellular models): Turn on Block Downloads Over Cellular. Keep your library up to date on all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID:

Turn on Sync Podcasts. Change the download settings for all your shows: Change the settings below Episode Downloads. Reminders Add reminders on iPad In the Reminders app

, you can easily make to-do lists for things like grocery shopping, tasks around the house, and projects at work. Create subtasks, set flags, add attachments, and more. Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use upgraded reminders in your primary iCloud account. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Create a new list 1. Tap Add List, then choose an account (if you have more than one account). 2. Enter a name, then choose a color and symbol for the list. Add a new reminder Ask Siri. Say something like: Add artichokes to my groceries list. Learn how to ask Siri. iPad User Guide 366 Or do the following:

1. Tap New Reminder, then enter text. Or if you have Apple Pencil, write in the text field. 2. Use the buttons above the keyboard to do any of the following:

Schedule a date and time: Tap

, then choose when you want to be reminded. Add a location: Tap arrive home or get into a car with a Bluetooth connection to your iPad.

, then choose where you want to be remindedfor example, when you Note: To receive location-based reminders, you must allow Reminders to use your precise location. Go to Settings Reminders, choose While Using the App, then turn on Precise Location.

> Privacy > Location Services. Turn on Location Services, tap Assign the reminder: (Available in shared lists) Tap

(including yourself).

, then choose a person on the shared list Set a flag: Tap to mark an important reminder. Attach a photo or scanned document: Tap from your photo library, or scan a document.

, then take a new photo, choose an existing photo 3. To add more details to the reminder, tap

, then do any of the following:

Add notes: In the Notes field, enter more information about the reminder. Add a web link: In the URL field, enter a web address. Reminders displays a link that you can tap to go to the website. Get a reminder when chatting with someone in Messages: Turn on When Messaging, then choose someone from your contacts list. The reminder appears the next time you chat with that person in Messages. Set a priority: Tap Priority, then choose Low, Medium, or High. Move the reminder to a different list: Tap List, then choose a list. 4. Tap Done. Tip: With OS X 10.10 or later, you can hand off reminders youre editing between your Mac and iPad. Create a subtask Swipe right on the reminder, then tap Indent. Or drag a reminder onto another reminder. If you complete a main task, the subtasks are also completed. If you delete or move a main task, the subtasks are also deleted or moved. iPad User Guide 367 Mark a reminder as completed Tap the empty circle next to a reminder to mark it as completed and hide it. To unhide completed reminders, tap

, then tap Show Completed. Delete a reminder Swipe left on the reminder, then tap Delete. Or if you have Apple Pencil, just scribble over the reminder. If you change your mind, you can recover the deleted remindertap with three fingers or shake to undo. Edit multiple reminders at the same time 1. While viewing a list, tap

, tap Select Reminders, then select the reminders you want to edit. Or drag two fingers over the reminders you want to edit. 2. Use the buttons at the bottom of the screen to complete, flag, add a date and time, move, assign, or delete the selected reminders. Organize lists in Reminders on iPad In the Reminders app organize them in Smart Lists. You can easily search all your lists for reminders that contain specific text.

, you can arrange your reminders in custom lists and groups or automatically iPad User Guide 368 Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use upgraded reminders in your primary iCloud account. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Create, edit, or delete lists and groups You can organize your reminders into lists and groups of lists such as work, school, or shopping. Do any of the following:

Create a new list: Tap Add List, choose an account (if you have more than one account), enter a name, then choose a color and symbol for the list. Create a group of lists: Tap Edit, tap Add Group, enter a name, then tap Create. Or drag a list onto another list. Rearrange lists and groups: Touch and hold a reminder, list, or group, then drag it to a new location. You can even move a reminder to a different list or move a list to a different group. Change the name and appearance of a list or group: Swipe left on the list or group, then tap

. Delete a list or group and their reminders: Swipe left on the list or group, then tap

. Use Smart Lists Reminders are automatically organized in Smart Lists. You can see specific reminders and track upcoming reminders with the following Smart Lists:

Today: See reminders scheduled for today and overdue reminders. Scheduled: See reminders scheduled by date or time. Flagged: See reminders with flags. Assigned to Me: See reminders assigned to you in shared lists. Siri Suggestions: See suggested reminders detected in Mail and Messages. All: See all your reminders across every list. To show, hide, or rearrange the Smart Lists, tap Edit. Sort and reorder reminders in a list Sort reminders by due date, creation date, priority, or title: (iPadOS 14.5 or later; not available in the All and Scheduled Smart Lists) In a list, tap

, tap Sort By, then choose an option. To reverse the sort order, tap First.

, tap Sort By, then choose a different option, such as Newest iPad User Guide 369 Manually reorder reminders in a list: Touch and hold a reminder you want to move, then drag it to a new location. The manual order is saved when you re-sort the list by due date, creation date, priority, or title. To revert to the last saved manual order, tap

, tap Sort By, then tap Manual. When you sort or reorder a list, the new order is applied to the list on your other devices where youre using upgraded iCloud reminders. If you sort or reorder a shared list, other participants also see the new order (if they use upgraded reminders). Search the reminders in all of your lists In the search field above the reminder lists, enter a word or phrase. Set up Reminders accounts on iPad If you use the Reminders app with different accounts (such as iCloud, Microsoft Exchange, Google, or Yahoo), you can manage all your to-do lists in one place. Your reminders stay up to date on all your devices that use the same accounts. You can also customize your preferences in Settings. Add your iCloud reminders Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Reminders. Your iCloud remindersand any changes you make to themappear on your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, and Mac where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Upgrade your iCloud reminders If youve been using Reminders with iOS 12 or earlier, you may need to upgrade your iCloud reminders to use features such as attachments, flags, list colors and icons, and more. 1. Open the Reminders app. 2. On the Welcome to Reminders screen, choose one of the following options:

Upgrade Now: Begin the upgrade process. Upgrade Later: A blue Upgrade button appears above your lists; tap it when youre ready to upgrade your reminders. Note: Upgraded reminders arent backward compatible with the Reminders app in earlier versions of iOS and macOS. See Upgrading the Reminders app in iOS 13 or later. iPad User Guide 370 Add other Reminders accounts You can use the Reminders app to manage your reminders from other accounts, such as Microsoft Exchange, Google, and Yahoo. 1. Go to Settings

> Reminders > Accounts > Add Account. 2. Do any of the following:

Choose an account provider, then sign in to your account. If your account provider isnt listed, tap Other, tap Add CalDAV Account, then enter your server and account information. Note: Some Reminders features described in this guide arent available in accounts from other providers. To stop using an account, go to Settings > Reminders > Accounts, tap the account, then turn off Reminders. Reminders from the account no longer appear on your iPad. Change your Reminders settings 1. Go to Settings

> Reminders. 2. Choose options such as the following:

Siri & Search: Allow content in Reminders to appear in Siri Suggestions or search results. Accounts: Manage your accounts and how often data is updated. Default List: Choose the list for new reminders you create outside of a specific list, such as reminders you create using Siri. Today Notification: Set a time to show notifications for all-day reminders that have been assigned a date without a time. Show as Overdue: The scheduled date turns red for overdue all-day reminders. Mute Notifications: Turn off notifications for assigned reminders. Share and assign reminders on iPad In the Reminders app people who also use iCloud.

, use iCloud to share to-do lists. You can collaborate and assign tasks to other Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use upgraded reminders in your primary iCloud account. Some features arent available when using other accounts. iPad User Guide 371 Share a list using iCloud You can share a list and collaborate with people who use iCloud. People who accept the invitation can add and edit reminders, and mark reminders as completed. 1. While viewing a list, tap

, then tap Share List. 2. Choose how to send your invitation (for example, using Mail or Messages). Assign reminders in a shared list You can assign a reminder to any person on the list, including yourself. 1. Tap the reminder you want to assign, then tap

. 2. Choose a person on the shared list. Tip: To quickly see all reminders assigned to you, use the Assigned to Me Smart List. Print reminders on iPad In the Reminders app

, you can print a list (iPadOS 14.5 or later; not available in Smart Lists). 1. View the list you want to print. 2. Tap

, then tap Print. Safari Browse the web using Safari on iPad

, you can browse the web, add webpages to your reading list to read later, and With the Safari app add page icons to the Home Screen for quick access. If you sign in to iCloud with the same Apple ID on all your devices, you can see pages you have open on other devices, and keep your bookmarks, history, and reading list up to date on all your devices. iPad User Guide 372 View websites with Safari You can easily navigate a webpage with a few taps. Get back to the top: Double-tap the top edge of the screen to quickly return to the top of a long page. See more of the page: Turn iPad to landscape orientation. Refresh the page: Tap next to the address in the search field. Share links: Tap Change text size, display, and website settings On iPad, Safari shows a websites desktop version thats automatically scaled for the iPad display and optimized for touch input. Use the View menu to increase or decrease the text size, switch to Reader view, specify privacy restrictions, and more. iPad User Guide 373 To open the View menu, tap on the left side of the search field, then do any of the following:

Change the font size: Tap the large A to increase the font size or tap the small A to decrease it. View the webpage without ads or navigation menus: Tap Show Reader View (if available). Hide the search field: Tap Hide Toolbar (tap the top of the screen to get it back). View the mobile version of the webpage: Tap Request Mobile Website (if available). Set display and privacy controls for each time you visit this website: Tap Website Settings. View two pages side-by-side in Split View Use Split View to open two Safari pages side-by side. Open a blank page in Split View: Touch and hold

, then tap Open New Window. Open a link in Split View: Touch and hold the link, then tap Open in New Window. Move a window to the other side of Split View: Touch and hold the top of the window, then drag left or right. Close tabs in a Split View window: Touch and hold

. Leave Split View: Drag the divider over the window you want to close. Preview website links Touch and hold a link in Safari to see a preview of the link without opening the page. To open the link, tap the preview, or choose another option. To close the preview and stay on the current page, tap anywhere outside the preview. iPad User Guide 374 Translate a webpage

(Beta) When you encounter a webpage thats in another language, you can use Safari to translate the text. When viewing a webpage in another language, tap

, then tap

. Manage downloads to check the status of a file youre downloading, to access downloaded files quickly, or to drag Tap a downloaded file onto another file or into an email youre working on. You can download files in the background while you continue to use Safari. Use keyboard shortcuts You can navigate in Safari using keyboard shortcuts on an external keyboard. To view available keyboard shortcuts, press and hold the Command key. iPad User Guide 375 Search for websites using Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, enter a URL or a search term to find websites or specific information. Search the web 1. Enter a search term, phrase, or URL in the search field at the top of the page. 2. Tap a search suggestion, or tap Go on the keyboard to search for exactly what you typed. If you dont want to see suggested search terms, go to Settings Engine Suggestions (below Search).

> Safari, then turn off Search Find websites you visited before Safari search suggestions include your open tabs, bookmarks, and pages you recently visited. For example, if you search for iPad, the search suggestions under Switch to Tab include your open tabs related to iPad. Websites related to iPad that you bookmarked or recently visited appear under Bookmarks and History. iPad User Guide 376 Search within websites To search within a website, enter a website followed by a search term in the search field. For example, enter wiki einstein to search Wikipedia for einstein. To turn this feature on or off, go to Settings >

> Safari > Quick Website Search. See your favorites when you enter an address, search, or create a new tab Go to Settings

> Safari > Favorites, then select the folder with the favorites you want to see. Search the page You can find a specific word or phrase on a page. 1. Tap

, then tap Find on Page. 2. Enter the word or phrase in the search field. 3. Tap to find other instances. Choose a search engine Go to Settings

> Safari > Search Engine. Use tabs in Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, use tabs to help you navigate between multiple open webpages. Open a link in a new tab Touch and hold the link, then tap Open in New Tab. Or, tap the link with two fingers. To automatically switch to the new tab whenever you open a link in a new tab, go to Settings Safari > Open Links, then tap In Background.

Browse open tabs Tap or pinch closed with three fingersto view all your open tabs. (If you have several open tabs, tabs for the same site are stacked.) Then do any of the following:

Close a tab: Tap in the upper-left corner, or swipe left on the tab. iPad User Guide 377 View a single tab again: Tap a tab, or tap Done, or pinch open with three fingers. Tip: To see a tabs history, touch and hold or

. Reopen a recently closed tab Touch and hold

, then choose from the list of recently closed tabs. Show or hide the tab bar Go to Settings

> Safari, then turn Show Tab Bar on or off. View tabs that are open on your other devices 1. Sign in to iCloud with the same Apple ID on all your devices. 2. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Safari. Note: To also see tabs open on your Mac, you must have Safari selected in iCloud preferences on your Mac and be signed in with the same Apple ID. 3. Tap

, then scroll to the list at the bottom. To close a tab in the list, swipe left, then tap Close. Bookmark favorite webpages in Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, bookmark websites and add them to Favorites to easily revisit later. iPad User Guide 378 Bookmark the current page Touch and hold

, then tap Add Bookmark. Bookmark open tabs Touch and hold

, then tap Add Bookmarks for [number of] Tabs. View and organize your bookmarks Tap

, then tap the Bookmarks tab. To create a new folder or to delete, rename, or reorder bookmarks, tap Edit. See your Mac bookmarks on iPad Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Safari. Note: You must also have Safari selected in Cloud preferences on your Mac and be signed in with the same Apple ID. iPad User Guide 379 Add a webpage to your favorites Open the page, tap

, then tap Add to Favorites. To edit your favorites, tap or rearrange your favorites.

, tap the Bookmarks tab, tap Favorites, then tap Edit to delete, rename, Quickly see your favorite and frequently visited sites Tap the search field to see your favorites. Scroll down to see frequently visited sites. Note: To avoid seeing a list of these sites, go to Settings Sites.

> Safari, then turn off Frequently Visited Add a website icon to your iPad Home Screen You can add a website icon to your iPad Home Screen for quick access to that site. From the website, tap

, then tap Add to Home Screen. The icon appears only on the device where you add it. Save pages to a reading list in Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, save interesting items in your reading list so you can revisit them later. You can even save the items in your reading list to iCloud and read them later when youre not connected to the internet. Add the current page to your reading list Tap

, then tap Add to Reading List. Tip: To add a linked page without opening it, touch and hold the link, then tap Add to Reading List. View your reading list Tap

, then tap

. To delete an item from your reading list, swipe the item to the left. Automatically save all reading list items to iCloud for offline reading Go to Settings

> Safari, then turn on Automatically Save Offline (below Reading List). iPad User Guide 380 Automatically fill in forms in Safari on iPad In the Safari app and user names and passwords.

, use AutoFill to automatically fill in credit card information, contact information, Fill in a form 1. Tap a field to bring up the keyboard. 2. Tap or above the keyboard to move from field to field. Fill in your contact information automatically When you fill in contact information on a website that supports AutoFill, tap AutoFill Contact above the keyboard. Tap Customize to edit and store your information for next time. Or, tap Other Contact to fill in someone elses information. Add a credit card for purchases 1. Go to Settings

> Safari > AutoFill > Saved Credit Cards > Add Credit Card. 2. To enter the information without typing, tap Use Camera, then position iPad so that your card appears in the frame. You can also save the credit card information when you make an online purchase. See Make your passwords available on all your devices with iPad and iCloud Keychain. Use your credit card information 1. When you fill in credit card information, tap AutoFill Credit Card above the keyboard. 2. Enter your cards security code (for security purposes, this code isnt storedyou must enter it manually each time you use a card). For greater security of your credit card information, use a passcode for iPad. Submit a form Tap Go, Search, or the link on the webpage. Turn off AutoFill iPad User Guide 381 Turn off AutoFill You can turn off AutoFill for your contact or credit card information, and for passwords. Turn off AutoFill for your contact or credit card information: Go to Settings then turn off either option.

> Safari > AutoFill, Turn off AutoFill for passwords: Go to Settings > Passwords, then turn off AutoFill Passwords. Hide ads and distractions in Safari on iPad In the Safari app distracting items.

, use Safari Reader to view a page without ads, navigation menus, or other Show Reader view Reader view formats a webpage to show just the relevant text and images. Tap at the left end of the address field, then tap Show Reader View. To return to the full page, tap

, then tap Hide Reader View. Note: If is dimmed, Reader view isnt available for that page. Automatically use Reader view for a website 1. On a supported website, tap

, then tap Website Settings. 2. Turn on Use Reader Automatically. Block pop-ups Go to Settings

> Safari, then turn on Block Pop-ups. Browse privately in Safari on iPad iPad User Guide 382 You can view the Privacy Report and adjust settings in the Safari app activities private and help protect yourself from malicious websites. to keep your browsing View the Privacy Report Safari helps prevent trackers from following you across websites. You can review the Privacy Report to see a summary of trackers that have been encountered and prevented by Intelligent Tracking Prevention on the current webpage youre visiting. You can also review and adjust Safari settings to keep your browsing activities private from others who use the same device, and help protect yourself from malicious websites. To view the Privacy Report, tap on the left side of the search field, then tap Privacy Report

. Control privacy and security settings for Safari Go to Settings

> Safari, then below Privacy & Security, turn any of the following on or off:

Prevent Cross-Site Tracking: Safari limits third-party cookies and data by default. Turn this option off to allow cross-site tracking. Block All Cookies: Turn this option on to prevent websites from adding cookies to your iPad. (To remove cookies already on iPad, go to Settings > Safari > Clear History and Website Data.) Fraudulent Website Warning: Safari displays a warning if youre visiting a suspected phishing website. Turn this option off if you dont want to be warned of fraudulent websites. Check for Apple Pay: Websites that use Apple Pay can check to see if you have Apple Pay enabled on your device. Turn this option off to prevent websites from checking if you have Apple Pay. When you visit a website using Safari that isnt secure, a warning appears in the Safari search field. Erase your browsing history and data Go to Settings

> Safari > Clear History and Website Data. Visit sites without making history Tap

, then tap Private. While Private Browsing Mode is on, the Safari background is black instead of white, and sites you visit dont appear in History on iPad or in the list of tabs on your other devices. To hide the sites and exit Private Browsing Mode, tap the next time you use Private Browsing Mode.

, then tap Private again. The sites reappear iPad User Guide 383 Summon Siri with a button When you summon Siri with a button and iPad is muted, Siri responds silently. To change this, see Change how Siri responds. 1. Do one of the following:

On an iPad with a Home button: Press and hold the Home button. On other iPad models: Press and hold the top button. EarPods with Remote and Mic: (Available separately) Press and hold the center or call button. 2. When Siri appears, ask Siri a question or to do a task for you. For example, say something like Whats 18 percent of 225? or Set the timer for 3 minutes. 3. To ask Siri another question or to do another task, tap

. You can also summon Siri with a touch on AirPods. See Use Siri with AirPods on iPad. Make a correction if Siri misunderstands you Rephrase your request: Tap

, then say your request in a different way. Spell out part of your request: Tap didnt understand. For example, say Call, then spell the persons name.

, then repeat your request by spelling out any words that Siri Change a message before sending it: Say Change it. Edit your request with text: If you see your request onscreen, you can edit it. Tap the request, then use the onscreen keyboard. Type instead of speaking to Siri 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Siri, then turn on Type to Siri. 2. To make a request, summon Siri, then use the keyboard and text field to ask Siri a question or to do a task for you. If Siri doesnt work as expected on your iPad, see the Apple Support article If Siri or Hey Siri isnt working. Siri is designed to protect your information, and you can choose what you share. To learn more, see the Apple Support article Ask Siri, Dictation & Privacy. iPad User Guide 404 Find out what Siri can do on iPad Use Siri on iPad to get information and perform tasks. Siri and its response appear on top of what youre currently doing, allowing you to refer to information onscreen. Siri is interactive. When Siri displays a web link, you can tap it to see more information in your default web browser. When the onscreen response from Siri includes buttons or controls, you can tap them to take further action. And you can tap Siri again to ask another question or do an additional task for you. Find answers to your questions: Say something like Hey Siri, what causes a rainbow, Hey Siri, what does a cat sound like, Hey Siri, what was the score of the Orioles game yesterday, or Hey Siri, whats the derivative of cosine x?

Perform tasks with apps on iPad: Use Siri to control apps with your voice. For example, to create an event in Calendar, say something like Hey Siri, set up a meeting with Gordon at 9, or to add an item to Reminders, say something like Hey Siri, add zucchini and garlic to my groceries list. Hear about your day: Say something like Hey Siri, whats my update? Siri will tell you about your weather, news, reminders, calendar events, and more. Answer calls: Siri can identify a phone or FaceTime caller and let you answer the call with only your voice. See Announce calls with Siri on iPad. iPad User Guide 405 Send and reply to messages: Say something like Hey Siri, send a message to Eliza saying how about tomorrow or Hey Siri, reply thats great news. You can even use Siri to send audio messages. If you connect your AirPods (AirPods Max, AirPods Pro, and AirPods 2nd generation) to your iPad and a message arrives, Siri can read the message to you, even if your iPad is locked. Siri listens after reading messages so you can reply without saying Hey Siri. See Listen and respond to messages with AirPods on iPad. Translate languages: Say something like Hey Siri, how do you say Thank You in Mandarin? or Hey Siri, what languages can you translate?

Play a radio station: Say something like Hey Siri, play Wild 94.9 or Hey Siri, tune into ESPN Radio. Let Siri show you more examples: Say something like Hey Siri, what can you do?

Additional examples appear throughout this guide. To learn more about Siri, go to the Siri website. Tell Siri about yourself on iPad If you tell Siri about yourselfincluding things like your home and work addresses, and your relationshipsyou can get personalized service so you can say things like Send a message to my husband and FaceTime mom. Tell Siri who you are 1. Open Contacts

, then fill out your contact information. 2. Go to Settings

> Siri & Search > My Information, then tap your name. Tell Siri how to say your name Say something like Hey Siri, learn to pronounce my name. Tell Siri about a relationship iPad User Guide 406 Tell Siri about a relationship Say something like Hey Siri, Eliza Block is my wife or Hey Siri, Ashley Kamin is my mom. Keep what Siri knows about you up to date on your Apple devices On each device, go to Settings

, then sign in with the same Apple ID. If you use iCloud, your Siri settings stay up to date across your Apple devices using end-to-end encryption. If you set up Hey Siri, a small sample of your requests also stay up to date using end-to-

end encryption to improve personalized Hey Siri recognition on each device. To prevent Siri information from being updated between iPad and your other devices, go to Settings >

[your name] > iCloud, then turn off Siri. Note: Siri uses Location Services when your requests require knowing your location. When Location Services is turned on, the location of your device at the time you make a request is sent to Apple to improve the accuracy of responses from Siri and Dictation. See Control the location information you share on iPad. Announce calls with Siri on iPad With Announce Calls, Siri identifies incoming FaceTime calls, which you can accept or decline using your voice. Announce Calls also works with supported third-party apps. 1. Go to Settings

> Siri & Search > Announce Calls, then choose Always, Headphones & Car, or Headphones Only (supported headphones). 2. When a call comes in, Siri identifies the caller. Ask Siri. Say something like: Hey Siri, answer the call or Hey Siri, decline the call. Learn how to ask Siri. If iPad is connected to supported headphones, Siri asks if you want to answer the call. Say yes to accept the call or no to decline it (iPadOS 14.5 or later). Add Siri Shortcuts on iPad Some apps offer shortcuts for things you do frequently, so you can ask Siri to do them for you. For example, a travel app might let you view your upcoming trip event just by asking Siri Where am I going next?

iPad User Guide 407 Add a suggested shortcut Tap Add to Siri when you see a suggestion for a shortcut, then follow the onscreen instructions to record a phrase of your choice that performs the shortcut. You can also use the Shortcuts app to create a new shortcut that uses Siri, or to manage, re-record, and delete existing Siri shortcuts. See the Shortcuts User Guide. Use a shortcut Summon Siri, then speak your phrase for the shortcut. See Ask Siri on iPad. Based on your routines and how you use your apps, Siri also suggests shortcuts on the Home Screen, Lock Screen, and when you start a search. To turn off shortcut suggestions for an app, go to Settings

> Siri & Search, tap the app, then turn off Suggest Shortcuts for App for the Home Screen, the Lock Screen, or both. About Siri Suggestions on iPad Siri makes suggestions for what you might want to do next, such as confirm an appointment or send an email, based on your routines and how you use your apps. For example, Siri might help when you do any of the following:

Glance at the Lock Screen or start a search: As Siri learns your routines, you get suggestions for just what you need, at just the right time. Create email and events: When you start adding people to an email or calendar event, Siri suggests the people you included in previous emails or events. Leave for an event: If your calendar event includes a location, Siri assesses traffic conditions and notifies you when to leave. See your flight status: If you have a boarding pass in Mail, Siri shows your flight status in Maps. You can tap the suggestion when youre ready to get directions to the airport. Type: As you enter text, Siri can suggest names of movies, placesanything you viewed on iPad recently. If you tell a friend youre on your way, Siri can even suggest your estimated arrival time. Search in Safari: Siri suggests websites and other information in the search field as you type.

(iPad Air 2 and later) Above the keyboard, Siri also suggests words and phrases based on what you were just reading. Confirm an appointment or book a flight on a travel website: (iPad Air 2 and later) Siri asks if you want to add it to your calendar. Read News stories: As Siri learns which topics youre interested in, theyll be suggested in News. iPad User Guide 408 To change the settings for Siri Suggestions, see Change Siri settings on iPad. Your personal informationwhich is encrypted and remains privatestays up to date across all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. As Siri learns about you on one device, your experience with Siri is improved on your other devices. If you dont want Siri personalization to update across your devices, you can disable Siri in iCloud settings. See Keep what Siri knows about you up to date on your Apple devices. Siri is designed to protect your information, and you can choose what you share. To learn more, see the Apple Support article Siri Suggestions, Search & Privacy. Change Siri settings on iPad You can change the voice for Siri, prevent access to Siri when your device is locked, and more. For information about how to set up and use Siri, see Ask Siri on iPad. Change when Siri responds Go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then do any of the following:

Prevent Siri from responding to the voice command Hey Siri: Turn off Listen for Hey Siri. Prevent Siri from responding to the Home button or the top button: Turn off Press Home for Siri

(on an iPad with a Home button) or Press Top Button for Siri (on other iPad models). Prevent access to Siri when iPad is locked: Turn off Allow Siri When Locked. Change the language Siri responds to: Tap Language, then select a new language. You can also summon Siri by typing. See Type instead of speaking to Siri. Change how Siri responds Go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then do any of the following:

Change the voice for Siri: (not available in all languages) Tap Siri Voice, then choose a different variety or voice. Change when Siri provides voice responses: Tap Siri Responses, then choose an option below Spoken Responses. Always see the response from Siri onscreen: Tap Siri Responses, then turn on Always Show Siri Captions. See your request onscreen: Tap Siri Responses, then turn on Always Show Speech. iPad User Guide 409 Hide apps when you summon Siri If you dont want the active app to remain visible behind Siri, go to Settings then turn off Show Apps Behind Siri.

> Accessibility > Siri, Change where Siri Suggestions appear Go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then turn on or off any of the following:

Suggestions while Searching Suggestions on Lock Screen Suggestions on Home Screen Suggestions when Sharing See About Siri Suggestions on iPad. Change Siri settings for a specific app You can change the Siri Suggestions and Siri Shortcuts settings for any app. Go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then select an app. Adjust the Siri voice volume You can say something like, Turn up the volume or Turn down the volume. Or use the volume buttons. See Adjust the volume on iPad. Retrain Siri with your voice Go to Settings again.

> Siri & Search, turn off Listen for Hey Siri, then turn on Listen for Hey Siri To change Siri accessibility settings, see Use accessibility features with Siri on iPad. If Siri doesnt work as expected on your iPad, see the Apple Support article If Siri or Hey Siri isnt working. iPad User Guide 410 Family Sharing Set up Family Sharing on iPad With Family Sharing, family members can share purchases, subscriptions, an iCloud storage plan, Screen Time information, and more, all without sharing accounts. To use Family Sharing, one adult family member (the organizer) chooses features for the family to share and invites up to five other family members to participate. When family members join, Family Sharing is set up on their devices automatically. You can be part of only one family group at a time. Family Sharing is available on eligible devices. See the Apple Support article System requirements for iCloud. Set up Family Sharing Family Sharing requires you (the organizer) to sign in with your Apple ID and to confirm the Apple ID you use for the iTunes Store, the App Store, and Apple Books (you usually use the same Apple ID for everything). 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing, then follow the onscreen instructions to set up your family group. You can add family members or create an account for a child. 2. Tap a feature you want to share, then follow the onscreen instructions. To learn more about Family Sharing features, see the following:

Subscriptions and iCloud storage: You can share Apple subscriptions, an iCloud storage plan, and App Store subscriptions. See Share subscriptions and iCloud storage with family members. Purchases: You can share iTunes Store, App Store, Apple Books, and Apple TV purchases. See Download family members purchases. Locations: When you share your location with family members, they can use the Find My app to see your location and help locate a missing device. See Share your location with family members and Locate a family members missing device. Features for children: You can manage your childrens spending and how they use their Apple devices. See Turn on Ask To Buy for children, Set up Apple Cash Family, and Set up Screen Time through Family Sharing. Depending on the features you choose, you may be asked to set up a subscription. If you choose to share App Store, music, movie, TV, and book purchases with your family members, you agree to pay for any purchases they initiate while part of the family group. Adult and teen family members can turn off purchase sharing for themselves. iPad User Guide 411 You can also share photos, a calendar, and more with family members. Add a family member The organizer of the family group can add a family member. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing, then tap Add Member. 2. Tap Invite People, then follow the onscreen instructions. You can send the invitation using AirDrop, Messages, or Mail. If youre near the family member, you can also tap Invite in Person and ask the family member to enter their Apple ID and password on the screen called Family Members Apple ID. Create an Apple ID for a child The organizer, a parent, or a guardian can create an Apple ID for a child in a Family group. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Do one of the following:

If youre the organizer: Tap Add Member, tap Create an Account for a Child, then follow the onscreen instructions. If youre a parent or guardian: Tap Add Child, then follow the onscreen instructions. For more information about child accounts, see the Apple Support article Family Sharing and Apple ID for your child. See what youre sharing with your family You can see what youre sharing with your family and adjust sharing settings at any time. Features you share with your family appear above those you havent shared. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap a feature, then do any of the following:

If you havent set up the feature: Follow the onscreen instructions to set it up. If you have set up the feature: Review and adjust sharing settings. Leave or turn off Family Sharing 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing > [your name]. iPad User Guide 412 2. Do one of the following:

Disband the family group: Tap Stop Using Family. Only the organizer can disband the family group. Leave family sharing: Tap Stop Using Family Sharing. Young children cannot remove themselves from a family group, and they must be moved to another family before you disband yours. See the Apple Support article Leave Family Sharing. Download family members purchases on iPad When you set up Family Sharing, you and up to five family members can share iTunes Store, App Store, Apple Books, and Apple TV purchases. When your family shares App Store, music, movie, TV, and book purchases, all items are billed directly to the family organizers Apple ID account. Adult and teen family members can turn off purchase sharing for themselves. The family organizer can also require that children in the family group request approval for purchases or free downloads. See Turn on Ask To Buy for children on iPad. Once purchased, an item is added to the initiating family members account and eligible purchases are shared with the rest of the family. Download shared purchases from the iTunes Store 1. Open the iTunes Store

, then tap Purchased. 2. Tap My Purchases at the top left. 3. Choose a family member. 4. Tap a category (for example, Music) at the top of the screen, tap a purchased item, then tap to download it. Download shared purchases from the App Store 1. Open the App Store

. 2. Tap or your profile pictureat the top right. 3. Tap Purchased, choose a family member, then tap next to a purchased item to download it. Download shared purchases from Apple Books iPad User Guide 413 1. Open the Books app

. 2. Tap

, or your profile picture, at the top right. 3. Tap the name of a family member under Family Purchases, then tap a category (for example, Books or Audiobooks). 4. Tap All, Recent Purchases, or a genre, then tap next to a purchased item to download it. Download shared purchases from the Apple TV app 1. Open the Apple TV app

. 2. Tap Library, tap Family Sharing, then choose a family member. 3. Tap a category (for example, TV Shows or Movies) or a genre, tap a purchased item, then tap to download it. If you dont want to share a specific item with your family members, see the Apple Support article Hide and unhide music, movies, TV shows, audiobooks, and books. You can also share subscriptions and iCloud storage with family members. Stop sharing purchases with your family members on iPad With Family Sharing, the organizer can turn on purchase sharing. Any purchases family members make from the iTunes Store, the App Store, Apple Books, and Apple TV are billed directly to the organizers Apple ID account. If adult and teen family members dont want to share purchases and billing information with family members, they can turn off purchase sharing for themselves. Note: The family organizer can also require that children in the family group request approval for purchases or free downloads. See Turn on Ask To Buy for children on iPad. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap Purchase Sharing, then turn off Share Purchases with Family. If the organizer wants to turn off purchase sharing entirely, they can tap Stop Purchase Sharing. If you dont want to share a specific item with your family members, see the Apple Support article Hide and unhide music, movies, TV shows, audiobooks, and books. iPad User Guide 414 Turn on Ask To Buy for children on iPad When you set up Family Sharing, the family organizer can require that children in the family group request approval for purchases or free downloads. Purchases can be approved by the organizer or a parent or guardian in the family group. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap Ask To Buy, then do one of the following:

If there isnt a child in your family group: Tap Add Child or Create A Child Account, then follow the onscreen instructions. If there is a child in your family group: Tap the childs name, then turn on Ask To Buy. Note: Age restrictions for Ask To Buy vary by region. In the United States, the family organizer can turn on Ask To Buy for any family member under age 18; for children under age 13, its turned on by default. Set up Apple Cash Family on iPad (U.S. only) With Family Sharing, the organizer can set up an Apple Cash account for a child in the family group, and use the Wallet app on iPhone to see the card balance, monitor transactions, and limit who the child can send money to. For more information about system requirements and how to manage Apple Cash accounts, see the Apple Support article Set up and use Apple Cash Family. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap Apple Cash, then do one of the following:

If there isnt a child in your family group: Tap Add Child or Create A Child Account, then follow the onscreen instructions. If there is a child in your family group: Tap the childs name, tap Set Up Apple Cash, then follow the onscreen instructions. Share subscriptions and iCloud storage with family members on iPad When youre in a Family Sharing group, you can share Apple subscriptions, an iCloud storage plan, and eligible App Store subscriptions with other family members. iPad User Guide 415 Not all services are available in all countries or regions, and some selections are subject to content restrictions set in Screen Time. Share Apple subscriptions and an iCloud storage plan 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap a subscription, then follow the onscreen instructions to sign up. See any of the following to learn more. Apple Arcade: See Get apps in the App Store on iPad. All members of your family can download and play Apple Arcade games from the App Store. Each player gets a personalized account your progress is carried over between devices. Apple Fitness+: See All about Apple Fitness+ in the Apple Watch User Guide. All members of your family can access workouts in the Fitness app on their iPhone or iPad. Apple Music: See Subscribe to Apple Music on iPad. Each family member gets their own music library and personal recommendations. Apple News+: See Subscribe to Apple News+ on iPad. All members of your family can read Apple News+ publications for no additional charge. Apple TV+ and Apple TV channels: See Set up the Apple TV app on iPad. Each family member can watch on their iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, Apple TV, and supported smart TVs and streaming devices, using their own Apple ID and password. iCloud storage: See the Apple Support article Share an iCloud storage plan with your family. Your family can share an iCloud storage plan of 200 GB or more. When you share a storage plan, you simply share the available storage space. Your photos and documents stay private and everyone keeps using their own accounts with iCloud. For information about combining your Apple subscriptions, see the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One. Share App Store subscriptions You can choose which eligible App Store information about the App Store, see Get apps in the App Store on iPad. subscriptions you share with family members. For 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Subscriptions. iPad User Guide 416 2. Do either of the following:

Share all new subscriptions: Turn on Share New Subscriptions. When you purchase a new subscription thats eligible for sharing, its shared with your family members by default. Change the settings of a specific subscription: Tap a subscription, then turn Share with Family on or off. If you dont see Share with Family, the subscription is not eligible for sharing. To see which subscriptions youre already sharing, go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. You can also share iTunes Store, App Store, Apple Books, and Apple TV purchases with family members. See Download family members purchases on iPad. Share photos, a calendar, and more with family members on iPad With Family Sharing on iPad, you can share a family photo album, a family calendar, your location, and more. Share photos, calendars, reminders, and files You can use iCloud to keep your family members connected. Share any of the following:

Photos and videos: See Share iPad photos with Shared Albums in iCloud. Calendars: See Share iCloud calendars on iPad. Reminder list: See Share and assign reminders on iPad. Documents and files: See Share files and folders in iCloud Drive on iPad. Share your location with family members With Family Sharing, you can share your location with members of your family group. When the family organizer sets up location sharing in Family Sharing settings, the organizers location is automatically shared with everyone in the family. Then, family members can choose whether or not to share their location. When you share your location, your family members can see your location in Find My and, if your device is lost, they can help you locate it. You can also get notified when family members change their locationsfor example, if a child leaves school during school hours. Note: To share your location, you must have Location Services turned on in Settings

> Privacy. iPad User Guide 417 1. Go to Settings > [your name] > Family Sharing > Location Sharing, then turn on Share My Location. 2. If your iPad isnt currently sharing your location, tap Use This iPad as My Location. 3. Tap the name of a family member you want to share your location with, then tap Share My Location. You can repeat this step for each family member you want to share your location with. Each family member receives a message that youre sharing your location and can choose to share their location with you. 4. To stop sharing your location with a family member, tap the name of the family member, then tap Stop Sharing My Location. You can also send or share your location from the Messages app picture or name at the top of the conversation, tap Location. Tap your family members profile

, then tap Send My Current Location or Share My Share a Personal Hotspot With Family Sharing, you can share an internet connection through a Personal Hotspot with members of your family group. When a member of your family group sets up a Personal Hotspot, other family members can use it without having to enter the password. See Share your internet connection from iPad (Wi-Fi + cellular). Locate a family members missing device on iPad When youre in a Family Sharing group and family members share their locations with you, you can use the Find My app help a family member find a lost device. on your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac, or Find My iPhone on iCloud.com to Set up your iPad to be found by a family member A family member can help locate your missing iPad if you do the following on the device before its lost:

Turn on Location Services: Go to Settings

> Privacy, then turn on Location Services. Turn on Find My iPad: Go to Settings > [your name] > Find My > Find My iPad, then turn on Find My iPad, Find My network, and Send Last Location. To set up other devices, see Add your iPad to Find My. Share your location with family members: Go to Settings > [your name] > Family Sharing >

Location Sharing, then turn on Share My Location. iPad User Guide 418 Locate a family members device See Locate a device in Find My on iPad. Your devices are at the top of the list, and your family members devices are below yours. You can also use Find My iPhone on iCloud.com to locate a family members missing device. See Locate a device in Find My iPhone on iCloud.com in the iCloud User Guide. Set up Screen Time through Family Sharing on iPad You can set up Screen Time for your child through Family Sharing. This includes downtime, allowances for app use, the contacts your child communicates with, content ratings, and more. Screen Time also lets you and your child see how theyre using their devices and use that information to structure their device use. To use Screen Time, your child must be using an eligible device. See the Screen Time section in the Apple Support article System Requirements for iCloud. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing > Screen Time. 2. Tap the name of a family member, tap Turn on Screen Time, then follow the onscreen instructions. For information about Screen Time settings, see Set up Screen Time for a family member on iPad. iPad User Guide 419 Important: If you set up Screen Time for a child through Family Sharing and you forget the family Screen Time passcode, you can reset it. See the Apple Support article If you forgot your Screen Time passcode. For information about child accounts in Family Sharing, see the Apple Support article Family Sharing and Apple ID for your child. iPad User Guide 420 Screen Time View your Screen Time summary on iPad Screen Time shows you how you use your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Macincluding which apps and websites you spend time with, how often you pick up your iPad, and so on. You can use this information to help you make decisions about managing the time you spend on your devices. You can set allowances and limits for using certain apps and websites, prevent access to explicit music and web content, and more. When you set up Screen Time, it begins building a description of your device use, including:

How much time you spend using apps by category (social networking, entertainment, reading, and so on) A breakdown of your app use by time of day How long you spend using each app, and which apps you used beyond your time limit An overview of the types of notifications you get, and which apps are sending you the most notifications How often you pick up your device and which apps you usethat is, how many times each app was the first one used after picking up the device. You can tap each app in your Screen Time summary to see more information about its use. When Screen Time is set up, you can view your summary in Settings Activity. You can see a summary of your device use for the current day or the past week.

> Screen Time > See All iPad User Guide 421 Set up Screen Time for yourself on iPad With Screen Time, you can set allowances and limits for your app use, schedule downtime, and more. You can change or turn off any of these settings at any time. Set downtime You can block apps and notifications during periods when you want time away from your devices. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. Tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My iPad. 3. Tap Downtime, then turn on Downtime. 4. Select Every Day or Customize Days, then set the start and end times. Set app limits You can set a time limit for a category of apps (for example, Games or Social Networking) and for individual apps. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time. iPad User Guide 422 2. If you havent already turned on Screen Time, tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My iPad. 3. Tap App Limits, then tap Add Limit. 4. Select one or more app categories. To set limits for individual apps, tap the category name to see all the apps in that category, then select the apps you want to limit. If you select multiple categories or apps, the time limit you set applies to all of them. 5. Tap Next, then set the amount of time allowed. To set an amount of time for each day, tap Customize Days, then set limits for specific days. 6. To set a limit for more apps or categories, tap Choose Apps, then repeat step 5. 7. When you finish setting limits, tap Add to return to the App Limits screen. To temporarily turn off all app limits, tap App Limits on the App Limits screen. To temporarily turn off a limit for a specific category, tap the category, then tap App Limit. To remove a limit for a category, tap the category, then tap Delete Limit. Set communication limits You can block incoming and outgoing communicationincluding phone calls, FaceTime calls, and messagesfrom specific contacts in iCloud, either at all times or during certain periods. 1. If you havent already turned on Contacts in iCloud, go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Contacts. 2. Go to Settings

> Screen Time. 3. If you havent already turned on Screen Time, tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My iPad. 4. Tap Communication Limits, then do any of the following:

Limit communication at any time: Tap During Screen Time, then select Contacts Only, Contacts

& Groups with at Least One Contact, or Everyone. Limit communication during downtime: Tap During Downtime. The option you selected for During Screen Time is already set here. You can change this setting to Specific Contacts. If you select Specific Contacts, tap either Choose From My Contacts or Add New Contact to select people you want to allow communication with during downtime. If someone whos currently blocked by your Communication Limit settings tries to call you (by phone or FaceTime), or send you a message, their communication wont go through. iPad User Guide 423 If you try to call or send a message to someone whos currently blocked by your Communication Limit settings, their name or number appears in red with a Screen Time hourglass icon, and your communication wont go through. If the limit applies only to downtime, you receive a Time Limit message. You can resume communication with the contact when downtime is over. To resume communication with contacts who are blocked by your Communication Limit settings, change the settings by following the steps above. Choose apps you want to allow at all times You can specify apps that you want to be able to use at any time (for example, in the event of an emergency), even during downtime. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. If you havent already turned on Screen Time, tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My iPad. 3. Tap Always Allowed, then tap or next to an app to add or remove it from the Allowed Apps list. Set content and privacy restrictions You can block inappropriate content and set restrictions for iTunes Store and App Store purchases. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. If you havent already turned on Screen Time, tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My iPad. 3. Tap Content & Privacy Restrictions, turn on Content & Privacy Restrictions, then tap options to set content allowances for iTunes Store and App Store purchases, app use, content ratings, and so on. You can also set a passcode thats required before changing settings. To share your Screen Time settings and reports across all your devices, make sure youre signed in with the same Apple ID and Share Across Devices is turned on. Set up Screen Time for a family member on iPad Screen Time lets you see how family members are using their devices, so you can structure the time they spend on them. You can set up Screen Time for a family member on their device or, if youve set up Family Sharing, you can set up Screen Time for a family member on your device. See Set up Screen Time through Family Sharing on iPad and the Apple Support article Family Sharing and Apple ID for your child. iPad User Guide 424 Set downtime and app limits on a family members device 1. On your family members device, go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. Tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My Childs iPad. 3. To schedule downtime for your family member (time away from the screen), enter the start and end times, then tap Set Downtime. 4. To set limits for categories of apps you want to manage (for example, Games or Social Networking), select the categories. To see all the categories, tap Show All Categories. 5. Tap Set, enter an amount of time, then tap Set App Limit. 6. Tap Continue, then enter a Screen Time passcode for managing your family members Screen Time settings. Set communication limits on a family members device You can block incoming and outgoing communication on your family members deviceincluding phone calls, FaceTime calls, and messagesfrom specific contacts, either at all times or during certain periods. 1. If you havent already turned on Contacts in iCloud on your family members device, go to Settings

> [childs name] > iCloud, then turn on Contacts. Note: You can only manage your family members communication if theyre using Contacts in iCloud. 2. On your family members device, go to Settings

> Screen Time. 3. If you havent already turned on Screen Time, tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My Childs iPad. iPad User Guide 425 4. Tap Communication Limits, then do any of the following:

Limit communication at any time: Tap During Screen Time, then select Contacts Only, Contacts

& Groups with at Least One Contact, or Everyone. Limit communication during downtime: Tap During Downtime. The option you selected for During Screen Time is already set here. You can change this setting to Specific Contacts. If you select Specific Contacts, tap either Choose From My Contacts or Add New Contact to select people you want to allow communication with during downtime. Manage a childs contacts: If youre using Family Sharing, you can manage your childs contacts. Tap Manage [childs name] Contacts. If your child already has contacts in iCloud, they receive a notification on their device asking them to approve the request to manage them. If they dont have contacts, they dont get a notification and you can immediately add contacts. When you manage your childs contacts, a new row appears beneath Manage [childs name]

Contacts to show how many contacts they have. You can view and edit those contacts by tapping that row. Allow contact editing: Tap Allow Contact Editing to turn off this option and prevent your child from editing their contacts. Turning off contact editing and limiting communication at any time to Contacts Only is a good way to control who your child can communicate with and when they can be contacted. If someone whos currently blocked by the Communication Limit settings tries to call your family member (by phone or FaceTime), or send them a message, their communication wont go through. If your family member tries to call or send a message to someone whos currently blocked by the Communication Limit settings, the recipients name or number appears in red with a Screen Time hourglass icon, and the communication wont go through. If the limit applies only to downtime, your family member receives a Time Limit message and can resume communication with the contact when downtime is over. To allow your family member to communicate with contacts who are blocked by the Communication Limit settings, change the settings by following the steps above. Choose which apps to allow at all times on a family members device You can set which apps you want your family member to be able to use at any time. 1. On your family members device, go to Settings > Screen Time. 2. If you havent already turned on Screen Time, tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My Childs iPad. iPad User Guide 426 3. Tap Always Allowed, then tap or next to an app to add or remove it from the list. Note: If your family member needs health or accessibility apps, make sure theyre in the Allowed Apps list. If Messages isnt always allowed, your family member may not be able to send or receive messages (including to emergency numbers and contacts) during downtime or after the app limit has expired. Set content and privacy restrictions on a family members device You can help ensure that the content on your family members device is age appropriate by limiting the explicitness ratings in Content & Privacy Restrictions. 1. On your family members device, go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. If you havent already turned on Screen Time, tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My Childs iPad. 3. Tap Content & Privacy Restrictions, then turn on Content & Privacy Restrictions. 4. Choose specific content and privacy options, then tap

. Note: To prevent changes to the maximum headphone volume, tap Reduce Loud Sounds, then select Dont Allow. See Limit the headphone volume. Add or change Screen Time settings for a family member later To add or change Screen Time settings later, follow the steps described in Set up Screen Time for yourself on iPad. Important: If you set up Screen Time for a family member on their device (not through Family Sharing), and you forget the Screen Time passcode, you can use your Apple ID to reset it. However, if you set up Screen Time for a family member on your device through Family Sharing and you forget your Screen Time passcode, you can reset it on your device using your device passcode, Touch ID, or Face ID. Get a report of your device use on iPad When you have Screen Time set up, you can get a report of your device use. iPad User Guide 427 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. Tap See All Activity, then do any of the following:

Tap Week to see a summary of your weekly use. Tap Day to see a summary of your daily use. You can also view your summary by tapping a Screen Time Weekly Report notification when it appears on your screen. (If the notification disappears, you can find it in Notification Center. Alternatively, you can add a widget for Screen Time to Today View.) iPad User Guide 428 Apple Pay Set up Apple Pay on iPad Set up Apple Pay to make secure payments in apps and on websites that support Apple Pay. In Messages, you can send and receive money from friends and family or make purchases using Business Chat. Add a credit or debit card 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay. 2. Tap Add Cards. You may be asked to sign in with your Apple ID. 3. Do one of the following:

Add a new card: Position iPad so that your card appears in the frame, or enter the card details manually. Add your previous cards: Select the card associated with your Apple ID, cards you use with Apple Pay on your other devices, or cards that you removed. Tap Continue, then enter the CVV number of each card. Alternatively, you may be able to add your card from the app of the bank or card issuer. The card issuer determines whether your card is eligible for Apple Pay, and may ask you for additional information to complete the verification process. View the information for a card and change its settings 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay. 2. Tap a card, then do any of the following:

Tap Transactions to view your recent history. To hide this information, turn off Transaction History. To view all your Apple Pay activity, see the statement from your card issuer. View the last four digits of the card number and Device Account Numberthe number transmitted to the merchant. Change the billing address. Remove the card from Apple Pay. Change your Apple Pay settings iPad User Guide 429 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay. 2. Do any of the following:

Set your default card. Add the shipping address and contact information for purchases. Remove your cards from Apple Pay if your iPad is lost or stolen If you enabled Find My iPhone, you can use it to help locate and secure your iPad. To remove your cards from Apple Pay, do any of the following:

On a Mac or PC: Sign in to your Apple ID account. In the Devices section, click the lost iPad. Below the list of cards, click Remove all. On another iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch: Go to Settings tap Remove All Cards (below Apple Pay).

> [your name], tap the lost iPad, then Call the issuers of your cards. If you remove cards, you can add them again later. If you sign out of iCloud in Settings > [your name], all your credit and debit cards for Apple Pay are removed from iPad. You can add the cards again the next time you sign in. Note: The availability of Apple Pay and its features varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article Countries and regions that support Apple Pay. Use Apple Pay in apps, App Clips, and Safari on iPad You can make purchases using Apple Pay in apps, in App Clips, and on the web using Safari wherever you see the Apple Pay button. iPad User Guide 430 Pay in an app, in an App Clip, or on the web 1. During checkout, tap the Apple Pay button. 2. Review the payment information. You can change the credit card, shipping address, and contact information. 3. Complete the payment:

On an iPad with Touch ID: Authenticate with Touch ID or enter your passcode. On an iPad with Face ID: Double-click the top button, then glance at iPad to authenticate with Face ID, or enter your passcode. Change your default shipping and contact information 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay. 2. Set any of the following:

Shipping address Email Phone Set up and use Apple Cash on iPad (U.S. only) iPad User Guide 431 When you receive money in Messages, its added to your Apple Cash. You can use Apple Cash right away wherever you would use Apple Pay. You can also transfer your Apple Cash balance to your bank account. Set up Apple Cash Do any of the following:

Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, then turn on Apple Cash. In Messages, send or accept a payment. See Pay in apps or on the web using Apple Pay. Use Apple Cash You can use Apple Cash wherever you use Apple Pay:

Send and receive money with Apple Pay (U.S. only) Pay in apps or on the web using Apple Pay Manage your Apple Cash 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap Apple Cash. iPad User Guide 432 2. Do any of the following:

Add money from a debit card. Transfer money to your bank. See the Apple Support article Transfer money in Apple Cash to your bank account or Visa debit card. Update your bank account information. Tap Transactions to view your history and details (including comments sent with payments), manually accept or reject individual payments, and request a statement. Choose to manually or automatically accept all payments. You have 7 days to manually accept a payment before its returned to the sender. Verify your identity for account servicing and to increase your transaction limits. Contact Apple Support. Apple Cash and sending and receiving payments through Apple Pay are services provided by Green Dot Bank, member FDIC. Set up and use Apple Card on iPad (U.S. only) Apple Card is a credit card created by Apple and designed to help you lead a healthier financial life. You can sign up for Apple Card on iPad in minutes and start using it with Apple Pay right away in stores, in apps, or online worldwide. Apple Card gives you easy-to-understand, real-time views of your latest transactions and balance, and Apple Card support is available anytime by simply sending a text from Messages. Get Apple Card 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Add Card, then tap Apply for Apple Card. iPad User Guide 433 2. Enter your information, then agree to the terms and conditions to submit your application. 3. Review the details of your Apple Card offer, including the credit limit and APR, then accept Apple Card or tap No Thanks to decline. 4. If you accept the terms, you can do any of the following:

Set Apple Card as your default card for Apple Pay transactions. Get a physical Apple Card to use where Apple Pay isnt accepted. Use Apple Card On iPad, you can use Apple Card to make Apple Pay purchases in apps or on the web. You can also use Apple Card at locations where Apple Pay isnt accepted:

In apps, on the web, or over the phone: Go to Settings then tap Card Information to see the card number, expiration date, and security code. Use this information to make your purchase.

> Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Apple Card, In stores, restaurants, and other locations: Use the physical card. View transactions and statements Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Apple Card, then do any of the following:

Review your transactions: Tap Transactions, then review your latest transactions, or scroll down to see all your transactions grouped by year. Get monthly statements: Tap Card Balance to see last months balance, new spending, and payments and credits. Scroll down to see your monthly statements. Tap a statement to see the summary for that month, download a PDF statement, or export transactions to a CSV or OFX file. Make payments Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Apple Card, then do any of the following:

Schedule payments: Tap Scheduled Payments, choose Pay My Bill or Pay Different Amount, enter the payment details (such as the account and date), then authenticate with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode. Make a one-time payment: Tap Make a Payment, drag the checkmark to adjust the payment amount or tap Show Keypad to enter an amount, tap Pay Now or Pay Later, review the payment details (such as the payment account), then authenticate with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode. iPad User Guide 434 View Apple Card details, change settings, contact support, and more Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Apple Card, then do any of the following:

View card information. View credit details. Add or remove linked bank accounts. Lock your physical card and request a replacement card. Get support through Messages, by phone, or on the Apple Card Support website. iPad User Guide 435 Accessories Accessories included with iPad The following accessories are included with iPad:

USB power adapter Use the adapter with the Lightning to USB Cable to charge the iPad battery. The size and type of the adapter depends on your iPad model and your country or region. USB-C Power Adapter (iPad (8th generation), iPad Air (4th generation), iPad Pro 11-inch, and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation and later)) Use the adapter with the USB-C Cable to charge the iPad battery. Lightning to USB-C Cable (iPad (8th generation)) Use the cable to connect iPad to the USB-C power adapter or to your computer. Lightning to USB Cable Use the cable to connect iPad to the USB power adapter or to your computer. iPad User Guide 436 USB-C Charge Cable (iPad Air (4th generation), iPad Pro 11-inch, and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation and later)) Use the cable to connect iPad to the USB-C power adapter or to your computer. SIM eject tool (cellular models) (not included in all countries or regions) Insert the SIM eject tool into the small hole of the SIM card tray, then push in toward iPad to eject the tray. See Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). AirPods and other headphones Set up AirPods with iPad Set up AirPods to listen to music, movies, text messages, and more. You can also use AirPods to make and answer FaceTime calls with your iPad. Note: If you need to charge your AirPods before setup, see Charge AirPods to use with iPad. Pair AirPods with your iPad 1. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then turn on Bluetooth. 2. Go to the Home Screen on your iPad. iPad User Guide 437 3. Do one of the following:

AirPods Max: Press the noise control button on the right headphone, then hold AirPods Max next to your iPad (iPadOS 14.3 or later). AirPods Pro or AirPods: (1st and 2nd generation) Open the case with your AirPods inside, then hold it next to your iPad. 4. Follow the onscreen instructions, then tap Done. Your AirPods are automatically paired with all of your supported devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID (iOS 10, iPadOS 13, macOS 10.12, watchOS 3, or later required). Note: If you cant pair your AirPods, see the Apple Support article If your AirPods wont connect. Find the best fit (AirPods Pro) To see which of the included ear tips provide the best seal, run the fit detection test. iPad User Guide 438 1. Open the AirPods case. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth. 3. In the list of devices, tap next to your AirPods. 4. Tap Ear Tip Fit Test, tap Continue, then follow the onscreen instructions. Connect AirPods Max with an audio cable To connect your AirPods Max to iPad with a cable instead of wirelessly, do one of the following:

iPad models that include a headphone jack: Use an Apple Lightning to 3.5 mm Audio Cable to connect the charging port on your AirPods Max to the headphone jack on your iPad. Other models: Connect an Apple Lightning to 3.5 mm Audio Cable to the charging port on your AirPods Max, connect an Apple Lightning to 3.5 mm Headphone Jack Adapter to the charging port on your iPad, then join the two 3.5 mm audio connectors. Note: If the audio connection isnt working, ensure that the Headphone Jack Adapter is connected to the charging port of your iPad, not to your AirPods Max. With AirPods Max, AirPods Pro, and AirPods (2nd generation), you can also amplify soft sounds and adjust certain frequencies to suit your hearing. See Set headphone accommodations. Charge AirPods to use with iPad Charge AirPods Max Connect AirPods Max to a power outlet using a Lightning to USB Cable and a compatible power adapter. iPad User Guide 439 Note: To help maintain the battery charge when youre not using AirPods Max, put AirPods Max in sleep mode by placing them in the Smart Case. (You cant play audio on AirPods Max when theyre in the Smart Case.) See the Apple Support article How to charge your AirPods Max and learn about battery life. Charge AirPods Pro or AirPods (1st and 2nd generation) 1. Put the AirPods in their case. iPad User Guide 440 2. Close the lid. AirPods shut down and charge whenever theyre in the case with the lid closed. To charge the case, do one of the following:

Connect the case to a power outlet using a Lightning to USB Cable and a compatible power adapter. If you have AirPods with Wireless Charging Case or AirPods Pro, place the case with the status light facing up on the center of a MagSafe wireless charger or a Qi-certified charger. See the Apple Support article Charge your AirPods and learn about battery life. To see how much charge your AirPods have left, check the Batteries widget. See Add widgets on iPad. Start and stop iPad audio playback with AirPods AirPods sense when youre wearing them, and they automatically play or stop the audio from your iPad. To pause, resume, or skip audio playback, you can use the Digital Crown on AirPods Max, the Force Sensor on AirPods Pro, and taps on AirPods (1st and 2nd generation). Hear whats playing on your iPad AirPods Max: Place AirPods Max on your head. AirPods Pro and AirPods: (1st and 2nd generation) Put one or both AirPods in your ears. Stop the audio AirPods Max: Remove AirPods Max from your head. AirPods Pro and AirPods: (1st and 2nd generation) Remove both AirPods from your ears, or if youre wearing just one, remove it. Pause the audio iPad User Guide 441 AirPods Max: Press the Digital Crown once. Press it again to play. You can turn the Digital Crown to change the volume. You can also use the Digital Crown to answer and end calls, ask for Siri, and end the reading of a new message. AirPods Pro: Press the Force Sensor on either of your AirPods. To resume playback, press again. If you press the Force Sensor for too long, a chime sounds, and the noise control mode changes. You can also use the Force Sensor to answer and end calls, ask for Siri, change the noise control mode, and end the reading of a new message. AirPods Pro and AirPods: (1st and 2nd generation) While listening with both AirPods, remove one. When you return it to your ear, playback resumes automatically. AirPods: (1st and 2nd generation) You can set either of your AirPods to pause when you double-

tap it, then resume play when you double-tap it again. See Change the name and other settings for AirPods (1st and 2nd generation). Skip tracks AirPods Max: To skip forward, double-press the Digital Crown quickly. To skip backward, triple-

press the Digital Crown quickly. iPad User Guide 442 AirPods Pro: To skip forward, double-press the Force Sensor on either of your AirPods. To skip backward, triple-press the sensor. AirPods: (2nd generation) To skip forward, double-tap either of your AirPods. You can set either of them to skip backward when you double-tap it. See Change the name and other settings for AirPods (1st and 2nd generation). AirPods: (1st generation) You can set either of your AirPods to skip forward or backward when you double-tap it. See Change the name and other settings for AirPods (1st and 2nd generation). If you dont want AirPods to automatically play and stop the audio, you can turn off Automatic Head Detection or Automatic Ear Detection. Change the AirPods volume while listening to iPad Change the volume for your AirPods Do one of the following:

Summon Siri, then say something like Turn down the volume. Use either volume button on the side of iPad. Drag the volume slider in an apps playback controls. Open Control Center, then drag the volume slider. Drag the volume slider on the Lock Screen. iPad User Guide 443 Turn the Digital Crown (AirPods Max). You can change which turn direction increases the volume (iPadOS 14.3 or later). You can also use the Digital Crown to stop and start audio playback, answer and end calls, ask for Siri, and end the reading of a new message. You can use the Hearing control in Control Center to monitor the audio levels from your AirPods. See Check headphone sound levels on iPad. You can limit the maximum volume for your AirPods. See Limit the headphone volume. Make and answer calls with AirPods on iPad You can make and answer FaceTime calls with AirPods that are paired with your iPad. Make and answer calls with AirPods Max Make a call: Say Hey Siri, then say something like Make a FaceTime call. Or press and hold the Digital Crown, wait for a chime, then make your request. Answer or end a call: Press the Digital Crown. Note: If you turn on Announce Calls with Siri, you can also answer or decline a call using your voice (iPadOS 14.5 or later). iPad User Guide 444 Note: While on a call, you can turn the Digital Crown to change the volume. Make and answer calls with AirPods Pro Make a call: Say Hey Siri, then say something like Make a FaceTime call. You can also set either of your AirPods to summon Siri when you press and hold the Force Sensor. See Change the name and other settings for AirPods Pro. Answer or end a call: Press the Force Sensor on either of your AirPods. Note: If you turn on Announce Calls with Siri, you can also answer or decline a call using your voice (iPadOS 14.5 or later). Make and answer calls with AirPods (2nd generation) Make a call: Say Hey Siri, then say something like Make a FaceTime call. You can also set either of your AirPods to summon Siri with a double tap. See Change the name and other settings for AirPods (1st and 2nd generation). iPad User Guide 445 Answer or end a call: Double-tap either of your AirPods. Note: If you turn on Announce Calls with Siri, you can also answer or decline a call using your voice (iPadOS 14.5 or later). Make and answer calls with AirPods (1st generation) Make a call: Double-tap either of your AirPods to summon Siri, wait for a chime, then make your request. Answer or end a call: Double-tap either of your AirPods. Switch AirPods between iPad and other devices When your other iOS and iPadOS devices are signed in with the same Apple ID as your iPad, your AirPods seamlessly connect to whichever device youre listening to. (On supported AirPods and Beats headphones; iOS 14, iPadOS 14, or later required; iOS 14.3, iPadOS 14.3, or later required for AirPods Max.) For example, if youre listening to your iPhone with AirPods but you want to listen to your iPad instead, start playing music, a podcast, or other audio on your iPadyour AirPods switch to iPad. Switch AirPods back to your iPad If your AirPods switch from your iPad to another device but you want them to stay connected to your iPad, tap

(in the Moved to notice at the top of the iPad screen). To stop AirPods from automatically switching between devices, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, tap next to the name of your AirPods, tap Connect to This iPad, then tap When Last Connected to This iPad. Choose between AirPods and other playback devices for your iPad audio 1. Tap in Control Center, on the Lock Screen, or in the Now Playing controls for the app youre listening to. 2. Select your AirPods or another device. Use Siri with AirPods on iPad You can use Siri with your AirPods to ask questions and do tasks. iPad User Guide 446 Summon Siri with your voice (AirPods Max, AirPods Pro, and AirPods 2nd generation) While wearing AirPods, say Hey Siri, then ask Siri a question or to do a task for you. For example, say something like Hey Siri, hows the weather today? or Hey Siri, lets hear the Acoustic playlist. Note: If you didnt set up Hey Siri, go to Settings Siri.

> Siri & Search, then turn on Listen for Hey Summon Siri with the Digital Crown (AirPods Max) Press and hold the Digital Crown, wait for a chime, then make your request. Summon Siri with the Force Sensor or by double-tapping (AirPods Pro or AirPods 2nd generation) You can set AirPods Pro to summon Siri when you press and hold the Force Sensor, and you can set your AirPods (2nd generation) to summon Siri when you double-tap one of your AirPods. 1. Open the AirPods case, or place one or both AirPods in your ears. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth. 3. In the list of devices, tap next to your AirPods. 4. Select Left or Right, then choose Siri. iPad User Guide 447 Summon Siri with a double tap (AirPods 1st generation) Double-tap either of your AirPods, wait for a chime, then make your request. Note: By default, a double tap on either of your AirPods (1st generation) summons Siri, but you can change this behavior in Settings. See Change the name and other settings for AirPods (1st and 2nd generation). Listen and respond to messages with AirPods on iPad With Announce Messages, you can listen to your messages with your AirPods (not available on AirPods 1st generation; iPadOS 14.3 or later required for AirPods Max). When your iPad is locked, your AirPods are connected to it, and a message arrives, a chime sounds and Siri begins to read the message. Reply to a message Say something like Reply thats great news. Siri repeats what you said, then asks for confirmation before sending your reply. (To send replies without waiting for confirmation, go to Settings Reply without Confirmation.)

> Siri & Search > Announce Messages, then turn on Stop Siri from reading a message You can do any of the following:

Say something like Stop or Cancel. iPad User Guide 448 Press the Digital Crown (AirPods Max). Note: While listening to a message, you can turn the Digital Crown to change the volume. Press either Force Sensor (AirPods Pro). Double-tap either of your AirPods (2nd generation). Remove one of your AirPods (AirPods Pro and AirPods 2nd generation). If you didnt turn on Announce Messages when you set up your AirPods, go to Settings Search > Announce Messages, then turn on Announce Messages with Siri.

> Siri &

Share audio with AirPods and Beats headphones from iPad While you wear AirPods or compatible Beats headphones, you can share what youre listening to with a friend whos also wearing AirPods or compatible Beats headphones. Both sets of headphones must be paired with iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. (On supported models; iOS 13.1, iPadOS 13.1, or later required; iOS 14.3, iPadOS 14.3, or later required for AirPods Max.) Start sharing audio when your friends headphones are in their charging case iPad User Guide 449 Your AirPods or Beats headphones should be connected to your iPad, and your friends AirPods Pro, AirPods (1st and 2nd generation), or Beats headphones should be inside their charging case. 1. While youre wearing your headphones, move your iPad close to your friends open charging case. 2. On your iPad, tap Temporarily Share Audio. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. Share audio with your friends AirPods Max or Beats over-ear headphones Your AirPods or Beats headphones should be connected to your iPad. 1. While youre wearing your headphones, move your iPad close to your friends headphones. 2. Do one of the following:

If your friend has AirPods Max: Ask your friend to press the noise control button on the right headphone. If your friend has Beats over-ear headphones: Ask your friend to turn them on, then briefly press (for less than 1 second) the power button on their headphones. 3. On your iPad, tap Temporarily Share Audio, then follow the onscreen instructions. Share audio when your friend is wearing AirPods or Beats headphones If your friend is wearing AirPods or Beats headphones connected to their iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, you can share the audio thats playing on your iPad. 1. Wear your AirPods or Beats headphones. 2. On your iPad, tap on the Lock Screen, in Control Center, or in the Now Playing controls for the app youre listening to. 3. Tap Share Audio (below the name of your headphones). 4. Bring your iPad close to your friends iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. iPad User Guide 450 5. Tap Share Audio on your iPad. 6. Ask your friend to tap Join on their device. Change the volume or noise control modes If you and a friend use AirPods or Beats headphones to share audio from your iPad, you can set a different volume level for each set of headphones. When the headphones support noise control, you can also choose a different noise control mode for each set. 1. On your iPad, open Control Center, then touch and hold the volume control. 2. To change the volume, drag the volume sliders. 3. To change a noise control mode (AirPods Max and AirPods Pro), tap one of the Noise Control buttons at the bottom of the screen, then choose an option. Stop sharing audio On your iPad, tap the name of your friends headphones to turn off the connection. in the Now Playing controls, on the Lock Screen, or in Control Center, then tap iPad User Guide 451 Change noise control modes on AirPods while listening to iPad Switch between noise cancellation and transparency modes while listening to audio from your iPad on AirPods Max or AirPods Pro. Change noise control modes in Control Center 1. Open Control Center, then press and hold the volume control. 2. Tap the Noise Control button at the bottom left. 3. Choose one of the following:

Noise Cancellation: Blocks out external sounds. Transparency: Lets you hear the sounds around you. Off: Turns off both noise cancellation and transparency. Quickly change noise control modes Do one of the following:

iPad User Guide 452 AirPods Max: Press the noise control button on the right headphone. A chime confirms the change. AirPods Pro: Press and hold either Force Sensor until you hear a chime. You can choose which modes are available to change. See Change the name of your AirPods and other settings with iPad. Control spatial audio on AirPods with iPad When you watch a supported show or movie, AirPods Max (iPadOS 14.3 or later) and AirPods Pro use spatial audio to create an immersive surround sound experience. Spatial audio includes dynamic head tracking. With dynamic head tracking, you hear the surround sound channels in the right place, even as you turn your head or move your iPad. Learn how spatial audio works 1. Place AirPods Max on your head or place both AirPods Pro in your ears, then go to Settings

Bluetooth. 2. In the list of devices, tap next to your AirPods Max or AirPods Pro, then tap See & Hear How It Works. iPad User Guide 453 Turn spatial audio on or off while watching a show or movie Open Control Center, press and hold the volume control, then tap Spatial Audio at the lower right. Turn spatial audio off or on for all shows and movies 1. Go to Settings

> Bluetooth. 2. In the list of devices, tap next to your AirPods. 3. Turn Spatial Audio on or off. Turn off dynamic head tracking 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Headphones. 2. Tap the name of your headphones, then turn Follow iPad off. Dynamic head tracking makes it sound like the audio is coming from your iPad, even when your head moves. If you turn off dynamic head tracking, the audio sounds like its following your head movement. Restart AirPods for use with iPad If your AirPods arent working right, try restarting them. Restart AirPods Do one of the following:

AirPods Max: On the right headphone, press and hold the Digital Crown and the noise control button at the same time until the status light next to the charging port flashes amber (around 12 seconds), then immediately release the buttons. Important: Immediately release the buttons when the AirPods Max status light flashes amber. If you continue to hold the buttons until the status light flashes white (around 15 seconds), AirPods Max return to their factory settings. AirPods Pro, AirPods: (1st and 2nd generation) Put the AirPods in their case, then close the lid for a minimum of 10 seconds. Return AirPods Max to factory settings iPad User Guide 454 If your AirPods Max arent working correctly after you restart them, you can return them to their factory settings. On the right headphone, press and hold the Digital Crown and the noise control button at the same time until the status light next to the charging port changes from flashing amber to flashing white

(around 15 seconds). Change the name of your AirPods and other settings with iPad Change the name and other settings for AirPods Max Remove AirPods Max from the Smart Case. 1. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth. 3. In the list of devices, tap next to your AirPods Max. 4. Do any of the following:

Change the name: Tap the current name, enter a new name, then tap Done. Change which modes you can select with the noise control button: (iPadOS 14.3 or later) Tap a mode. A checkmark indicates that you can select the mode. Turn Automatic Head Detection off or on: (iPadOS 14.3 or later) Tap Automatic Head Detection. When Automatic Head Detection is turned on, AirPods Max sense when theyre on your head and automatically play the audio from your iPad. When you remove AirPods Max from your head, playback stops. Change the rotational direction for increasing the volume: (iPadOS 14.3 or later) Tap Digital Crown, then choose an option. Unpair AirPods Max from your iPad: Tap Forget This Device. Change the name and other settings for AirPods Pro 1. Open the AirPods case, or place one or both AirPods in your ears. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth. 3. In the list of devices, tap next to your AirPods. iPad User Guide 455 4. Do any of the following:

Change the name: Tap the current name, enter a new name, then tap Done. Change what happens when you press and hold the Force Sensor: Select Left or Right, then choose whether to summon Siri or change the noise control mode. Tap a noise control mode to turn it on or off. Turn Automatic Ear Detection off or on: Tap Automatic Ear Detection. When Automatic Ear Detection is turned on, AirPods sense when theyre in your ears and automatically play the audio from your iPad. Playback is paused when you remove one of your AirPods. When you remove both, playback stops. Set the microphone to Always Left, Always Right, or Automatic: Tap Microphone, then choose an option. When you choose Automatic, either of your AirPods can act as the microphone. If you use only one of them, it acts as the microphone. When you choose Always Left or Always Right, the one you choose becomes the microphone even if you remove it from your ear or put it in the case. Unpair AirPods Pro from your iPad: Tap Forget This Device. Change the name and other settings for AirPods (1st and 2nd generation) 1. Open the AirPods case, or place one or both AirPods in your ears. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth. 3. In the list of devices, tap next to your AirPods. 4. Do any of the following:

Change the name: Tap the current name, enter a new name, then tap Done. Change what a double tap does: Select Left or Right, then choose an option. Set the microphone to Always Left, Always Right, or Automatic: Tap Microphone, then choose an option. When you choose Automatic, either of your AirPods can act as the microphone. If you use only one of them, it acts as the microphone. When you choose Always Left or Always Right, the one you choose becomes the microphone even if you remove it from your ear or put it in the case. Unpair these AirPods from your iPad: Tap Forget This Device. iPad User Guide 456 Set up and listen to Bluetooth devices on iPad Using a Bluetooth connection, you can listen to iPad on wireless headphones, speakers, and more. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss and avoiding distractions that could lead to dangerous situations, see Important safety information for iPad. Pair a Bluetooth device 1. Follow the instructions that came with the device to put it in discovery mode. Note: To pair AirPods, see Set up AirPods with iPad. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, turn on Bluetooth, then tap the name of the device. iPad must be within about 33 feet (10 meters) of the Bluetooth device. Play audio from iPad on a Bluetooth audio device 1. On your iPad, open an audio app, such as Music, then choose an item to play. 2. Tap

, then choose your Bluetooth device. While audio is playing, you can change the playback destination on the Lock Screen or in Control Center. The playback destination returns to iPad if you move the device out of Bluetooth range. Unpair a Bluetooth device Go to Settings

> Bluetooth, tap next to the name of the device, then tap Forget This Device. If you dont see the Devices list, make sure Bluetooth is on. If you have AirPods and you tap Forget This Device, theyre automatically removed from other devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Disconnect from Bluetooth devices To quickly disconnect from all Bluetooth devices without turning Bluetooth off, open Control Center, then tap . To learn about Bluetooth privacy settings on iPad, see the Apple Support article If an app would like to use Bluetooth on your device. If you have trouble connecting a Bluetooth device, see the Apple Support article If you cant connect a Bluetooth accessory to your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. iPad User Guide 457 Note: The use of certain accessories with iPad may affect wireless performance. Not all iOS or iPadOS accessories are fully compatible with iPad. Turning on airplane mode may eliminate audio interference between iPad and an accessory. Reorienting or relocating iPad and the connected accessory may improve wireless performance. Use EarPods with Lightning Connector on iPad You can use EarPods with Lightning Connector (sold separately) to listen to music and videos, and make calls on an iPad model with a Lightning port. EarPods feature a microphone, volume buttons, and the center button. Use the center button to answer and end calls, control audio and video playback, and use Siri, even when iPad is locked. Control audio with your EarPods Pause: Press the center button. Press again to resume playback. Skip forward: Press the center button twice quickly. Skip backward: Press the center button three times quickly. iPad User Guide 458 Fast-forward: Press the center button twice quickly and hold. Manage calls using your EarPods Answer an incoming call: Press the center button. End the current call: Press the center button. Switch to an incoming or on-hold call, and put the current call on hold: Press the center button. Press again to switch back to the first call. Ask Siri with your EarPods Press and hold the center button until you hear a beep. Let go, then ask Siri to perform a task or answer your question. See Ask Siri on iPad. You can also amplify soft sounds and adjust certain frequencies to suit your hearing. See Set headphone accommodations. Check headphone sound levels on iPad While using headphones with iPad, you can use Hearing in Control Center to check your headphone audio level. AirPods, EarPods, and many other wired and wireless headphones are compatible with Hearing in Control Center. 1. Add Hearing to Control Center. See Add and organize controls. 2. Connect and wear your headphones. 3. Open Control Center, then tap

. iPad User Guide 459 4. Play audio on your iPad. The audio level (in decibels) of your headphones is displayed on the Headphone Level meter. You can scroll below the Headphone Level meter to turn Live Listen on or off. Live Listen streams the sound from your iPad microphone to your AirPods. Live Listen can help you hear better in some situationsfor example, when having a conversation in a noisy environment. See Use iPad as a remote microphone with Live Listen. Tip: After you add Hearing to Control Center, you can open Control Center to view a small version of the sound meter on without tapping it. Apple Pencil Pair and charge Apple Pencil (2nd generation) with iPad On an iPad model that supports Apple Pencil (2nd generation), attach Apple Pencil to the magnetic connector on the right side of your iPad. Pair Apple Pencil (2nd generation) with iPad iPad User Guide 460 Charge your Apple Pencil (2nd generation) 1. Make sure that Bluetooth is turned on in Settings

> Bluetooth. 2. Attach Apple Pencil to the magnetic connector on the right side of your iPad. Note: To see how much charge your Apple Pencil has left, check the Batteries widget. See Add widgets on iPad. Pair and charge Apple Pencil (1st generation) with iPad Pair Apple Pencil (1st generation) with iPad On an iPad model that supports Apple Pencil (1st generation), remove the cap and plug Apple Pencil into the Lightning connector on your iPad. When the Pair button appears, tap it. Note: After you pair your Apple Pencil, it stays paired until you restart your iPad, turn on Airplane Mode, or pair with another iPad. Just pair your pencil again when youre ready to use it. Charge your Apple Pencil (1st generation) Plug your Apple Pencil into the Lightning connector on your iPad. You can also charge it with an Apple USB Power Adapter and the Apple Pencil Charging Adapter that came with your pencil. Note: To see how much charge your Apple Pencil has left, check the Batteries widget. See Add widgets on iPad. Enter text with Scribble on iPad On supported iPad models, you can use Apple Pencil (sold separately) and Scribble to enter text. Without opening or using the onscreen keyboard, you can quickly reply to a message, jot down a reminder, and more. Scribble converts your handwriting to text directly on your iPad, so your writing stays private. iPad User Guide 461 Note: Scribble is available in several languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Use Apple Pencil to enter text in any text field 1. Write with Apple Pencil in any text field, and Scribble automatically converts your handwriting into typed text. Scribble even works when your handwriting extends beyond the edges of the text field. 2. To use an action shortcut, tap the Scribble toolbar. Available actions depend on the app youre using, and may include the Undo button Keyboard button

, and more.

, the Show To automatically minimize the toolbar when youre entering text, tap minimize. To show the full toolbar, tap the minimized version.

, then turn on Auto-

Use Apple Pencil to enter text in Notes 1. In Notes, tap to show the Markup toolbar. 2. In the Markup toolbar, tap the Handwriting tool (to the left of the pen). 3. Write with Apple Pencil, and Scribble automatically converts your handwriting into typed text. Select and revise text with Apple Pencil As you enter text using Apple Pencil and Scribble, you can do the following:

iPad User Guide 462 Delete a word: Scratch it out. Insert text: Touch and hold in a text area, then write in the space that opens. Join or separate characters: Draw a vertical line between them. Select text: Draw a circle around the text or underline it to select it and see editing options. To change the selection, drag from the beginning or end of the selected text. Select a word: Double-tap the word. Select a paragraph: Triple-tap a word within the paragraph, or drag Apple Pencil over the paragraph. Stop converting your handwriting to text Go to Settings

> Apple Pencil, then turn off Scribble. Draw with Apple Pencil on iPad On supported models, you can use Apple Pencil (sold separately) to draw a sketch, mark up a photo, sign a document, and more. See:

Draw in apps with Markup on iPad Draw in a note Add your signature in other supported apps Take and mark up a screenshot with Apple Pencil on iPad Compared to using your finger, Apple Pencil gives you extra control as you draw. For example, you can tilt or press with Apple Pencil to shade or darken a line. iPad User Guide 463 Shade or darken a line with Apple Pencil When you draw or sketch, tilt your Apple Pencil to shade a line, and press more firmly to darken the line. Double-tap to switch tools with Apple Pencil (2nd generation) When youre working in a supported app, such as Notes, double-tap the lower section of Apple Pencil

(2nd generation) to quickly switch back to the tool you used last. For example, you can switch from the marker back to the eraser. To change your settings for double tap, go to Settings

> Apple Pencil. Take and mark up a screenshot with Apple Pencil on iPad You can use Apple Pencil to quickly take a picture of the iPad screen, then mark it up to share with others or use in documents. 1. To capture the screen, swipe up with Apple Pencil from either corner at the bottom of your iPad. iPad User Guide 464 2. To mark up the screenshot, draw with Apple Pencil. Use the Markup toolbar at the bottom of the screen to change drawing tools. See Draw in apps with Markup on iPad. 3. To send the marked up screenshot to others (such as in a message), or to save it in a document

(such as in a note), tap

, then choose an option. 4. When youre finished, tap Done, then choose an option. Draw and take notes with Apple Pencil from the Lock Screen on iPad On supported models, you can wake iPad with Apple Pencil and open Notes, even while iPad is locked. Tap Apple Pencil on the Lock Screen, then begin drawing or taking notes. Whatever you create is saved in Notes. Apple TV, smart TVs, and video displays Wirelessly stream videos and photos to Apple TV or a smart TV from iPad You can wirelessly stream video or photos to Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV. Play video on Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV While playing video in the Apple TV app the controls, tap destination.

, then choose your Apple TV or AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV as the playback or another supported video app, tap the screen to show iPad User Guide 465 The LEGO Movie 2: The Second Part is available on the Apple TV app If an AirPlay passcode appears on the TV screen, enter the passcode on your iPad. Show photos on Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV In Photos enabled smart TV as the playback destination.

, tap a photo, tap

, swipe up, tap AirPlay, then choose your Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-

If an AirPlay passcode appears on the TV screen, enter the passcode on your iPad. Mirror your iPad on Apple TV or a smart TV On Apple TV or a smart TV, you can show whatever appears on your iPad. 1. Open Control Center. 2. Tap Screen Mirroring, then choose your Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV as the playback destination. If an AirPlay passcode appears on the TV screen, enter the passcode on your iPad. To switch back to iPad, tap Stop Mirroring or

, then choose your iPad. You can also stream audio, such as music or a podcast, from iPad to your Apple TV or smart TV speakers. See Play audio from iPad on HomePod and other wireless speakers. iPad User Guide 466 Note: For a list of AirPlay 2-enabled smart TVs, see the Home accessories website. To learn more about using Apple TV, see the Apple TV User Guide. The LEGO Movie 2: The Second Part 2019 Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. LEGO, the LEGO logo, the minifigure, and the brick and knob configuration are trademarks of The LEGO Group. 2019 The LEGO Group. All rights reserved. Connect iPad to a display with a cable With the appropriate cable or adapter, you can connect your iPad to a secondary display, like a computer display, TV, or projector. To extend the workspace of your Mac by connecting it to your iPad, see Use iPad as a second display for your Mac. Connect iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) or iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) to Apple Pro Display XDR Apple Pro Display XDR automatically turns on when you plug it into power and connect iPad Pro 12.9-

inch (5th generation) or iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) using the Thunderbolt cable included with the display. Your iPad charges while connected to the display. 1. If youre using a Pro Stand, route the display and iPad cables through the stands opening. 2. Plug the display into a power source. 3. Plug one end of the Thunderbolt 3 Pro Cable into the Thunderbolt 3 port on the display. 4. Plug the other end of the Thunderbolt 3 Pro Cable into the charging port of your iPad. If the display doesnt turn on when you connect it to iPad, unplug it from iPad, then plug it back in. If that doesnt work, unplug the Pro Display XDR from its power source, then plug it in again. Note: You can connect Apple Pro Display XDR and multiple Thunderbolt devices to each other, then connect the chain of devices to the charging port on your iPad. For information about using the features of Pro Display XDR, see the Pro Display XDR Support website. Connect your iPad if it has a USB-C or Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector On a model with a USB-C or a Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector, you may be able to connect iPad to a USB port on the display. If the charging cable that came with your iPad isnt compatible with the port on your display, TV, or projector, do the following:

1. Plug a USB-C Display AV Adapter or USB-C VGA Multi-port Adapter into the charging port on iPad. iPad User Guide 467 2. Connect an HDMI or VGA cable to the adapter. 3. Connect the other end of the HDMI or VGA cable to the display, TV, or projector. 4. If necessary, switch to the correct video source on the display, TV, or projector. If you need help, see the manual that came with your display. If the display doesnt turn on when you connect it to iPad, unplug it from iPad, then plug it back in. If that doesnt work, unplug the display from its power source, then plug it in again. See the Apple Support article Charge and connect with the USB-C port on iPad Pro. Connect your iPad if it has a Lightning connector On a model with a Lighting connector, do the following:

1. Plug a Lightning Digital AV Adapter or Lightning to VGA Adapter into the charging port on iPad. 2. Connect an HDMI or VGA cable to the adapter. 3. Connect the other end of the HDMI or VGA cable to the display, TV, or projector. 4. If necessary, switch to the correct video source on the display, TV, or projector. If you need help, see the manual that came with your display. The adapters have an extra port so you can connect the charging cable and charge your iPad while connected to a display, TV, or projector. Play audio from iPad on HomePod and other wireless speakers You can play audio from iPad on wireless devices like HomePod, Apple TV, AirPlay 2-enabled smart TVs, and Bluetooth headphones and speakers. Play audio from iPad on a wireless device 1. On your iPad, open an audio app, such as Music, then choose an item to play. iPad User Guide 468 2. Tap

, then choose a playback destination. Note: If your AirPlay 2-enabled devices dont appear in the list of playback destinations, make sure theyre on the same Wi-Fi network. With a Bluetooth device, the playback destination returns to iPad if you move the device out of Bluetooth range. To change the playback destination, you can also tap on the Lock Screen or in Control Center. Note: For information about setting up a Bluetooth audio device, see Pair a Bluetooth device. Play audio on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices With AirPlay 2 and iPad, you can play audio on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices connected to the same Wi-Fi network. For example, you can play a party playlist on HomePod speakers in the living room and kitchen, on an Apple TV in the bedroom, and on an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV in the den. iPad User Guide 469 Ask Siri. Say something like:

Stop playing music everywhere Set the dining room volume to 10 percent Whats playing in the kitchen?

Play a song I like in the kitchen Add the living room speaker Remove the music from the kitchen Move the music to the den You can also choose playback destinations from the iPad screen. 1. Tap in Control Center, on the Lock Screen, or in the Now Playing controls for the app youre listening to. 2. Select each device you want to use. Note: Devices arranged in a stereo pair are treated as a single audio device. To learn more about using HomePod speakers and Apple TV, see the HomePod User Guide and Apple TV User Guide. For a list of AirPlay 2-enabled smart TVs, see the Home accessories website. Connect external storage devices to iPad You can use the Files app such as USB drives and SD cards, connected to your iPad. and other supported apps to access files stored on external devices, Connect a USB drive or an SD card reader 1. Attach the USB drive or SD card reader to the charging port on your iPad using a compatible connector or adapter. Depending on your iPad model and external device, you may need the Lightning to USB Camera Adapter, Lightning to USB 3 Camera Adapter, USB-C to SD Card Camera Reader, or Lightning to SD Card Camera Reader (all sold separately). With iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) or iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation), you can connect multiple USB drives and other Thunderbolt devices to each other, then connect the chain of devices to the charging port on your iPad. Note: A USB drive must have only a single data partition, and it must be formatted as FAT, FAT32, exFAT (FAT64), or APFS. To change the formatting of a USB drive, use a Mac or PC. iPad User Guide 470 2. Do any of the following:

Insert an SD memory card into a card reader: Dont force the card into the slot on the reader; it fits only one way. Note: You can import photos and videos from the memory card directly to the Photos app. See Import photos and videos to iPad. View the contents of the drive or memory card: In a supported app (for example, Files), tap Browse at the bottom of the screen, then tap the name of the device below Locations. If you dont see Locations, tap Browse again at the bottom of the screen. Disconnect the drive or card reader: Remove it from the charging port on iPad. External hard drives often require an external power source when used with iPad. If an external hard drive doesnt supply its own power, and your iPad has a USB C or Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector, you can use a powered USB hub. If your iPad has a Lightning connector, you can use the Lightning to USB 3 Camera Adapter connected to a USB power adapter. Keyboards Apple external keyboards for iPad These portable full-size keyboards (sold separately) allow you to enter text while viewing the entire iPad screen. Magic Keyboard for iPad Magic Keyboard for iPad attaches directly to iPad and closes to create a thin cover

(supported models). It includes a built-in trackpad, which you can use to move around the iPad screen, open apps, and more. Magic Keyboard for iPad requires no batteries or external power (but you can connect it to power to keep iPad charged). iPad User Guide 471 See Attach Magic Keyboard for iPad (with built-in trackpad). Smart Keyboard The Smart Keyboard (supported models), including the Smart Keyboard Folio (supported models), connects directly to iPad and converts into a thin cover. The keyboard doesnt require batteries or external power. See Attach Smart Keyboard to iPad. Magic Keyboard Magic Keyboard, including Magic Keyboard with Numeric Keypad, connects to iPad using Bluetooth. Magic Keyboard is powered by a built-in rechargeable battery. iPad User Guide 472 See Pair Magic Keyboard with iPad. Attach Magic Keyboard for iPad (with built-in trackpad) You can enter text using Magic Keyboard for iPad, and you can use its built-in trackpad to control items on the iPad screen (supported models). To connect and use the Bluetooth version of Magic Keyboard, see Pair Magic Keyboard with iPad. Attach Magic Keyboard for iPad Open the keyboard, fold it back, then attach iPad. iPad is held in place magnetically. iPad User Guide 473 To adjust the viewing angle, tilt iPad as needed. Adjust the keyboard brightness Go to Settings of backlighting in low light conditions.

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, then drag the slider to adjust the level Charge iPad while using Magic Keyboard for iPad Connect the keyboard to a power outlet using the USB-C Charge Cable and USB-C Power Adapter that came with your iPad. iPad User Guide 474 Important: The Magic Keyboard for iPad contains magnets that hold iPad securely in place. Avoid placing cards that store information on a magnetic stripsuch as credit cards or hotel key cardson the inside of the Magic Keyboard, or between iPad and the Magic Keyboard, as such contact may demagnetize the card. Attach Smart Keyboard to iPad You can use Smart Keyboard, including Smart Keyboard Folio, to enter text on iPad. Tip: You can use a trackpad or mouse along with Smart Keyboard. See Connect Magic Trackpad to iPad or Connect a mouse to iPad. iPad User Guide 475 To attach Smart Keyboard, do one of the following:

On an iPad with a Home button: Attach the keyboard to the Smart Connector on the side of iPad

(supported models). On other iPad models: Attach the keyboard to the Smart Connector on the back of iPad

(supported models). To use the keyboard, position it in front of your iPad, then set iPad in the groove above the number keys. Pair Magic Keyboard with iPad You can use Magic Keyboard, including Magic Keyboard with Numeric Keypad, to enter text on iPad. Magic Keyboard connects to iPad using Bluetooth. (For information about using Magic Keyboard for iPad, which attaches directly to iPad, see Attach Magic Keyboard for iPad (with built-in trackpad).) Pair Magic Keyboard 1. Make sure the keyboard is turned on and charged. iPad User Guide 476 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then turn on Bluetooth. 3. Select the device when it appears in the Other Devices list. Note: If Magic Keyboard is already paired with another device, you must unpair them before you can connect Magic Keyboard to your iPad. For iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, see Unpair a Bluetooth device. On Mac, choose Apple menu click its name.

> System Preferences > Bluetooth, select the device, then Control-

Reconnect Magic Keyboard to iPad Magic Keyboard disconnects when you turn its switch to Off or when you move it or iPad out of Bluetooth rangeabout 33 feet (10 meters). To reconnect, turn the keyboard switch to On, or bring the keyboard and iPad back into range, then tap any key. When Magic Keyboard is reconnected, the onscreen keyboard doesnt appear. Tip: You can use a trackpad or mouse along with Magic Keyboard. See Connect Magic Trackpad to iPad or Connect a mouse to iPad. Enter emoji with an Apple external keyboard on iPad When you want to enter emoji characters, switch from the external keyboard to the onscreen emoji keyboard. 1. To show the emoji keyboard, tap in the Shortcuts bar (at the bottom of the screen), then tap

. With Magic Keyboard for iPad and Smart Keyboard, you can also press keyboard. to choose the emoji 2. To search for an emoji, enter a commonly used word or phrasesuch as heart or smiley facein the search field above the emoji keyboard. 3. To enter an emoji, tap it; or use the arrow keys on the external keyboard to select it, then press Return. iPad User Guide 477 Note: With Magic Keyboard for iPad and Smart Keyboard, you can use keyboard instead of switching languages. Go to Settings Keyboard, then turn on Press hold the Control key, then press the Space bar. to show only the emoji

> General > Keyboard > Hardware for Emoji. To switch between other language keyboards, press and Enter characters with diacritical marks while using an external keyboard on iPad If the external keyboard you use with iPad doesnt include accents and other diacritical marks for the language youre typing, you can use an Option key modifier or the onscreen keyboard to enter those marks. Use the Option key to enter diacritical marks To enter a character with a diacritical mark, you can press the Option key to select a mark while using a supported language keyboard. 1. Do one of the following:

Add a language keyboard that supports diacritical marks, then in an app, switch to that language keyboard (see Add or change keyboards on iPad). For example, add the Spanish (Mexico) keyboard, then in an app, use iPad to select Espaol (Mxico). on Magic Keyboard for Go to Settings keyboard layout that supports diacritical marks.

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, then choose an alternative For example, if you have the English (US) language keyboard, tap English (US), then choose U.S. International PC or ABC Extended. iPad User Guide 478 2. In an app, press and hold the Option key, then press a key that enters a diacritical mark. For example, the Spanish (Mexico) keyboard and the U.S. International PC alternative layout support these diacritical marks:

Acute accent (for example, ): Option-e. Grave accent (for example, ): Option-`. Tilde (for example, ): Option-n. Diaeresis or umlaut (for example, ): Option-u. Circumflex (for example, :) Option-i. 3. Press the letter. For example, to enter using the Spanish (Mexico) keyboard or the U.S. International PC alternative layout, press Option-n, then type an n. Note: The ABC - Extended alternative layout also allows you to enter tone marks for typing Mandarin Chinese in Pinyin orthography. For example, to type in lxng (travel), press Option-v, then type a v. In addition, the ABC - Extended layout allows you to type diacritical marks and letters from several different European languages, such as Czech, French, German, Hungarian, and Polish. Use the onscreen keyboard to enter diacritical marks 1. To show the onscreen keyboard, tap in the Shortcuts bar (at the bottom of the screen), then tap

. 2. On the onscreen keyboard, touch and hold the letter, number, or symbol on the keyboard thats related to the character you want. For example, to enter , touch and hold the e key. 3. Slide your finger to choose a variant. 4. To hide the onscreen keyboard when youre finished, tap

. Switch between keyboards when using an external keyboard with iPad With an external keyboard on iPad, you can switch between the language keyboard for your region, an emoji keyboard, other language keyboards that you add, and the onscreen keyboard. Switch between language keyboards and the emoji keyboard To cycle between the language keyboard for your region, the emoji keyboard, and other language keyboards that you add, press and hold the Control key, then press the Space bar. iPad User Guide 479 With Magic Keyboard for iPad and Smart Keyboard, you can also press keyboards. If you want to use to Settings

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, then turn on Press to show only the emoji keyboard instead of switching languages, go to choose between for Emoji. Tip: If you added a Chinese, Korean, Japanese, or Hebrew keyboard, you can press the Caps Lock key to switch back and forth between Latin script and the other keyboard youre using. To prevent use of the Caps Lock key for switching languages, go to Settings > General > Keyboard >

Hardware Keyboard, then turn off Switch Languages using Caps Lock. Switch to the onscreen keyboard Tap in the Shortcuts bar (at the bottom of the screen), then tap

. To hide the onscreen keyboard, tap

. Dictate text while using an Apple external keyboard on iPad On iPad, you can dictate text instead of typing it. Make sure Enable Dictation is turned on in Settings

> General > Keyboard. Note: Dictation may not be available in all languages or in all countries or regions, and features may vary. Cellular data charges may apply. See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi +

Cellular models). Dictate text 1. Tap in the Shortcuts bar (at the bottom of the screen), tap

, then speak. 2. When you finish, tap at the bottom of the screen. Add punctuation or format text While dictating text, say the punctuation or formatting. For example, Dear Mary comma the check is in the mail exclamation mark becomes Dear Mary, the check is in the mail! Punctuation and formatting commands include the following:

period comma exclamation point question mark iPad User Guide 480 dollar sign open parenthesis close parenthesis quote end quote new paragraph new line colon semicolon capto capitalize the next word caps on caps offto capitalize the first character of each word all capsto make the next word all uppercase all caps on all caps offto make the enclosed words all uppercase no caps on no caps offto make the enclosed words all lowercase no spaceto eliminate the space between two words (not available for all languages) no space on no space offto run a series of words together (not available for all languages) smileyto insert :-) frownyto insert :-(

winkyto insert ;-) hash tag Use keyboard shortcuts on an external keyboard with iPad You can use keyboard shortcuts on an external keyboard to perform the following actions on iPad:

Quickly switch between apps: Press and hold the Command key, then press Tab until you reach the app you want to open. Open Search: Press Command-Space. View more keyboard shortcuts: Press and hold the Command key to see shortcuts for the app youre using. You can change the actions that are performed by the Command key (and other modifier keys like Caps Lock). Go to Settings key, then choose the action you want it to perform.

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, tap Modifier Keys, tap a iPad User Guide 481 To use additional keyboard shortcuts, go to Settings > Accessibility > Keyboards > Full Keyboard Access, then turn on Full Keyboard Access. See Control iPad with an external keyboard. Note: You can also set up text replacements that enter words or phrases after you type just a few characters. For example, type omw to enter On my way! See Save keystrokes with text replacements on iPad. You can also accept suggested words before you finish typing them. See Use predictive text on iPad. Change typing options for an external keyboard with iPad When using an external keyboard, you can change typing options such as turning auto-correction, predictive text, and smart punctuation on or off. Change typing options for an external keyboard You can change how iPad automatically responds to your typing on an external keyboard. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, then do any of the following:

Assign an alternative keyboard layout: Tap a language at the top of the screen, then choose an alternative layout from the list. An alternative keyboard layout is one that doesnt match the keys on your external keyboard. For example, the ABC - Extended alternative layout allows you to press the Option key, then type letters and diacritical marks from several different European languages, including Spanish, Czech, French, German, Hungarian, and Polish. For example, to enter , press Option-n, then type an n. The ABC - Extended layout also allows you to enter tone marks for typing Mandarin Chinese in Pinyin orthography. For example, to type in lxng (travel), press Option-v followed by v. Turn Auto-Capitalization on or off: When this option is selected, an app supporting this feature capitalizes proper nouns and the first words in sentences as you type. Turn Auto-Correction on or off: When this option is selected, an app supporting this feature corrects the spelling as you type. Turn . Shortcut on or off: When this option is selected, double-tapping the space bar inserts a period followed by a space. Change typing options for all keyboards You can turn on or off special typing featuressuch as predictive text and smart punctuationthat assist you when you type. These settings apply to your onscreen keyboard and external keyboard. 1. Go to Settings > General, then tap Keyboard. 2. In the list below All Keyboards, turn typing features on or off. iPad User Guide 482 For several options, including auto-correction and auto-capitalization, you can specify different

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard. settings for your external keyboard in Settings Trackpads Connect Magic Trackpad to iPad You can connect Magic Trackpad, including Magic Trackpad 2, to your iPad (Magic Trackpad sold separately). Pair Magic Trackpad 1. Make sure Magic Trackpad is turned on and charged. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then turn on Bluetooth. 3. Select the device when it appears in the Other Devices list. Note: If Magic Trackpad is already paired with your Mac or another iPad, you must unpair them before you can connect Magic Trackpad to your iPad. For iPad, see Unpair a Bluetooth device. On Mac, choose Apple menu name.

> System Preferences > Bluetooth, select the device, then Control-click its Reconnect Magic Trackpad to iPad Magic Trackpad disconnects when you turn its switch to Off, or when you move it or iPad out of Bluetooth rangeabout 33 feet (10 meters). To reconnect, turn the trackpad switch to On, or bring the trackpad and iPad back into range, then click the trackpad. Trackpad gestures for iPad You can use Magic Trackpad, including Magic Trackpad 2 and the trackpad built into Magic Keyboard for iPad, to open apps, go to the Home Screen, open Slide Over, and more (Magic Trackpad and Magic Keyboard for iPad sold separately). Trackpad gestures for Magic Trackpad, Magic Trackpad 2, and Magic Keyboard for iPad Gesture Description iPad User Guide 483 Click. Press with one finger until you feel a click. Click and hold. Press and hold with one finger. Drag. Click and hold an item, then slide your finger across the trackpad to move it. Wake iPad. Click the trackpad. Or, if youre using an external keyboard, press any key. Open the Dock. Use one finger to swipe the pointer past the bottom of the screen. Go Home. Use one finger to swipe the pointer past the bottom of the screen. After the Dock appears, swipe the pointer past the bottom of the screen again. Alternatively, click the bar at the bottom of the screen (on an iPad with Face ID). iPad User Guide 484 View Slide Over. Use one finger to swipe the pointer past the right edge of the screen. To hide Slide Over, swipe right again. Open Control Center. Use one finger to move the pointer to select the status icons at the top right, then click. Or, select the status icons at the top right, then swipe up with one finger. Open Notification Center. Use one finger to move the pointer to select the status icons at the top left, then click. Or, use one finger to move the pointer past the top of the screen near the middle. Additional gestures for Magic Trackpad 2 and Magic Keyboard for iPad Gesture Description Scroll up or down. Swipe two fingers up or down. Scroll left or right. Swipe two fingers left or right. Zoom. Place two fingers near each other. Pinch open to zoom in, or pinch closed to zoom out. Go Home. Swipe up with three fingers. iPad User Guide 485 Open the App Switcher. Swipe up with three fingers, pausing before you lift your fingers. Or, pinch four fingers together, pausing before you lift your fingers. Switch between open apps. Swipe left or right with three fingers. Open Today View. When the Home Screen or the Lock Screen is visible, use two fingers to swipe right. Open search from the Home Screen. Swipe down with two fingers. Secondary click. Click with two fingers to show the quick actions menu for items like icons on the Home Screen, messages in a mailbox, and the Camera button in Control Center. Or, if youre using an external keyboard, you can press the Control key while you click the trackpad. Change trackpad settings on iPad You can change how you use a trackpad to interact with items on the iPad screen. 1. Go to Settings

> General, then choose one of the following, depending on your accessories:

Trackpad Trackpad & Mouse iPad User Guide 486 2. Do any of the following:

Change the tracking speed: Drag the slider to set the tracking speed of the pointer when you move it across the screen. Turn Natural Scrolling on or off: With this option selected, the contents on the screen move in the same direction as your finger. Turn Tap to Click on or off: If you select this option, lightly tapping the trackpad with one finger has the same effect as pressing the trackpad until it clicks. Turn Two-Finger Secondary Click on or off: With this option selected, you click with two fingers to show the quick actions menu for items like icons on the Home Screen, messages in a mailbox, or the Camera button in Control Center. Note: You can also change the appearance of the pointer, such as its color, shape, and size. See Change the pointer appearance when using a mouse or trackpad with iPad. Mouse devices Connect a mouse to iPad You can connect Magic Mouse, another Bluetooth mouse, or a USB mouse to your iPad. Note: Mouse devices are sold separately. Not all mouse devices are fully compatible with all models of iPad. Pair Magic Mouse or other Bluetooth mouse 1. For Magic Mouse, make sure the mouse is turned on and charged. For any other Bluetooth mouse, follow the instructions that came with the mouse to put it in discovery mode. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then turn on Bluetooth. 3. Select the device when it appears in the Other Devices list. If youre asked for a PIN when you pair Magic Mouse, type 0000 (four zeros), then tap Pair. Note: If the mouse is already paired with your Mac or another iPad, you must unpair them before you can connect the mouse to your iPad. For iPad, see unpair a Bluetooth device. On Mac, choose Apple

> System Preferences > Bluetooth, select the device, then Control-click its name. menu iPad User Guide 487 Reconnect a Bluetooth mouse to iPad The mouse disconnects when you turn the switch on the mouse to Off or when you move the mouse or iPad out of Bluetooth rangeabout 33 feet (10 meters). To reconnect, turn the mouse switch to On, or bring the mouse and iPad back into range, then click the mouse. Connect a USB mouse With the appropriate cable or adapters, you can connect various third-party mouse devices with iPad using USB and USB-based receivers. Refer to the device manufacturers instructions. Mouse actions and gestures for iPad You can use a mouse to open apps, go to the Home Screen, open Slide Over, and more (mouse devices sold separately). Note: Not all mouse devices are fully compatible with all models of iPad. Mouse actions Action Description Click. Press the mouse until you feel a click. Click and hold. Press and hold the mouse. Drag. Click and hold an item, then move the mouse. iPad User Guide 488 Wake iPad. Click the mouse. Or, if youre using an external keyboard, press any key. Open the Dock. Move the mouse to position the pointer at the bottom of the screen. Go Home. Move the mouse to position the pointer at the bottom of the screen. After the Dock appears, move the pointer past the bottom of the screen. Or, click the bar at the bottom of the screen (on an iPad with Face ID). Open the App Switcher. With the Home Screen visible, move the pointer past the bottom of the screen. Or from an app, drag the bar at the bottom of the screen toward the middle of the screen and pause (on an iPad with Face ID). View Slide Over. Use the mouse to move the pointer past the right edge of the screen. To hide Slide Over, move the pointer past the right edge again. Open Control Center. Use the mouse to move the pointer to select the status icons at the top right, then click. Or, move the pointer past the top-right corner of the screen. iPad User Guide 489 Open Notification Center. Use the mouse to move the pointer to select the status icons at the top left, then click. Or, use the mouse to move the pointer past the top of the screen (near the middle). Mouse gestures for Magic Mouse 2 Gesture Description Scroll up or down. Slide a finger up or down on the surface of the mouse. Scroll left or right. Slide a finger left or right on the surface of the mouse. Secondary click. Use a finger on one side of the mouse to show the quick actions menu when clicking items like icons on the Home Screen, messages in a mailbox, or the Camera button in Control Center. Note: To turn on Secondary click and choose which side of the mouse to use, go to Settings

> General > Trackpad & Mouse > Secondary Click. If youre using an external keyboard, you can press the Control key while you click the mouse. On a multi-button mouse, click the second button. Open Today View. When the Home Screen or the Lock Screen is visible, swipe right on the surface of the mouse. Open search from the Home Screen. Swipe down on the surface of the mouse. iPad User Guide 490 Change mouse settings on iPad You can change how you use a mouse to interact with items on the iPad screen. 1. Go to Settings

> General, then select Trackpad & Mouse. 2. Do any of the following:

Change the tracking speed: Drag the slider to set the tracking speed of the pointer when you move it across the screen. Turn Natural Scrolling on or off: With this option selected, the contents on the screen move in the same direction as your finger. Specify a finger to use for Secondary Click: You can specify either the right or left finger to show the quick actions menu when you click items like icons on the Home Screen, messages in a mailbox, or the Camera button in Control Center. To turn off Secondary Click, choose Off

(Magic Mouse 2). Note: You can also change the appearance of the pointer, such as its color, shape, and size. See Change the pointer appearance when using a mouse or trackpad with iPad. Apple Watch with Fitness+ on iPad Used in conjunction with Apple Watch, Apple Fitness+ is a service that lets you choose from a catalog of workouts led by expert trainers. While you follow a workout on the iPad screen, in-session metrics like heart rate and calories burned (which are captured by your watch) appear on your iPad screen.

(iPadOS 14.3 or later and watchOS 7.2 or later required; Apple Watch sold separately.) To learn more, see All about Apple Fitness+ in the Apple Watch User Guide. Cases and covers for iPad Many styles of cases and covers are available separately for iPad. Magic Keyboard for iPad, Smart Keyboard Folio, and Smart Keyboard serve as keyboards as well as covers. (See Apple external keyboards for iPad.) Print from iPad Use AirPrint to print wirelessly to an AirPrint-enabled printer from apps such as Mail, Photos, and Safari. Many apps available on the App Store also support AirPrint. iPad and the printer must be on the same Wi-Fi network. See the Apple Support article About AirPrint. iPad User Guide 491 Print a document

, Tap Print.)

, or

(depending on the app youre using), then tap Print. (Swipe up if you dont see See the status of a print job Open the App Switcher, then tap Print Center. The badge on the icon shows how many documents are in the queue. To cancel a print job, select it in Print Center, then tap Cancel Printing. iPad User Guide 492 Use iPad with iPhone, iPod touch, Mac, and PC Share your internet connection from iPad (Wi-Fi +

cellular) If you have an active cellular data plan, you can use Personal Hotspot to share a cellular internet connection from your iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) to other devices. Personal Hotspot is useful when the other devices dont have internet access from a Wi-Fi network. Instant Hotspot allows you to connect your devices to Personal Hotspot without entering a password. If a nearby iPhone or iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is sharing its Personal Hotspot, you can use its cellular internet connection on your iPad. See Join a Personal Hotspot. Note: Personal Hotspot is not available with all carriers. Additional fees may apply. The number of devices that can join your Personal Hotspot at one time depends on your carrier and iPad model. Contact your carrier for more information. Set up Personal Hotspot on iPad Go to Settings

> Cellular > Personal Hotspot, then turn on Allow Others to Join. Note: If you dont see the option for Personal Hotspot, but you have an active cellular data plan and Cellular Data is turned on in Settings > Cellular, contact your carrier about adding Personal Hotspot to your plan. You can change the following settings:

Change the Wi-Fi password for your Personal Hotspot: Go to Settings > Cellular > Personal Hotspot > Wi-Fi Password. Change the name of your Personal Hotspot: Go to Settings > General > About > Name. Turn off Personal Hotspot and disconnect devices: Go to Settings > Cellular > Personal Hotspot, then turn off Allow Others to Join. Connect a Mac or PC to your Personal Hotspot You can use a USB cable, Wi-Fi, or Bluetooth to connect a Mac or PC to your Personal Hotspot. Do one of the following:

Use USB: Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. If you see an alert that says Trust this Computer?, tap Trust. In your computers Network preferences, choose iPad, then configure the network settings. iPad User Guide 493 Use Wi-Fi and Instant Hotspot: On your Mac, use the Wi-Fi status menu choose your iPad from the list of available networks. in the menu bar to You need to be signed in with the same Apple ID on your Mac and iPad, have Bluetooth turned on, and have Wi-Fi turned on. The Wi-Fi status icon Mac remains connected to your Personal Hotspot. in the menu bar changes to the Personal Hotspot icon as long as your Use Bluetooth: To make sure your iPad is discoverable, go to Settings the screen showing. Then on your Mac or PC, follow the manufacturer directions to set up a Bluetooth network connection.

> Bluetooth and leave Connect iPhone, iPod touch, or another iPad to your Personal Hotspot On the other device, go to Settings networks.

> Wi-Fi, then choose your iPad from the list of available If asked for a password on the other device, enter the password shown in Settings > Cellular >

Personal Hotspot on your iPad. If your iPad and the other device are set up as follows, then Instant Hotspot connects the devices without requiring a password:

Youre signed in with the same Apple ID on each device. Each device has Bluetooth turned on. Each device has Wi-Fi turned on. When a device is connected, a blue band appears at the top of your iPad screen. The Personal Hotspot icon appears in the status bar of the connected device. With Family Sharing, you can share your Personal Hotspot with any member of your family automatically or after they ask for approval. See Set up Family Sharing on iPad. When you share a Personal Hotspot from your iPad, it uses cellular data for the internet connection. To monitor your cellular data network usage, go to Settings > Cellular > Usage. See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). If you need more help using Personal Hotspot, see the Apple Support article If Personal Hotspot is not working. Make and receive phone calls on iPad You can make and receive calls on your iPad by using Wi-Fi Calling to relay phone calls through your iPhone (iOS 9 or later required). iPad User Guide 494 Important: Wi-Fi + Cellular models do not support cellular phone servicethey support cellular data transmission only. To make phone calls on any iPad model, you need to use Wi-Fi Calling and an iPhone. To use Wi-Fi Calling, you need to set up FaceTime and sign in with the same Apple ID on both of your devices. Note: Wi-Fi Calling on other devices is available with some carriers, and cellular charges may apply. Allow phone calls on your iPad from your iPhone You first set up your iPhone, and then set up your iPad. 1. On your iPhone, go to Settings

> Cellular. 2. If your iPhone has Dual SIM, choose a line (below Cellular Plans). 3. Do any of the following:

Tap Calls on Other Devices, turn on Allow Calls on Other Devices, then choose your iPad along with any other devices on which youd like to make and receive calls. This allows iPad and other devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID to make and receive calls when theyre nearby your iPhone and connected to Wi-Fi. Tap Wi-Fi Calling, then turn on Add Wi-Fi Calling For Other Devices. This allows iPad and other devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID to make and receive calls even when your iPhone isnt nearby. 4. On your iPad, set up FaceTime and sign in with the same Apple ID that you use on your iPhone. 5. Go to Settings > FaceTime, then turn on FaceTime and Calls from iPhone. If youre asked, turn on Wi-Fi calling. After you set up Wi-Fi calling on your iPhone and iPad, you can make and receive phone calls on iPad. Make a call: Tap a phone number in Contacts, Calendar, FaceTime, Messages, Search, or Safari. Or open FaceTime, enter a contact or phone number, then tap

. Receive a call: Swipe or tap the notification to answer or ignore the call. Note: If you enable Wi-Fi Calling, emergency calls may be made over Wi-Fi, and your devices location information may be used for emergency calls to aid response efforts, regardless of whether you enable Location Services. Some carriers may use the address you registered with the carrier when signing up for Wi-Fi Calling as your location. For more information about Wi-Fi calls, see the Apple Support article Make a call with Wi-Fi Calling. iPad User Guide 495

WARNING:pdfminer.pdfpage:The PDF <_io.BufferedReader name='/Volumes/Scratch/Incoming/eg-scratch/5179603.pdf'> contains a metadata field indicating that it should not allow text extraction. Ignoring this field and proceeding. Use the check_extractable if you want to raise an error in this case Use iPad as a second display for your Mac With Sidecar, you can extend the workspace of your Mac by using iPad as a second display. The extended workspace allows you to do the following:

Use different apps on the different screens. Use the same app on both screens. For example, you can view your artwork on your Mac screen while you use Apple Pencil and an apps tools and palettes on iPad. Mirror the screens so that Mac and iPad display the same content. Sidecar requires macOS 10.15 or later and iPadOS 13 or later on supported models. Use Sidecar 1. Make sure youre signed in with the same Apple ID on your Mac and a nearby iPad. 2. Use one of the following connections:

Wireless: Make sure your Mac and your iPad have Wi-Fi and Bluetooth turned on. They need to be within Bluetooth range of one another (about 33 feet or 10 meters). USB: Connect your Mac and iPad using the appropriate USB cable. 3. Click the AirPlay menu in the menu bar on your Mac, then choose your iPad. iPad User Guide 496 4. Do any of the following:

Use the Sidecar menu on Mac: You can easily change how you work with iPad from the Sidecar menu display, or show or hide the sidebar or Touch Bar on iPad. in the menu bar. For example, switch between using iPad as a mirrored or separate Move windows from Mac to iPad: Drag a window to the edge of the screen until the pointer appears on your iPad. Or hold the pointer over the green button in the top-left corner of the window, then choose Move to [iPad name]. Move windows from iPad to Mac: Drag a window to the edge of the screen until the pointer appears on your Mac. Or hold the pointer over the green button in the top-left corner of the window, then choose Move Window Back to Mac. Use the sidebar on iPad: With your finger or Apple Pencil, tap icons in the sidebar to show or hide the menu bar such as Ctrl

. Or tap one or more modifier keys,

, to use keyboard shortcuts.

, or the keyboard

, the Dock Use the Touch Bar on iPad: With your finger or Apple Pencil, tap any button in the Touch Bar. The buttons available vary depending on the app or task. Use Apple Pencil on iPad: With your Apple Pencil, tap to select items such as menu commands, checkboxes, or files. If you turn on Enable double tap on Apple Pencil in Sidecar preferences on your Mac, you can double-tap the lower section of your Apple Pencil (2nd generation) to switch drawing tools in some apps. Use standard gestures on iPad: Use your fingers to tap, touch and hold, swipe, scroll, and zoom. On iPad, switch between the Mac desktop and the iPad Home Screen: To show the Home Screen, swipe up from the bottom edge of your iPad. To return to the Mac desktop, tap the Sidecar icon in the Dock on your iPad. 5. When youre ready to stop using your iPad, tap the Disconnect icon at the bottom of the sidebar on iPad. You can also disconnect from the Sidecar menu and Displays preferences on your Mac. in the menu bar and in Sidecar preferences Change Sidecar preferences 1. On your Mac, choose Apple menu

> System Preferences, then click Sidecar. iPad User Guide 497 2. Choose from the following options:

Show, move, or hide the sidebar on your iPad: To show the sidebar, select Show Sidebar, then to move it, click the pop-up menu and choose a location. To hide the sidebar, deselect Show Sidebar. Show, move, or hide the Touch Bar on your iPad: To show the Touch Bar, select Show Touch Bar, then to move it, click the pop-up menu and choose a location. To hide the Touch Bar, deselect Show Touch Bar. When you use an app that supports the Touch Bar on your iPad, the Touch Bar is shown in the location you specified. The buttons available in the Touch Bar vary depending on the current app and task. Enable double tap on Apple Pencil: Select this option to be able to double-tap the lower section of Apple Pencil (2nd generation) to switch drawing tools in some apps. Choose which iPad to connect to: If you have more than one available iPad, click the Connect to pop-up menu, then choose the iPad you want. Hand off tasks between iPad and your Mac Continue working on one device where you left off on another. You can use Handoff with many Apple appsfor example, Mail, Safari, Pages, Numbers, Keynote, Maps, Messages, Reminders, Calendar, and Contactsand even some third-party apps. To use Handoff, you need to be signed in with the same Apple ID on all your devices. Your devices need to have Bluetooth turned on and be within Bluetooth range of one another (about 33 feet or 10 meters). in Settings Switch devices From Mac to iPad: The Handoff icon of the app youre using on your Mac appears on iPad on the right side of the Dock. Tap the Handoff icon to continue working in the app on iPad. From iPad to Mac: The Handoff icon of the app youre using on iPad appears in the Dock on your Mac. Click the Handoff icon to continue working in the app. Disable Handoff on your devices iPad, iPhone, and iPod touch: Go to Settings

, then tap General > AirPlay & Handoff. Mac: Choose Apple Menu > System Preferences > General, then turn off Allow Handoff between this Mac and your iCloud devices. iPad User Guide 498 Cut, copy, and paste between iPad and other devices You can cut or copy content (a block of text or an image, for example) on your iPad, then paste it on another iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or a Mac computer, and vice versa. For Universal Clipboard to work, you need to be signed in with the same Apple ID on all your devices. Your devices need to be connected to Wi-Fi, be within Bluetooth range of one another (about 33 feet

, and have Handoff enabled. (iPadOS 13, iOS 10, or 10 meters), have Bluetooth turned on in Settings macOS 10.12, or later required.) You need to cut, copy, and paste your content within a short period of time. Copy, cut, or paste Copy: Pinch closed with three fingers. Cut: Pinch closed with three fingers two times. Paste: Pinch open with three fingers. You can also touch and hold a selection, then tap Cut, Copy, or Paste. For more information about selecting text or placing the insertion point, see Type with the onscreen keyboard on iPad. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable Using a USB cable or adapter, you can directly connect iPad and a Mac or Windows PC. 1. Make sure you have one of the following:

Mac with a USB port and OS X 10.9 or later PC with a USB port and Windows 7 or later iPad User Guide 499 2. Connect iPad to the USB port on your computer using the charging cable for your iPad. If the cable isnt compatible with the port on your computer, do one of the following:

If your iPad came with a Lightning to USB cable and your computer has a USB-C port, connect the USB end of the cable to a USB-C to USB Adapter (sold separately), or use a USB-C to Lightning Cable (sold separately). If your iPad came with a USB-C to Lightning cable and your computer has a USB port, use a Lightning to USB Cable (sold separately). If your iPad came with a USB-C Charge Cable and your computer has a USB port, use a USB-C to USB Adapter and a USB-A cable (each sold separately). If your iPad came with a Thunderbolt 4 / USB-4 charging cable and your computer has a USB port, use a USB-C to USB Adapter and a USB-A cable (each sold separately). (You can use Thunderbolt or USB cables with Thunderbolt devices like iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation).) 3. Do any of the following:

Set up your iPad for the first time. Use iPad as a second display for your Mac. Transfer files between your iPad and computer. Sync content between your iPad and computer. Share your iPad internet connection (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) with your computer. The iPad battery charges when iPad is connected to your computer and your computer is connected to power. Sync iPad with your computer You can use iCloud to automatically keep your photos, files, calendar, and more updated across all your devices where youre signed in with your Apple ID. (You can even use a Windows PC to access your iCloud data on iCloud.com.) Other services like Apple Music allow you to access additional content across your devices. With iCloud and services like Apple Music, no syncing is required. If you dont want to use iCloud or other services, you can connect iPad to your Mac or Windows PC to sync the following items:

Albums, songs, playlists, movies, TV shows, podcasts, books, and audiobooks Photos and videos Contacts and calendars iPad User Guide 500 With syncing, you can keep these items up to date between your computer and your iPad. Note: If you use iCloud or other services like Apple Music, options for syncing with your computer might not be available. Set up syncing between your Mac and iPad 1. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. 2. In the Finder sidebar on your Mac, select your iPad. Note: To use the Finder to sync content, macOS 10.15 or later is required. With earlier versions of macOS, use iTunes to sync with your Mac. 3. At the top of the window, click the type of content you want to sync (for example, Movies or Books). Note: For information about using the Files option, see Transfer files between iPad and your computer. 4. Select Sync [content type] onto [device name]. By default, all items of a content type are synced, but you can choose to sync individual items, such as selected music, movies, books, or calendars. 5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each type of content you want to sync, then click Apply. Your Mac syncs to your iPad whenever you connect them. To view or change syncing options, select your iPad in the Finder sidebar, then choose from the options at the top of the window. Before disconnecting your iPad from your Mac, click the Eject button in the Finder sidebar. See Sync content between your Mac and iPhone or iPad in the macOS User Guide. Set up syncing between your Windows PC and iPad 1. Install or update to the latest version of iTunes on your PC. See the Apple Support article Update to the latest version of iTunes. 2. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. 3. In the iTunes app on your PC, click the iPad button near the top left of the iTunes window. 4. Select the type of content you want to sync (for example, Movies or Books) in the sidebar on the left. Note: For information about using the File Sharing option, see Transfer files between iPad and your computer. iPad User Guide 501 5. Select Sync to turn on syncing for that type of item. By default, all items of a content type are synced, but you can choose to sync individual items, such as selected music, movies, books, or calendars. 6. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each type of content you want to include on your iPad, then click Apply. By default, your Windows PC syncs to your iPad whenever you connect them. You can have iTunes ask you before syncing, and if there are some items you never want sync, you can keep them from being synced. See Sync iTunes content on PC with your devices in the iTunes User Guide for Windows. Turn on Wi-Fi syncing After you set up syncing between your computer and iPad, do the following:

1. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. 2. Do one of the following:

In the Finder sidebar on your Mac: Select your iPad, click General at the top of the window, then select Show this [device] when on Wi-Fi. To use the Finder to turn on Wi-Fi syncing, macOS 10.15 or later is required. With earlier versions of macOS, use iTunes to turn on Wi-Fi syncing. In the iTunes app on a Windows PC: Click the iPad button near the top left of the iTunes window, click Summary, then select Sync with this [device] over Wi-Fi (in Options). 3. Click Apply. By default, whenever iPad is plugged into power and is connected over Wi-Fi to your Mac or to iTunes on your Windows PC, the computer syncs your selected content to iPad. See Sync content between your Mac and iPhone or iPad over Wi-Fi in the macOS User Guide or Sync iTunes content on PC with devices on Wi-Fi in the iTunes User Guide for Windows. WARNING: If you delete a synced item from your computer, the item is also deleted from your iPad the next time you sync. Transfer files between iPad and your computer You can use iCloud Drive to keep your files up to date and accessible on all your devices, including Windows PCs. You can also transfer files between iPad and other devices by using AirDrop and sending email attachments. Alternatively, you can transfer files for apps that support file sharing by connecting iPad to a Mac

(with a USB port and OS X 10.9 or later) or a Windows PC (with a USB port and Windows 7 or later). iPad User Guide 502 Transfer files between iPad and your Mac 1. Connect iPad to your Mac. You can connect using USB, or if you set up Wi-Fi syncing, you can use a Wi-Fi connection. 2. In the Finder sidebar on your Mac, select your iPad. Note: To use the Finder to transfer files, macOS 10.15 or later is required. With earlier versions of macOS, use iTunes to transfer files. 3. At the top of the Finder window, click Files, then do one of the following:

Transfer from Mac to iPad: Drag a file or a selection of files from a Finder window onto an app name in the list. Transfer from iPad to Mac: Click the disclosure triangle beside an app name to see its files on your iPad, then drag a file to a Finder window. To delete a file from iPad, select it below an app name, press Command-Delete, then click Delete. Transfer files between iPad and your Windows PC 1. Install or update to the latest version of iTunes on your PC. See the Apple Support article Update to the latest version of iTunes. 2. Connect iPad to your Windows PC. You can connect using USB, or if you set up Wi-Fi syncing, you can use a Wi-Fi connection. 3. In iTunes on your Windows PC, click the iPad button near the top left of the iTunes window. 4. Click File Sharing, select an app in the list, then do one of the following:

Transfer a file from your iPad to your computer: Select the file you want to transfer in the list on the right, click Save to, select where you want to save the file, then click Save To. Transfer a file from your computer to your iPad: Click Add, select the file you want to transfer, then click Add. To delete a file from iPad, select the file, press the Delete key, then click Delete. File transfers occur immediately. To view items transferred to iPad, go to On My iPad in the Files app on iPad. See View files and folders in Files on iPad. Important: Syncing has no effect on file transfers, so syncing doesnt keep transferred files on iPad up to date with the files on your computer. iPad User Guide 503 See Transfer files from your Mac to iPhone or iPad in the macOS User Guide or Transfer files between your PC and devices with iTunes in the iTunes User Guide for Windows. iPad User Guide 504 Accessibility Get started with accessibility features on iPad iPad provides many accessibility features to support your vision, physical and motor, hearing, and learning needs. Learn how to configure these features and set up shortcuts for easy access. Turn on accessibility features during setup You can turn on many accessibility features right away when you first set up iPad. Turn on iPad, then do any of the following:

Turn on VoiceOver: Triple-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or triple-click the top button (on other iPad models). Turn on Zoom: Double-tap the screen with three fingers. Turn on Switch Control, Larger Text, Smart Invert, and more: Choose a language and country, tap

, then choose the features you want. For the complete list of accessibility features you can turn on during setup, see Use accessibility options to set up a new iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Change accessibility settings After you set up iPad, you can adjust accessibility settings. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility. 2. Choose any of the following features:

Vision VoiceOver Zoom Magnifier Display & Text Size Motion Spoken Content Audio Descriptions iPad User Guide 505 Physical and Motor Touch Face ID & Attention Switch Control Voice Control Home or top button Apple TV Remote Pointer Control Keyboards Apple Pencil AirPods Hearing Hearing Devices Sound recognition RTT Audio/Visual Subtitles & Captioning General Guided Access Siri Accessibility Shortcut VoiceOver Turn on and practice VoiceOver on iPad With VoiceOvera gesture-based screen readeryou can use iPad even if you cant see the screen. VoiceOver gives audible descriptions of whats on your screenfrom battery level, to whos calling, to which app your finger is on. You can also adjust the speaking rate and pitch to suit your needs. iPad User Guide 506 When you touch the screen or drag your finger over it, VoiceOver speaks the name of the item your finger is on, including icons and text. To interact with the item, such as a button or link, or to navigate to another item, use VoiceOver gestures. When you go to a new screen, VoiceOver plays a sound, then selects and speaks the name of the first item on the screen (typically in the top-left corner). VoiceOver tells you when the display changes to landscape or portrait orientation, when the screen becomes dimmed or locked, and whats active on the Lock Screen when you wake iPad. Turn VoiceOver on or off Important: VoiceOver changes the gestures you use to control iPad. When VoiceOver is on, you must use VoiceOver gestures to operate iPad. To turn VoiceOver on or off, use any of the following methods:

Summon Siri and say Turn on VoiceOver or Turn off VoiceOver. Triple-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button). Triple-click the top button (on other iPad models). Use Control Center. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then turn the setting on or off. Learn and practice VoiceOver gestures You can practice VoiceOver gestures in a special area without affecting iPad or its settings. When you practice a gesture, VoiceOver describes the gesture and the resulting action. Try different techniques to discover which works best for you. If a gesture doesnt work, try a quicker movement, especially for a double-tap or swipe gesture. To swipe, try brushing the screen quickly with your finger or fingers. For best results using multifinger gestures, touch the screen with some space between your fingers. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Turn on VoiceOver, tap VoiceOver Practice, then double-tap to start. 3. Practice the following gestures with one, two, three, and four fingers:

Tap Double-tap Triple-tap Swipe left, right, up, or down 4. When you finish practicing, tap Done, then double-tap to exit. iPad User Guide 507 Change your VoiceOver settings on iPad You can customize the settings for VoiceOver, such as the audio options, language, voice, speaking rate, and verbosity. Adjust the VoiceOver volume and other audio options To increase or decrease the volume, press the volume buttons on iPad. To set other audio options, go to Settings such as the following:

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Audio, then set options Sounds: Adjust and preview sound effects. Audio Ducking: Temporarily reduce media playback volume when VoiceOver speaks. Send to HDMI: Route audio to externally connected devices, such as an instrument amplifier or a DJ mixer. Set the VoiceOver language VoiceOver uses the same language you choose for your iPad. VoiceOver pronunciation of some languages is affected by the Region Format you choose. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Language & Region. 2. Tap iPad Language, then choose a language. Adjust the speaking voice Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then do any of the following:

Adjust the speaking rate: Drag the Speaking Rate slider. Choose a voice: Tap Speech > Voice, then choose a voice. To download an enhanced voice, tap

. Adjust the pitch: Tap Speech, then drag the slider. You can also turn on Use Pitch Change to have VoiceOver use a higher pitch when speaking the first item of a group (such as a list or table) and a lower pitch when speaking the last item of a group. Specify the pronunciation of certain words: Tap Speech > Pronunciations, tap then dictate or spell out how you want the phrase to be pronounced.

, enter a phrase, Note: You can dictate only if you turned on Enable Dictation in Settings > General > Keyboards. iPad User Guide 508 Set how much VoiceOver tells you Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap any of the following:

Verbosity: Choose options to have VoiceOver speak hints, punctuation, uppercase letters, embedded links, and more. VoiceOver can even confirm rotor actions. To change how VoiceOver speaks punctuation, tap Punctuation, then choose a group. You can also create new groupsfor example, a programming group in which [ is spoken as left brack. Always Speak Notifications: VoiceOver reads notifications, including incoming text messages as they occur, even if iPad is locked. Unacknowledged notifications are repeated when you unlock iPad. Customize VoiceOver settings for an activity You can customize a group of VoiceOver settings for an activity such as programming. Apply the settings automatically when you open certain apps or by adjusting the rotor. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Activities. 2. Choose an existing activity or tap Add Activity. 3. Adjust settings for speech, verbosity, and braille. 4. Choose Apps or Context to automatically apply the settings for this activity. Adjust VoiceOver visuals Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then turn on any of the following:

Large Cursor: If you have difficulty seeing the black outline around the selected item, you can enlarge and thicken the outline. Caption Panel: The text spoken by VoiceOver is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Learn VoiceOver gestures on iPad When VoiceOver is on, standard touchscreen gestures have different effects, and additional gestures let you move around the screen and control individual items. VoiceOver gestures include two-, three-, and four-finger taps and swipes. You can use different techniques to perform VoiceOver gestures. For example, you can perform a two-finger tap using two fingers on one hand, one finger on each hand, or your thumbs. Instead of selecting an item and double-tapping, you can use a split-tap gesturetouch and hold an item with one finger, then tap the screen with another finger. Explore and speak items on the screen iPad User Guide 509 Explore and speak items on the screen To explore the screen, drag your finger over it. VoiceOver speaks the name of each item you touch. You can also use VoiceOver gestures to explore the screen in order, from top to bottom and left to right. Action Gesture Select and speak an item Tap or touch the item Select the next item Select the previous item Swipe right Swipe left Select the first item on the screen Four-finger tap near the top of the screen Select the last item on the screen Four-finger tap near the bottom of the screen Speak the entire screen from the top Two-finger swipe up Speak the entire screen from the selected item Two-finger swipe down Pause or continue speaking Two-finger tap Speak additional information, such as the position Three-finger tap within a list or whether text is selected Scroll up, down, left, and right Use VoiceOver gestures to move to another page. Action Gesture Scroll up one page Three-finger swipe down Scroll down one page Three-finger swipe up Scroll left one page Three-finger swipe right Scroll right one page Three-finger swipe left Take action on an item Use VoiceOver gestures to perform actions on an item. Action Gesture iPad User Guide 510 Select an item Activate the selected item Double-tap the selected item Drag a slider Tap Double-tap Triple-tap Tap the slider to select it, then swipe up or down with one finger; or double-tap and hold the slider until you hear three rising tones, then drag the slider Start or stop the current action (for example, play or pause music or a video, take a photo in Camera, start or stop a recording, start or stop the stopwatch) Two-finger double-tap Dismiss an alert or return to the previous screen Two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z) Edit an items label to make it easier to find Two-finger double-tap and hold Tip: As an alternative to selecting an item and double-tapping to activate it, touch and hold an item with one finger, then tap the screen with another. Use gestures to control VoiceOver Use these gestures to control VoiceOver. Action Gesture Mute or unmute VoiceOver Three-finger double-tap. If both VoiceOver and Zoom are enabled, use the three-finger triple-tap gesture. Turn the screen curtain on or off Three-finger triple-tap.

(When the screen curtain is on, the screen contents If both VoiceOver and Zoom are enabled, use the are active even though the display is turned off.) three-finger quadruple-tap gesture. Use a standard gesture Double-tap and hold your finger on the screen until you hear three rising tones, then make the gesture. When you lift your finger, VoiceOver gestures resume. For example, to drag a volume slider with your finger instead of swiping up and down, select the slider, double-tap and hold, wait for the three tones, then slide left or right. iPad User Guide 511 Open the Item Chooser Two-finger triple-tap. To move quickly through the list of items, type a name in the search field, swipe right or left to move through the list alphabetically, or tap the table index to the right of the list and swipe up or down. You can also use handwriting to select an item by writing its name. To dismiss the Item Chooser without making a selection, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z). Use the VoiceOver rotor You can use the rotor to change VoiceOver settings, jump from one item to the next on the screen, select special input methods such as Braille Screen Input or Handwriting, and more. For details, see Control VoiceOver using the rotor on iPad. Use these gestures to use the rotor. Action Gesture Choose a rotor setting Two-finger rotation Move to the previous item or increase (depending on the rotor setting) Swipe up Move to the next item or decrease (depending on the Swipe down rotor setting) Operate iPad using VoiceOver gestures When VoiceOver is on, you need to use special gestures to unlock iPad, go to the Home Screen, open Control Center, switch apps, and more. Unlock iPad On an iPad with a Home button: Press the Home button (if Touch ID is enabled). On iPad Air (4th generation): Press the top button (if Touch ID is enabled). On an iPad with Face ID: Wake iPad and glance at it, then drag up from the bottom edge of the screen until you hear two rising tones (if Face ID is enabled). If prompted, enter your passcode. To avoid having your passcode spoken as you enter it, enter your passcode silently using handwriting mode or type onscreen braille. iPad User Guide 512 Go to the Home Screen Drag one finger up from the bottom edge of the screen until you hear two rising tones, then lift your finger. Press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button). Use the dock Slide one finger up from the bottom edge until you hear two rising tones, then swipe down. Switch to another app Swipe right or left with five fingers to cycle through the open apps. (Make sure Gestures is turned on in Settings

> General > Multitasking & Dock.) Alternatively, you can use the App Switcher:

1. Open the App Switcher using one of the following methods:

Drag one finger up from the bottom edge of the screen until you hear three tones, then lift your finger. Double-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button). 2. To browse the open apps, swipe left or right until the app you want is selected. 3. Double-tap to open the app. Open Control Center Drag one finger down from the top edge of the screen until you hear two rising tones. Tap any item in the status bar, then swipe up with three fingers. To dismiss Control Center, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z). View notifications Drag one finger down from the top edge of the screen until you hear three rising tones. Tap any item in the status bar, then swipe down with three fingers. To dismiss the notifications screen, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z). iPad User Guide 513 Speak status bar information 1. Tap the status bar at the top of the screen. 2. Swipe left or right to hear the time, battery state, Wi-Fi signal strength, and more. Rearrange apps on your Home Screen Use one of the following methods:

Drag and drop: Tap an icon on the Home Screen, then double-tap and hold your finger on the screen until you hear three rising tones. The items relative location is described as you drag. Lift your finger when the icon is in its new location. Drag an icon to the edge of the screen to move it to another Home Screen. Move actions: Tap an app, then swipe down to hear available actions. When you hear Edit Mode, double-tap to start arranging apps. Find the app you want to move, then swipe down to the Move action and double-tap. Move the VoiceOver cursor to the new destination for the app, then choose from the available actions: Cancel Move, Create New Folder, Add to Folder, Move Before, or Move After. When youre finished, tap Done, then double-tap. Search from the Home Screen 1. Tap anywhere on the Home Screen outside the status bar. 2. Swipe down with three fingers. Control VoiceOver using the rotor on iPad You can use the VoiceOver rotor to change how VoiceOver works. You can adjust the VoiceOver volume or speaking rate, move from one item to the next on the screen, select special input methods such as Braille Screen Input or Handwriting, and more. When you use an Apple external keyboard to control VoiceOver, use the rotor to adjust settings such as volume, speech rate, use of pitch or phonetics, typing echo, and reading of punctuation. iPad User Guide 514 Use the VoiceOver rotor 1. When VoiceOver is turned on, rotate two fingers on your screen as if youre turning a dial. If you prefer to use one finger on each hand, simultaneously drag up with one finger and drag down with the other. VoiceOver speaks the rotor setting. Keep rotating your fingers to hear more settings. Stop rotating your fingers when you hear the setting you want. 2. Swipe your finger up or down on the screen to use the setting. The available rotor settings and their effects depend on what youre doing. For example, if you choose Headings when youre browsing a webpage, swipe down or up to move the VoiceOver cursor to the next or previous heading. Customize the VoiceOver rotor 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Do any of the following:

Add or reorder the rotor settings: Tap Rotor, then choose the settings you want, or drag reorder settings. to Add another language: Tap Speech > Add New Language (below Rotor Languages), then choose a language. Have VoiceOver confirm rotor actions: Tap Verbosity, then turn on Speak Confirmation. Use the onscreen keyboard with VoiceOver on iPad VoiceOver changes how you use the onscreen keyboard when you activate an editable text field. You can enter, select, and delete text; change the keyboard language; and more. Enter text with the onscreen keyboard 1. Select a text field, then double-tap. The insertion point and the onscreen keyboard appear. iPad User Guide 515 2. Enter text using one of the following methods:

Standard typing (default): Select a key on the keyboard by swiping left or right, then double-

tap to enter the character. Or move your finger around the keyboard to select a key and, while continuing to touch the key with one finger, tap the screen with another finger. VoiceOver speaks the key when its selected, and again when the character is entered. Touch typing: Touch a key on the keyboard to select it, then lift your finger to enter the character. If you touch the wrong key, slide your finger to the key you want. VoiceOver speaks the character for each key as you touch it, but doesnt enter a character until you lift your finger. Direct Touch typing: VoiceOver is disabled for the keyboard only, so you can type just as you do when VoiceOver is off. Dictation: Use a two-finger double-tap on the keyboard to start and stop dictation. To enter an accented character, use one of the following methods:

Standard typing (default): Select the plain character, then double-tap and hold until you hear a tone indicating alternate characters have appeared. Drag left or right to select and hear the choices. Release your finger to enter the current selection. Touch typing: Touch and hold a character until the alternate characters appear. Edit text with the onscreen keyboard Move the insertion point: Swipe up or down to move the insertion point forward or backward in the text. Use the rotor to choose whether you want to move the insertion point by character, by word, or by line. To jump to the beginning or end, double-tap the text. VoiceOver makes a sound when the insertion point moves, and speaks the character, word, or line that the insertion point moves across. When moving forward by words, the insertion point is placed at the end of each word, before the space or punctuation that follows. When moving backward, the insertion point is placed at the end of the preceding word, before the space or punctuation that follows it. Move the insertion point past the punctuation at the end of a word or sentence: Use the rotor to switch back to character mode. When moving the insertion point by line, VoiceOver speaks each line as you move across it. When moving forward, the insertion point is placed at the beginning of the next line (except when you reach the last line of a paragraph, when the insertion point is moved to the end of the line just spoken). When moving backward, the insertion point is placed at the beginning of the line thats spoken. Delete a character: Use

. iPad User Guide 516 Select text: Use one of the following methods. Set the rotor to Text Selection, swipe up or down to choose Character, Word, Line, or Sentence, then swipe left or right to move backward or forward. (You may need to enable Text

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Rotor.) Selectiongo to Settings Set the rotor to Edit, swipe up or down to choose Select or Select All, then double-tap. If you choose Select, the word closest to the insertion point is selected when you double-tap. To increase or decrease the selection, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z) to dismiss the pop-up menu, then pinch. Cut, copy, or paste: Set the rotor to Edit, select the text, swipe up or down to choose Cut, Copy, or Paste, then double-tap. Fix misspelled words: Set the rotor to Misspelled Words, then swipe up or down to jump to the previous or next misspelled word. Swipe left or right to choose a suggested replacement, then double-tap to use the replacement. Undo: Shake iPad, swipe left or right to choose the action to undo, then double-tap. Change the keyboard settings 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Tap any of the following:

Typing Style: You can choose a new style. Or, set the rotor to Typing Mode, then swipe up or down. Phonetic Feedback: Speak text character by character. VoiceOver first speaks the character, then its phonetic equivalentfor example, f and then foxtrot. Typing Feedback: Choose to speak characters, words, both, or nothing. Rotor: Select the settings you want to include in the rotor. Speech: Tap Add New Language (below Rotor Languages), then choose a language. Verbosity: Tap Deleting Text. To have VoiceOver speak deleted characters in a lower pitch, tap Change Pitch. Write with your finger using VoiceOver on iPad With Handwriting mode, you can enter text by writing characters on the screen with your finger. In addition to normal text entry, use handwriting mode to enter your iPad passcode silently or to open apps from the Home Screen. iPad User Guide 517 Use handwriting mode 1. Set the rotor to Handwriting. If Handwriting isnt in the rotor, go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Rotor, then add it. 2. To choose a character type (lowercase, numbers, uppercase, or punctuation), swipe up or down with three fingers. To hear the selected character type, tap with three fingers. 3. Trace a character on the screen with your finger. You can also do any of the following:

Enter an alternate character (a character with an accent, for example): Write the character, then swipe up or down with two fingers until you hear the type of character you want. Enter a space: Swipe right with two fingers. Go to a new line: Swipe right with three fingers. Delete the previous character: Swipe left with two fingers. 4. To exit handwriting mode, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z), or set the rotor to a different setting. Enter your passcode silently with handwriting mode 1. On the passcode screen, set the rotor to Handwriting. 2. Write the characters of your passcode with your finger. Select an item on the Home Screen 1. On the Home Screen, set the rotor to Handwriting. 2. Start writing the name of the item with your finger. If there are multiple matches, continue to spell the name until its unique, or swipe up or down with two fingers to choose from the current matches. Quickly navigate a long list 1. Select the index to the right of the list (for example, next to your Contacts list or in the VoiceOver Item Chooser). iPad User Guide 518 2. Set the rotor to Handwriting, then use your finger to write the letter you want to navigate to. Use VoiceOver on iPad with an Apple external keyboard If you use an Apple external keyboard with iPad, you can use keyboard shortcuts to activate VoiceOver commands. Additionally, you can use VoiceOver Help to learn the keyboard layout and the actions associated with various key combinations. VoiceOver Help speaks keys and keyboard commands as you type them, without performing the associated action. Choose the VoiceOver modifier The modifier is a key or set of keys you press with one or more other keys to enter VoiceOver commands. You can set the modifier to be the Caps Lock key or the Control and Option keys pressed at the same time. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Typing > Modifier Keys. 2. Choose the modifier for VoiceOver commands: the Caps Lock key or the Control and Option keys. This modifier is abbreviated as VO in the tables below. VoiceOver keyboard commands VO = modifier keys Action Turn on VoiceOver Help Shortcut VO-K Turn off VoiceOver Help Esc (Escape) Select the next or previous item VO-Right Arrow or VO-Left Arrow Activate the selected item VO-Space bar Touch and hold the selected item VO-Shift-M Read from the current position Read from the top Pause or resume reading VO-A VO-B Control Copy the last spoken text to the clipboard VO-Shift-C Search for text VO-F iPad User Guide 519 Mute or unmute VoiceOver Go to the Home Screen Move to the status bar VO-S VO-H VO-M Open the notifications screen Move to the status bar (VO-M), then Option-Up Arrow Open Control Center Move to the status bar (VO-M), then Option-Down Open Search Arrow Option-Up Arrow Open the App Switcher VO-H-H Switch apps Command-Tab or Command-Shift-Tab Open the Item Chooser Change the label of the selected item VO-I VO-/

Start, stop, or pause an action VO-Hyphen Swipe up or down Adjust the rotor Adjust the setting specified by the rotor VO-Up Arrow or VO-Down Arrow VO-Command-Left Arrow or VO-Command-Right Arrow VO-Command-Up Arrow or VO-Command-Down Arrow Turn the screen curtain on or off VO-Shift-F11 Return to the previous screen Esc Quick Nav using the arrow keys Turn on Quick Nav to control VoiceOver using the arrow keys. Action Shortcut Turn Quick Nav on or off Left Arrow-Right Arrow Select the next or previous item Right Arrow or Left Arrow Select the next or previous item specified by the rotor Up Arrow or Down Arrow iPad User Guide 520 Select the first or last item Control-Up Arrow or Control-Down Arrow Tap an item Up Arrow-Down Arrow Scroll up, down, left, or right Option-Up Arrow, Option-Down Arrow, Option-Left Arrow, or Option-Right Arrow Adjust the rotor Up Arrow-Left Arrow or Up Arrow-Right Arrow Single-key Quick Nav for web browsing To navigate a webpage quickly, turn on Quick Nav (VO-Q), then press keys on the keyboard to navigate to specific item types, such as headings or links. To move to the previous item, hold the Shift key as you press a key for the item type. Item type Heading Link Text field Button Form control Image Table Static text ARIA landmark List Item of the same type Level 1 heading Level 2 heading Level 3 heading Level 4 heading Level 5 heading Shortcut H L R B C I T S W X M 1 2 3 4 5 iPad User Guide 521 Level 6 heading 6 Text editing Use these commands (with Quick Nav turned off) to work with text. VoiceOver reads the text as you move the insertion point. Action Shortcut Go forward or back one character Right Arrow or Left Arrow Go forward or back one word Option-Right Arrow or Option-Left Arrow Go up or down one line Up Arrow or Down Arrow Go to the beginning or end of the line Command-Left Arrow or Command-Down Arrow Go to the beginning or end of the paragraph Option-Up Arrow or Option-Down Arrow Go to the previous or next paragraph Option-Up Arrow or Option-Down Arrow Go to the top or bottom of the text field Command-Up Arrow or Command-Down Arrow Select text as you move Shift + any of the insertion point movement commands Select all text above Command-A Copy, cut, or paste the selected text Command-C, Command-X, or Command-V Undo or redo last change Command-Z or Shift-Command-Z Use a braille display with VoiceOver on iPad iPad supports many international braille tables and refreshable braille displays. You can connect a Bluetooth wireless braille display to read VoiceOver output, including contracted and uncontracted braille and equations using Nemeth Code. When you edit text, the braille display shows the text in context, and your edits are automatically converted between braille and printed text. You can also use a braille display with input keys to control your iPad when VoiceOver is turned on. For a list of supported braille displays, see the Apple Support article Braille displays supported by iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Connect a braille display and learn commands to control iPad iPad User Guide 522 1. Turn on the braille display. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, turn on Bluetooth, then choose the display. 3. On iPad, go to Settings > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille, then choose the display. 4. To see the braille commands for controlling iPad, tap More Info, then tap Braille Commands. See the Apple Support article Common braille commands for VoiceOver on your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Change the braille display settings 1. On iPad, go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille. iPad User Guide 523 2. Set any of the following:

Setting Output Input Braille Screen Input Braille Tables Status Cells Description Choose uncontracted six-dot, uncontracted eight-

dot, or contracted braille. Choose uncontracted six-dot, uncontracted eight-

dot, or contracted braille; you can also turn on Automatic Translation. Choose the input method for entering braille using the screen. See Type braille directly on iPad using VoiceOver. Add tables that appear in the Braille Table rotor. Turn on the general and text status cells and choose their location. Equations use Nemeth Code Turn on Nemeth Code for mathematical equations. Show On-screen Keyboard Display the keyboard on the screen. Turn Pages when Panning Automatically turn pages when panning. Word Wrap Wrap words to the next line. Braille Alert Messages When turned on, your braille display shows an alert Ignore Chord Duration message for the specified duration. Adjust the amount of time required before subsequent key presses are recognized as braille chords. Auto Advance Duration Adjust this setting to your preferred reading speed. Output closed captions in braille during media playback 1. On iPad, go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Verbosity. 2. Choose Braille or Speech and Braille. Type braille directly on iPad using VoiceOver iPad User Guide 524 If you turn on Braille Screen Input, you can use your fingers to enter six-dot, eight-dot, or contracted braille directly on the iPad screen, without a physical braille keyboard. Enter braille on the screen 1. Set the rotor to Braille Screen Input. If you dont see Braille Screen Input in the rotor, go to Settings Rotor, then select it from the list.

> Accessibility > VoiceOver >

2. Place iPad in one of the following positions:

Tabletop mode: Lay iPad flat in front of you. Screen away mode: Hold iPad with the screen facing away so your fingers curl back to tap the screen. 3. Enter braille characters by tapping the screen with one or more fingers at the same time. Tip: To have iPad read dots aloud, tap and hold the dots, then when you hear the timer tones and announcement, release the dots. To move the entry dots to match your natural finger positions, double-tap all the dots. You can also use gestures to perform actions such as the following:

Action Enter a space Gesture Swipe right with one finger; in screen away mode, swipe to your right Delete the previous character Swipe left with one finger Move to a new line Swipe right with two fingers Cycle through spelling suggestions Swipe up or down with one finger Enter a carriage return, or send a message (in Swipe up with three fingers Messages) Cycle through the braille modes Swipe left or right with three fingers Translate immediately (when contractions are Swipe down with two fingers enabled) Switch to the next keyboard Swipe up with two fingers 4. To exit Braille Screen Input, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z), or adjust the rotor to another setting. iPad User Guide 525 Change Braille Screen Input settings 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille > Braille Screen Input. 2. Do any of the following:

Set six-dot, eight-dot, or contracted braille as the default. Reverse the dot positions for six-dot and eight-dot braille. 3. To view or edit the commands and gestures you can perform when Braille Screen Input is turned on, go to Settings > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Commands > Braille Screen Input. Customize VoiceOver gestures and keyboard shortcuts on iPad You can customize the gestures and keyboard shortcuts that activate VoiceOver commands. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Commands. 2. Tap any of the following:

All Commands: Navigate to the command you want to customize, then tap Edit, Add Gesture, or Add Keyboard Shortcut. Touch Gestures: List the gestures and the associated commands. Handwriting: List the gestures for handwriting and the associated commands. Braille Screen Input: List the gestures for Braille Screen Input and the associated commands. To clear your custom gestures and keyboard shortcuts, tap Reset VoiceOver Commands. Use VoiceOver on iPad with a pointer device If you use a pointer device with iPad, you can adjust how it works with VoiceOver. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Below Pointer Control, tap any of the following:

Pointer: Set the pointer to ignore, follow, or move the VoiceOver cursor. Speak Under Pointer: You can adjust the delay to speak the item under the pointer. iPad User Guide 526 Use VoiceOver in apps on iPad You can use VoiceOver to interact with apps, even if you cant see the screen. VoiceOver is supported in the built-in Apple apps that came with your iPadsuch as Maps

, Camera

, Photos

, Voice Memos

, Safari

, and more. With VoiceOver Recognition, you can get descriptions of images and screen elements even on webpages and in apps without accessibility information. Read PDF documents in Apple Books or Files using VoiceOver VoiceOver can read detailed informationsuch as forms, tables, and listsin PDF documents. Browse the web in Safari using VoiceOver Search the web: Select the address field, double-tap to invoke the keyboard, then enter a search term, phrase, or URL. Select a search suggestion, then double-tap. Skip to the next element on a webpage: Set the rotor to the element typesuch as headings, links, and form controlsthen swipe up or down. Set the rotor settings for web browsing: Go to Settings Select or deselect items, or drag up or down to reposition an item.

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Rotor. Skip images while navigating: Go to Settings > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Navigate Images. You can choose to skip all images or only those without descriptions. Reduce page clutter for easier reading and navigation: In the Safari address field, select the Format Options button, double-tap, select Show Reader View (not available for all webpages), then double-tap. Tip: If you use an Apple external keyboard with iPad, you can use single-key Quick Nav for web browsing. Read math equations using VoiceOver VoiceOver can read math equations on the web (encoded using MathML) and in supported Apple apps such as Numbers and Keynote. Hear an equation: Have VoiceOver read the text as usual. VoiceOver says math before it starts reading an equation. Explore the equation: Double-tap the selected equation to display it in full screen and move through it one element at a time. Swipe left or right to read elements of the equation. Use the rotor to select Symbols, Small Expressions, Medium Expressions, or Large Expressions, then swipe up or down to hear the next element of that size. You can continue to double-tap the selected element to drill down into the equation to focus on the selected element, then swipe left or right, or up or down, to read one part at a time. iPad User Guide 527 Equations spoken by VoiceOver can also be output to a braille device using Nemeth Code, as well as the codes used by Unified English Braille, British English, French, and Greek. See Use a braille display with VoiceOver on iPad. Navigate in Maps using VoiceOver Control how the map tracks your current location: Select tracking option you want.

, then double-tap until you hear the Tracking on: The map automatically centers on your current location. Tracking on with heading: The map automatically centers on your current location and rotates so that the heading youre facing is at the top of the screen. In this mode, iPad speaks street names and points of interest as you approach them. Tracking off: The map doesnt automatically center on your current location. Explore the map: Drag your finger around the screen, or swipe left or right to move to another item. Zoom in or out: Select the map, set the rotor to Zoom, then swipe up or down with one finger. Pan the map: Swipe with three fingers. Browse points of interest shown on the map: Set the rotor to Points of Interest, then swipe up or down with one finger. Get information about a location: Select the location (for example, a business, landmark or pin), then double-tap to open the information card. Swipe left or right to hear information such as directions, street address, phone number, business hours, and customer reviews. Take photos and videos in Camera using VoiceOver When you use Camera, VoiceOver describes objects in the viewfinder. To take a photo or start, pause, or resume a video recording, double-tap the screen with two fingers. Trim videos in Photos using VoiceOver 1. Select the video you want to trim, then double-tap. 2. Select Edit, then double-tap. 3. Select Start or End (on the media scrubber), then swipe up or down to adjust the start or end time. 4. When youre finished, select Done, then double-tap. iPad User Guide 528 Trim recordings in Voice Memos using VoiceOver 1. Select the recording you want to trim, then double-tap. 2. Select Edit at the top right, then double-tap. 3. Select

, then double-tap. 4. In the Waveform Overview, select Trim Beginning or Trim End, then swipe up or down to adjust the start or end time. 5. Select Trim, then double-tap. 6. Select Save, then double-tap. 7. Select Done, then double-tap. Use VoiceOver Recognition on the web or in apps without accessibility information 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > VoiceOver Recognition. 2. Turn on any of the following:

Image Descriptions: Get descriptions of images in apps and on the web. Screen Recognition: Get descriptions of screen elements in apps. Text Recognition: Get descriptions of text found in images. 3. Tap Feedback Style, then choose Speak, Play Sound, or Do Nothing. Vision Zoom in on the iPad screen In many apps, you can zoom in or out on specific items. For example, you can double-tap or pinch to look closer in Photos or expand webpage columns in Safari. You can also use the Zoom feature to magnify the screen no matter what youre doing. You can magnify the entire screen (Full Screen Zoom), magnify part of the screen with a resizable lens (Window Zoom), or magnify a portion of the screen that stays in one place (Pinned Zoom). And, you can use Zoom together with VoiceOver. Set up Zoom 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Zoom, then turn on Zoom. iPad User Guide 529 2. Adjust any of the following:

Follow Focus: Track your selections, the text insertion point, and your typing. Smart Typing: Switch to Window Zoom when a keyboard appears. Keyboard Shortcuts: Control Zoom using shortcuts on an external keyboard. Zoom Controller: Turn the controller on, set controller actions, and adjust the color and opacity. Zoom Region: Choose Pinned Zoom, Full Screen Zoom, or Window Zoom. Zoom Filter: Choose None, Inverted, Grayscale, Grayscale Inverted, or Low Light. Maximum Zoom Level: Drag the slider to adjust the level. 3. If you use iPad with a pointer device, you can also set the following below Pointer Control:

Zoom Pan: Choose Continuous, Centered, or Edges to set how the screen image moves with the pointer. Adjust Size with Zoom: Allow the pointer to scale with zoom. 4. To add Zoom to Accessibility Shortcut, go to Settings > Accessibility > Accessibility Shortcut, then tap Zoom. Use Zoom 1. Double-tap the screen with three fingers or use accessibility shortcuts to turn on Zoom. 2. To see more of the screen, do any of the following:

Adjust the magnification: Double-tap the screen with three fingers (without lifting your fingers after the second tap), then drag up or down. Or triple-tap with three fingers, then drag the Zoom Level slider. Move the Zoom lens: (Window Zoom) Drag the handle at the bottom of the Zoom lens. Pan to another area: (Full Screen Zoom) Drag the screen with three fingers. 3. To adjust the settings with the Zoom menu, triple-tap with three fingers, then adjust any of the following:

Choose Region: Choose Pinned Zoom, Full Screen Zoom, or Window Zoom. Resize Lens: (Window Zoom) Tap Resize Lens, then drag any of the round handles that appear. Choose Filter: Choose Inverted, Grayscale, Grayscale Inverted, or Low Light. Show Controller: Show the Zoom Controller. iPad User Guide 530 4. To use the Zoom Controller, do any of the following:

Show the Zoom menu: Tap the controller. Zoom in or out: Double-tap the controller. Pan: When zoomed in, drag the controller. While using Zoom with an Apple external keyboard, the Zoom region follows the insertion point, keeping it in the center of the display. See Apple external keyboards for iPad. To turn off Zoom, double-tap the screen with three fingers or use accessibility shortcuts. Magnify nearby objects with Magnifier on iPad Use your iPad as a magnifying glass to zoom in on objects near you. Set up Magnifier 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Magnifier. 2. Turn on Magnifier. This adds Magnifier as an accessibility shortcut. Turn on Magnifier and adjust the image 1. Use accessibility shortcuts to turn on Magnifier. 2. To adjust the zoom level, drag the zoom control slider left or right. iPad User Guide 531 3. To show more controls, drag the grabber up. 4. Adjust the image using any of the following controls:

Brightness: Tap

. Contrast: Tap

. Color filters: Tap

. Flashlight: Tap (on an iPad with a flash). Tip: To organize the controls you use most often, tap

, then reorder the controls or tap Filter Customization to choose your favorite filters. Freeze the frame You can freeze one or more frames and review them. Note: Freeze frames arent saved to Photos. 1. Tap

. 2. To freeze more frames, tap

, reposition the camera, then tap

. 3. To review the freeze frames, tap View, then tap the frames you want to see. 4. To return to the live lens, tap End. To turn off Magnifier, do one of the following:

Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. Press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button). Detect people around you using Magnifier on iPad On iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation or later) and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation or later) with iPadOS 14.2 or later, you can use Magnifier to detect people and help you maintain a physical or social distance from others. When iPad detects people nearby, youre notified with sounds or speech. The feedback is more frequent when a person is closer to you. Important: Dont use People Detection for navigation or in circumstances where you could be harmed or injured. Customize the settings for People Detection 1. Use accessibility shortcuts to turn on Magnifier. iPad User Guide 532 2. Tap

, tap next to People Detection to add it as a secondary control, then tap People Detection

(below Filters) to customize any of the following:

Units: Choose Meters or Feet. Sound pitch distance: Tap this distance, the pitch of the sound feedback increases. or to adjust the distance. When people are detected within Feedback: Turn on Sounds, Speech, or both. If you turn on Speech, iPad speaks the distance between you and another person. 3. Tap Done. Set up shortcuts for People Detection Accessibility shortcut: Go to Settings People Detection.

> Accessibility > Accessibility Shortcut, then select VoiceOver gesture: By default, the four-finger triple-tap gesture turns People Detection on or off. To assign a different gesture, go to Settings > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Commands > Touch Gestures. Detect people near you 1. Use accessibility shortcuts to turn on Magnifier, then tap

. 2. Position iPad so the rear camera can detect people around you. 3. When youre finished, tap End to return to the Magnifier screen or swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. Adjust the display and text size on iPad If you have color blindness or other vision challenges, you can customize the display settings to make the screen easier to see. Use display accommodations 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Display & Text Size. iPad User Guide 533 2. Adjust any of the following:

Bold Text: Display the text in boldface characters. Larger Text: Turn on Larger Accessibility Sizes, then adjust the text size using the Font Size slider. This setting adjusts to your preferred text size in apps that support Dynamic Type, such as Settings, Calendar, Contacts, Mail, Messages, and Notes. Button Shapes: This setting underlines text you can tap. On/Off Labels: This setting indicates switches turned on with 1 and switches turned off with 0. Reduce Transparency: This setting reduces the transparency and blurs on some backgrounds. Increase Contrast: This setting improves the contrast and legibility by altering color and text styling. Apps that support Dynamic Typesuch as Settings, Calendar, Contacts, Mail, Messages, and Notesadjust to your preferred text size. Differentiate Without Color: This setting replaces user interface items that rely on color to convey information with alternatives. Smart Invert or Classic Invert: Smart Invert Colors reverses the colors of the display, except for images, media, and some apps that use dark color styles. Color Filters: Tap a filter to apply it. To adjust the intensity or hue, drag the sliders. Reduce White Point: This setting reduces the intensity of bright colors. Auto-Brightness: This setting automatically adjusts the screen brightness for current light conditions using the built-in ambient light sensor. You can also apply these effects to only the contents of the zoom window. See Zoom in on the iPad screen. Reduce or stop the motion of screen elements on iPad If you have sensitivity to motion effects or screen movement on your iPad, you can stop or reduce the movement of some screen elements, such as:

Parallax effect of wallpaper, apps, and alerts Screen transitions Siri animations Typing autocompletion iPad User Guide 534 Animated effects in Messages 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Motion. 2. Turn on or off any of the following controls:

Reduce Motion: This setting reduces the motion of the user interface, including the parallax effect of icons. Prefer Cross-Fade Transitions: This setting reduces the motion of user interface controls that slide in and out when appearing and disappearing. Auto-Play Message Effects: This setting allows the Messages app to automatically play full-

screen effects. If you turn this setting off, you can still manually play effects by tapping Replay below the message bubble. Auto-Play Video Previews: This setting allows apps such as the App Store to automatically play video previews. Limit Frame Rate: This setting limits the frame rate of the display to 60 frames per second (on supported iPad models). Hear iPad speak the screen, selected text, and typing feedback Even if VoiceOver is turned off, you can have iPad speak selected text or the entire screen. iPad can also provide feedback and speak text corrections and suggestions as you type. Change the speech settings 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Spoken Content. iPad User Guide 535 2. Adjust any of the following:

Speak Selection: To hear text you selected, tap the Speak button. Speak Screen: To hear the entire screen, swipe down with two fingers from the top of the screen. Speech Controller: Show the controller for quick access to Speak Screen and Speak on Touch. Highlight Content: iPad can highlight words, sentences, or both as theyre spoken. You can change the highlight color and style. Typing Feedback: You can configure typing feedback for the onscreen and external keyboards and choose to have iPad speak each character, entire words, auto-corrections, auto-

capitalizations, and typing predictions. To hear typing predictions, you also need to go to Settings > General > Keyboards, then turn on Predictive. Voices: Choose a voice and dialect. Speaking Rate: Drag the slider. Pronunciations: Dictate or spell out how you want certain phrases to be spoken. Hear iPad speak Ask Siri. Say something like: Speak screen. Learn how to ask Siri. Or do any of the following:

Hear selected text: Select the text, then tap Speak. Hear the entire screen: Swipe down with two fingers from the top of the screen. Use the controls that appear to pause speaking or adjust the rate. Hear typing feedback: Start typing. To hear typing predictions (when turned on), touch and hold each word. Hear audio descriptions for video content on iPad If you have video content that includes audio descriptions of scenes, iPad can play the descriptions for you. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio Descriptions. 2. Turn on Audio Descriptions. iPad User Guide 536 Touch Use AssistiveTouch on iPad AssistiveTouch helps you use iPad if you have difficulty touching the screen or pressing the buttons. You can use AssistiveTouch without any accessory to perform actions or gestures that are difficult for you. You can also use a compatible adaptive accessory (such as a joystick) together with AssistiveTouch to control iPad. With AssistiveTouch, you can use a simple tap (or the equivalent on your accessory) to perform actions such as the following:

Open the AssistiveTouch menu Go to the Home Screen Double-tap Perform multifinger gestures Perform scroll gestures Summon Siri Access Control Center, notifications, the Lock Screen, or the App Switcher Adjust the volume on iPad Shake iPad Take a screenshot Use Apple Pay Speak screen Adjust dwell settings Control Analytics Restart iPad Set up AssistiveTouch Ask Siri. Say something like: Turn on AssistiveTouch or Turn off AssistiveTouch. Learn how to ask Siri. Or do the following:

1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch. iPad User Guide 537 2. Turn on AssistiveTouch. 3. To customize AssistiveTouch, tap any of the following:

Customize Top Level Menu: Tap an icon to change its action. Tap number of icons in the menu. The menu can have up to eight icons. or to change the Single-Tap, Double-Tap, or Long Press: Assign custom actions that run when you interact with the menu button. Create New Gesture: Add your favorite gestures. Idle Opacity: Adjust the visibility of the menu button when not in use. Confirm with AssistiveTouch: On an iPad with Face ID, use AssistiveTouch to confirm payments with Face ID instead of double-clicking the top button. Or on iPad Air (4th generation), use AssistiveTouch to confirm payments with your passcode instead of double-clicking the top button. Tip: To turn AssistiveTouch on or off quickly, triple-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or triple-click the top button (on other iPad models). Add a pointer device You can connect Bluetooth and USB assistive pointer devices, such as trackpads, joysticks, and mouse devices. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch. 2. Turn on AssistiveTouch. iPad User Guide 538 3. Below Pointer Devices, tap any of the following:

Devices: Pair or unpair devices and customize buttons. Mouse Keys: Allow the AssistiveTouch pointer to be controlled using the keyboard number pad. Pointer Style: Adjust the size, color, and auto-hide settings. Show Onscreen Keyboard: Display the onscreen keyboard. Always Show Menu: Show the AssistiveTouch menu when a pointer device is connected. Tracking speed: Drag the slider to adjust the speed. Drag Lock: Turn on to enable dragging. Zoom Pan: Choose Continuous, Centered, or Edges. Dwell Control: Turn on to perform a dwell action when the cursor is held still. To adjust the amount of time needed to initiate a dwell action, tap or

. Fallback Action: Turn on to revert the dwell action to the selected fallback action after performing an operation. Movement Tolerance: Adjust the distance you can move while dwelling on an item. Hot Corners: Perform a selected actionsuch as take a screenshot, open Control Center, summon Siri, scroll, or use a shortcutwhen the cursor dwells in a corner of the screen. Move the AssistiveTouch menu button Drag the menu button to a new location on the screen. Use AssistiveTouch Tap the menu button, then choose an action or gesture. For a multifinger gesture, do the following:

Pinch: Tap Custom, then tap Pinch. When the pinch circles appear, touch anywhere on the screen to move the pinch circles, then drag them in or out to perform a pinch gesture. When you finish, tap the menu button. Multifinger swipe or drag: Tap Device > More > Gestures, then tap the number of digits needed for the gesture. When the circles appear on the screen, swipe or drag in the direction required by the gesture. When you finish, tap the menu button. To return to the previous menu, tap the arrow in the center of the menu. To exit the menu without performing a gesture: Tap anywhere outside the menu. iPad User Guide 539 Create custom gestures You can add your favorite gestures (such as touch and hold or two-finger rotation) to the AssistiveTouch menu. You can even create several gestures with different degrees of rotation. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch > Create New Gesture. 2. Perform your gesture on the recording screen. For example:

Touch-and-hold gesture: Touch and hold your finger in one spot until the recording progress bar reaches halfway, then lift your finger. Be careful not to move your finger while recording, or the gesture will be recorded as a drag. Two-finger rotation gesture: Rotate two fingers on the iPad screen around a point between them. (You can do this with a single finger or stylusjust create each arc separately, one after the other.) If you record a sequence of taps or drag gestures, theyre all played back at the same time. For example, using one finger or a stylus to record four separate, sequential taps at four locations on the screen creates a simultaneous four-finger tap. 3. If your gesture doesnt turn out quite right, tap Cancel, then try again. 4. When youre satisfied with your gesture, tap Save, then name the gesture. To use your custom gesture, tap the AssistiveTouch menu button, tap Custom, then choose the gesture. When the blue circles representing your gesture appear, drag them to where you want to use the gesture, then release. Adjust touch settings on iPad If you have difficulty using the touchscreen or buttons, you can change how iPad responds to your touch. Adjust Haptic Touch settings You can adjust the time needed for touch-and-hold gestures. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > Haptic Touch, then choose Fast or Slow. 2. Test your new settings on the image at the bottom of the screen. Use touch accommodations 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > Touch Accommodations. iPad User Guide 540 2. You can configure iPad to do any of the following:

Respond to touches of a certain duration: Turn on Hold Duration, then tap the duration (the default is 0.10 seconds). or to adjust To perform swipe gestures without waiting for the specified hold duration, tap Swipe Gestures, then turn on Swipe Gestures. You can choose the amount of required movement before a swipe gesture begins. Ignore multiple touches: Turn on Ignore Repeat, then tap allowed between multiple touches. Then, if you touch the screen several times quickly, iPad treats the touches as one. to adjust the amount of time or Respond to the first or last place you touch: Choose Use Initial Touch Location or Use Final Touch Location. If you choose Use Initial Touch Location, iPad uses the location of your first tapwhen you tap an app on the Home Screen, for example. If you choose Use Final Touch Location, iPad registers the tap where you lift your finger. iPad responds to a tap when you lift your finger within a certain period of time. Tap or other gestures, such as a drag gesture, if you wait longer than the gesture delay. to adjust the timing. Your device can respond to Turn off Shake to Undo If you tend to shake iPad by accident, go to Settings Undo.

> Accessibility > Touch, then turn off Shake to Route audio calls You can automatically route the audio of phone or FaceTime calls to your headphones, speaker, or hearing devices. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > Call Audio Routing. 2. Choose an audio destination for calls. 3. To have iPad answer calls automatically, tap Auto-Answer Calls, turn on Auto-Answer Calls, then tap or to set the duration of time before the call is answered. During a call, you can switch the audio routing from your hearing aid to the iPad speaker by removing the hearing aid from your ear. See Use hearing devices with iPad. Physical and Motor Change Face ID and attention settings on iPad iPad User Guide 541 On an iPad with Face ID, you can adjust Face ID and attention settings if you have physical or vision limitations. Set up Face ID with Accessibility Options By default, setting up Face ID requires you to gently move your head in a circle to show all the angles of your face. If you cant perform the full range of head motion, you can still set up Face ID without moving your head. 1. Go to Settings

> Face ID & Passcode. 2. Position your face within the frame, then tap Accessibility Options. Face ID is still secure but requires more consistency in how you look at iPad. Change attention settings For additional security, Face ID is attention aware. It unlocks iPad only when your eyes are open and looking at the screen. iPad can also reveal notifications and messages, keep the screen lit when youre reading, or lower the volume of alerts. If you dont want iPad to check for your attention, do the following:

1. Go to Settings

> Face ID & Passcode. 2. Turn on or off any of the following:

Require Attention for Face ID Attention Aware Features These settings are turned off by default if you turn on VoiceOver when you first set up iPad. Note: Requiring attention makes Face ID more secure. Switch Control Set up Switch Control on iPad If you have physical difficulties, you can use Switch Control to operate iPad using one or more switches. With switches, you can select, tap, drag, type, and even draw freehand. You use a switch to select an item or location on the screen, then use the same (or a different) switch to choose an action. Add a switch You can use any of the following sources as a switch:

iPad User Guide 542 An external adaptive switch: Choose a Bluetooth switch or Made For iPhone (MFi) switch that plugs into the Lightning connector on iPad. The iPad screen: Tap the screen to trigger the switch. The iPad front camera: Move your head left or right while facing the camera to trigger the switch. Before you add an external switch, connect it to iPad, following the instructions that came with the switch. If the switch connects using Bluetooth, pair it with iPadturn on the switch, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, turn on Bluetooth, tap the name of the switch, then follow the onscreen instructions. 1. Go to Settings > Accessibility > Switch Control > Switches. 2. Tap Add New Switch, then choose a source. 3. Assign an action to the switch. To ensure Switch Control functions correctly, you must assign the Select Item action to at least one switch. Choose a scanning style and customize Switch Control You can adjust the behavior of Switch Control in a variety of ways, to suit your specific needs and style. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Switch Control. 2. Tap Scanning Style, then choose one of the following:

Auto Scanning: The focus automatically moves to the next item after a specified duration. Manual Scanning: You trigger a switch to move the focus to the next item (requires multiple switches). Single Switch Step Scanning: You trigger a switch to move the focus to the next item; if no action is taken with a specified duration, the item with the focus is automatically activated. 3. Customize Switch Control by setting options such as the following:

Switches: Add switches and specify their function. Recipes: Create, edit, and choose recipes to temporarily assign special actions to switches. Auto Scanning Time: Adjust the item scanning speed. Pause on First Item: Set scanning to pause on the first item in a group. Loops: Choose how many times to cycle through the screen before hiding Switch Control. Move Repeat: Set the delay before moving to the previous or next item while a switch is pressed. iPad User Guide 543 Long Press: Set whether a different action occurs when you press and hold a switch, and how long to wait before performing that action. Tap Behavior: Choose a tap behavior and set the interval for performing a second switch action to show the Scanner Menu. Focused Item After Tap: Choose whether Switch Control resumes scanning at an item you tap or from the beginning. Hold Duration: Set whether and how long you need to hold a switch down before its accepted as a switch action. Ignore Repeat: Ignore accidental repeated switch triggers. Gliding Cursor: Adjust the point scanning style and speed. Head Tracking: Adjust settings for head tracking (on an iPad with Face ID) and assign actions to facial expressions. Sound Effects: Turn on sound effects. Speech: Speak items as theyre scanned. Menu Items: Choose the actions shown in the Scanner Menu and the order in which they appear. Group Items: Group items for faster navigation. Large Cursor: Make the selection cursor larger. Cursor Color: Choose a different color. Saved Gestures: Create and save custom gestures to the Scanner Menu. Confirm with Switch Control: On an iPad with Face ID, use Switch Control to confirm payments with Face ID instead of double-clicking the top button. Or on iPad Air (4th generation), use Switch Control to confirm payments with your passcode instead of double-clicking the top button. Turn Switch Control on or off Important: Switch Control changes the gestures you use to control iPad. To turn Switch Control on or off, use any of the following methods:

Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Switch Control. Triple-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button). Triple-click the top button (on other iPad models). iPad User Guide 544 Use Control Center. Use Switch Control on iPad With Switch Control, you can use the following methods to select an item on the screen:

Item scanning: The focus moves (automatically or manually) from one item to the next until you select an item; this is the default scanning method. Point scanning: You select an item on the screen by pinpointing it with scanning crosshairs. Head tracking: (on an iPad with Face ID) You move your head to control a pointer on the screen. You can also use facial expressions to perform actions. After you select an item, you can choose an action (for example, tap, drag, or pinch) in the Scanner Menu. Use item scanning With item scanning, the focus sequentially moves from one item to the next item on the screen. 1. If you use Auto Scanning, watch or listen as the focus moves. If you use Manual Scanning, trigger your Move to Next Item action to move the focus. 2. When the focus surrounds the item you want, trigger your Select Item switch. 3. In the Scanner Menu, choose an action such as the following:

Tap Gestures Scroll Media Controls More (the dots at the bottom of the menu) for more options Home (to return to the Home Screen) Device (for other hardware actions) Settings (to adjust Switch Control behavior) The available actions in the Scanner Menu depend on the selected item. To dismiss the Scanner menu without choosing an action, trigger your switch while the original item is highlighted and all the icons in the Scanner Menu are dimmed. iPad User Guide 545 Use point scanning With point scanning, you select an item on the screen by pinpointing it with scanning crosshairs. 1. Use item scanning to select an item. 2. In the Scanner Menu, choose Gliding Cursor. 3. To position the vertical crosshair, do the following:

Trigger your Select Item switch when the wide vertical band is over the item you want. Trigger your Select Item switch again when the fine vertical line is over the item. 4. Repeat to position the horizontal crosshair. 5. Choose an action from the Scanner Menu. To return to item scanning, choose Item Mode in the Scanner Menu. Use head tracking On an iPad with Face ID, you can move your head to control a pointer on the screen. You can also use facial expressions to perform actions. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Switch Control > Head Tracking. 2. Turn on Head Tracking, then do any of the following:

Assign actions to facial expressions: Choose actions to perform when you smile, open your mouth, stick out your tongue, or raise your eyebrows. Choose how the pointer tracks your head movement: Tap Tracking Mode, then choose With Face, When Facing Screen Edges, or Relative to Head. Adjust the pointer speed: Tap or

. Use Voice Control to interact with iPad You can control iPad with just your voice. Speak commands to perform gestures, interact with screen elements, dictate and edit text, and more. Set up Voice Control Before you turn on Voice Control for the first time, make sure iPad is connected to the internet over a Wi-Fi network. After iPad completes a one-time file download from Apple, you dont need an internet connection to use Voice Control. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Voice Control. iPad User Guide 546 2. Tap Set Up Voice Control, then tap Continue to start the file download. When the download is complete, on. 3. Set options such as the following:

appears in the status bar to indicate Voice Control is turned Language: Set the language and download languages for offline use. Customize Commands: View the available commands and create new commands. Vocabulary: Teach Voice Control new words. Show Confirmation: When Voice Control recognizes a command, a visual confirmation appears at the top of the screen. Play Sound: When Voice Control recognizes a command, an audible sound is played. Show Hints: See command suggestions and hints. Overlay: Display numbers, names, or a grid over screen elements. Attention Aware: On an iPad with Face ID, Voice Control wakes up when you look at your iPad and goes to sleep when you look away. Turn Voice Control on or off After you set up Voice Control, you can turn it on or off quickly by using any of the following methods:

Summon Siri and say Turn on Voice Control. Say Turn off Voice Control. Add Voice Control to Accessibility Shortcutsgo to Settings Shortcut, then tap Voice Control.

> Accessibility > Accessibility Learn Voice Control commands When Voice Control is turned on, you can say commands such as the following:

Open Control Center Go home Tap item name Open app name Take screenshot Turn up volume iPad User Guide 547 To learn more Voice Control commands, say Show me what to say or Show commands. Use a screen overlay For faster interactions, you can navigate iPad with a screen overlay that shows item names, numbers, or a grid. Item names: Say Show names or Show names continuously, then say Tap item name. Numbers: Say Show numbers or Show numbers continuously, then say the number next to the item you want. You can also give a command to perform a gesture, such as Tap number, Long press number, Swipe up at number, or Double tap number. Grid: To interact with a screen location not represented by an item name or number, say Show grid or Show grid continuously, then do any of the following:

Drill down: Say a number to show a more detailed grid. Say a command to interact with an area of the grid: Say something like, Tap number or Zoom in number. Tip: To adjust the number of grid rows and columns, go to Settings

> Accessibility > Voice Control > Overlay, then select Numbered Grid. When Voice Control is turned on, you can also say something like, Show grid with five rows, or Show grid continuously with three columns. To turn off the overlay, say Hide names, Hide numbers, or Hide grid. Switch between Dictation Mode and Command Mode When youre working in a text input areafor example, writing a document, email, or messageyou can easily switch between Dictation mode and Command mode as needed. In Dictation mode (the default), any words you say that arent Voice Control commands are entered as text. In Command mode, those words are ignored and arent entered as text; Voice Control responds only to commands. Command mode is especially helpful when you need to use a series of commands and want to prevent what you say from inadvertently being entered in a text input area. To switch to Command mode, say Command mode. When Command mode is on, a dark icon of a crossed-out character appears in the text input area to indicate you cant dictate. To switch back to Dictation mode, say Dictation mode. Adjust settings for the Home or top button You can adjust accessibility settings for the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or top button (on other iPad models). iPad User Guide 548 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility, then tap Home Button (on an iPad with a Home button) or Top Button (on other iPad models). 2. Set any of the following:

Click Speed: Choose the speed required to double-click or triple-click the buttonDefault, Slow, or Slowest. Press and Hold to Speak: Choose whether Siri responds when you press and hold the button. Rest Finger to Open: On an iPad with Touch ID, you can unlock iPad by resting your finger on the button. On an iPad with Face ID, you can also use AssistiveTouch or use Switch Control to confirm payments with Face ID instead of double-clicking the top button. Use buttons on the Apple TV Remote on iPad On the Apple TV Remote on iPad, you can use buttons instead of swipe gestures. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Apple TV Remote, then turn on Directional Buttons. Change the pointer appearance when using a mouse or trackpad with iPad If you use a mouse or trackpad with iPad, you can change the appearance of the pointer by adjusting its color, shape, size, scrolling speed, and more. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Pointer Control, then adjust any of the following:

Increase Contrast Automatically Hide Pointer Color Pointer size Pointer Animations Trackpad Inertia (available when connected to a supported multi-touch trackpad) Scrolling Speed To customize the buttons of the pointing device, go to Settings > Accessibility > Touch >

AssistiveTouch > Devices. See Use VoiceOver on iPad with a pointer device and Zoom in on the iPad screen. iPad User Guide 549 Adjust the onscreen and external keyboard settings on iPad You can adjust the onscreen (software) keyboard on iPad. If you use an external (hardware) keyboard with iPad, you can customize keyboard shortcuts and change settings such as the key repeat rate. Set the onscreen keyboard to display only uppercase letters If you have difficulty seeing the onscreen keyboard, you can set it to display only uppercase letters. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Keyboards, then turn off Show Lowercase Keys. Type on a larger onscreen keyboard Rotate iPad to landscape orientation to use a larger keyboard for typing in many apps, including Mail, Safari, Messages, Notes, and Contacts. For information about other ways to adjust the onscreen keyboard, see Set typing options. Control iPad with an external keyboard If you have difficulty using the touchscreen, you can control your iPad using shortcuts on an Apple external keyboard (sold separately). 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Keyboards, tap Full Keyboard Access, then turn on Full Keyboard Access. 2. Control your iPad using keyboard shortcuts. Action Go to the next item Go to the previous item Activate the selected item Shortcut Tab Shift-Tab Space bar Go to the Home Screen Command-H Open the App Switcher Open Control Center Open Notification Center Show Help Tab-A Tab-C Tab-N Tab-H 3. To customize the keyboard shortcuts, tap Commands. iPad User Guide 550 4. To customize the appearance of the focus, tap any of the following:

Auto-Hide Increase Size High Contrast Color Change how the keys respond on an external keyboard If you have difficulty using an external keyboard, you can adjust the settings. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Keyboards, then tap any of the following:

Key Repeat: You can adjust the repeat interval and delay. Sticky Keys: Use Sticky Keys to press and hold modifier keys, such as Command and Option, as you press another key. Slow Keys: Use Slow Keys to adjust the time between when a key is pressed and when its activated. Adjust the settings for AirPods Max and AirPods Pro on iPad If you have AirPods Max or AirPods Pro, you can adjust the accessibility settings to suit your motor or hearing needs. (AirPods Max requires iPadOS 14.3 or later.) 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > AirPods. 2. If you have multiple AirPods, select one. 3. Set any of the following options:

Press Speed: Adjust how quickly you must press two or three times before an action occurs. Press and Hold Duration: Adjust the duration required to press and hold on your AirPods. Follow iPad: Turn on spatial audio so surround sound (available with supported media content) seems to come from your iPad, even as you turn your head or move your device. Noise Cancellation with One AirPod: (AirPods Pro) Turn on noise cancellation even when youre using only one of your AirPods. 4. For more optionssuch as Headphone Accommodationstap Audio Accessibility Settings. iPad User Guide 551 Change Apple Pencil (2nd generation) settings If you have difficulty using the gestures for Apple Pencil (2nd generation) on supported iPad models, you can adjust the settings. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Apple Pencil. 2. Do any of the following:

Turn off Double Tap Gesture. Change the duration of the double tap gesture to Slow or Slowest. Hearing Use hearing devices with iPad You can use Made for iPhone (MFi) hearing aids or sound processors with iPad and adjust their settings. Pair a hearing device with iPad If your hearing devices arent listed in Settings them with iPad.

> Accessibility > Hearing Devices, you need to pair 1. Open the battery doors on your hearing devices. 2. On iPad, go to Settings > Bluetooth, then make sure Bluetooth is turned on. 3. Go to Settings > Accessibility > Hearing Devices. 4. Close the battery doors on your hearing devices. 5. When their names appear below MFi Hearing Devices (this could take a minute), tap the names and respond to the pairing requests. Pairing can take as long as 60 secondsdont try to stream audio or otherwise use the hearing devices until pairing is finished. When pairing is finished, you hear a series of beeps and a tone, and a checkmark appears next to the hearing devices in the Devices list. You need to pair your devices only once (and your audiologist might do it for you). After that, your hearing devices automatically reconnect to iPad whenever they turn on. Adjust the settings and view the status of your hearing devices In Settings: Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Hearing Devices > MFi Hearing Devices. iPad User Guide 552 Using accessibility shortcuts: See Use accessibility shortcuts on iPad. On the Lock Screen: Go to Settings > Accessibility > Hearing Devices > MFi Hearing Devices, then turn on Control on Lock Screen. From the Lock Screen, you can do the following:

Check battery status. Adjust ambient microphone volume and equalization. Choose which hearing device (left, right, or both) receives streaming audio. Control Live Listen. Tip: You can quickly adjust the settings or view the status of your hearing devices with the following accessibility shortcuts:

Triple-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) Triple-click the top button (on other iPad models) Use Control Center Use your hearing devices with more than one device If you pair your hearing devices with more than one device (both iPhone and iPad, for example), the connection for your hearing devices automatically switches from one to the other when you do something that generates audio on the other device, or when you receive a phone call on iPhone. Changes you make to hearing device settings on one device are automatically sent to your other devices. 1. Sign in with your Apple ID on all the devices. 2. Connect all the devices to the same Wi-Fi network. Turn on Hearing Aid Compatibility Hearing Aid Compatibility may reduce interference and improve audio quality with some hearing aid models. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Hearing Devices. 2. Turn on Hearing Aid Compatibility. Stream audio from iPad to your hearing devices Stream audio from iPad and its apps to your hearing devices. You can even use Live Listen to stream sound from the microphone to your Made For iPhone (MFi) hearing devices or AirPods. iPad User Guide 553 Stream audio to your hearing devices You can stream audio from Siri, Apple Music, Apple Podcasts, Apple TV, and more. Tap Center, on the Lock Screen, or in the Now Playing controls for the app youre listening to, then choose your hearing device. in Control You can also automatically route audio calls to a hearing device. Use iPad as a remote microphone with Live Listen Stream sound from the microphone on iPad to your Made For iPhone (MFi) hearing devices or AirPods. This can help you hear better in some situationsfor example, when having a conversation in a noisy environment. 1. If youre using AirPods, place them in your ears. If your AirPods dont automatically connect to iPad, tap then choose your AirPods. in Control Center or on the Lock Screen, 2. Turn Live Listen on or off with one of the following methods:

Open Control Center, tap

, tap your hearing device or AirPods, then tap Live Listen.

(If you dont see Hearing.

, add it to Control Centergo to Settings

> Control Center, then choose Triple-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or triple-click the top button (on other iPad models), tap Hearing Devices, then tap Live Listen. 3. Position iPad near the sound source. Recognize sounds using iPad Your iPad can continuously listen for certain soundssuch as a crying baby, doorbell, or sirenand notify you when it recognizes these sounds. Note: Dont rely on your iPad to recognize sounds in circumstances where you may be harmed or injured, in high-risk or emergency situations, or for navigation. Set up Sound Recognition 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Sound Recognition, then turn on Sound Recognition. 2. Tap Sounds, then turn on the sounds you want iPad to recognize. Tip: To quickly turn Sound Recognition on or off, use Control Center. iPad User Guide 554 Set up and use RTT on iPad With real-time text (RTT) and Wi-Fi calling on your iPhone, you can also make and receive RTT calls in the FaceTime app on your iPad. Important: RTT isnt supported by all carriers or in all countries or regions. RTT functionality depends on your carrier and network environment. When making an emergency call in the U.S., iPhone sends special characters or tones to alert the operator. The operators ability to receive or respond to these tones can vary depending on your location. Apple doesnt guarantee that the operator will be able to receive or respond to an RTT call. Set up RTT 1. Make sure you can make and receive Wi-Fi calls on iPad. 2. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > RTT. 3. Turn on Software RTT, then do any of the following. Tap Relay Number, then enter the phone number to use for relay calls using Software RTT/TTY. Turn on Send Immediately to send each character as you type. Turn off to complete messages before sending. When RTT is turned on, appears in the status bar at the top of the screen. Start an RTT call 1. In FaceTime, tap at the top of the screen. 2. Type the name or number you want to call in the entry field at the top, then tap Audio. 3. Tap Call, then tap RTT Call. Type text during an RTT call 1. Enter your message in the text field. If you turned on Send Immediately in Settings, your recipient sees each character as you type. Otherwise, tap to send the message. 2. To also transmit audio, tap

. Note: Standard voice call rates apply for RTT calls. iPad User Guide 555 Adjust audio and visual settings on iPad You can adjust audio and visual accessibility settings to suit your hearing needs. For example, set mono audio, volume balance, LED Flash for Alerts, and headphone accommodations. Adjust the volume balance and mono audio 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio & Visual. 2. Adjust any of the following:

Mono Audio: Combine the left and right channels into a mono signal played on both channels. Balance: Drag the Left Right Stereo Balance slider. Flash the LED for alerts On an iPad with a flash, if you cant hear the sounds that announce incoming calls and other alerts, iPad can flash its LED (next to the camera lens on the back of iPad). The LED flashes only if iPad is locked. Tip: LED Flash for Alerts is a useful feature for anyone who might miss the tones associated with calls and other alerts in a noisy environment. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio & Visual, then turn on LED Flash for Alerts. 2. To prevent LED flashes when iPad is in silent mode, turn off Flash on Silent. Set headphone accommodations With supported Apple and Beats headphones, you can amplify soft sounds and adjust certain frequencies for your hearing. These adjustments help music, movies, phone calls, and podcasts sound more crisp and clear. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio & Visual > Headphone Accommodations, then turn on Headphone Accommodations. iPad User Guide 556 2. Tap Custom Audio Setup, then follow the onscreen instructions. Or manually set any of the following:

Tune Audio For: Choose Balanced Tone, Vocal Range, or Brightness. Level: Choose Slight, Moderate, or Strong amplification of soft sounds. Phone: Apply these audio settings to phone calls. Media: Apply these audio settings to media playback. Transparency Mode: Turn on Custom Transparency Mode and adjust the amplification, balance, and tone to help you hear whats happening around you (available when you have AirPods Pro connected to iPad). 3. To preview your audio settings, tap Play Sample. Display subtitles and captions for videos and HomePod announcements on iPad When you play video content in a supported app, you can turn on subtitles and closed captions (if available). iPad usually shows standard subtitles and captions, but you can also choose special accessible captionssuch as subtitles for the deaf and hard of hearing (SDH)if available. iPad can also display transcriptions of announcements made through HomePod. Turn on subtitles and captions in the Apple TV app 1. While playing video content, tap

. 2. Choose from the list of available subtitles and captions. Customize the subtitles and captions in supported video apps 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Subtitles & Captioning. 2. If you prefer closed captioning or subtitles for the deaf and hard of hearing when available, turn on Closed Captions + SDH. 3. Tap Style, then choose an existing caption style or create a new style based on the following:

Font, size, and color Background color and opacity Text opacity, edge style, and highlight iPad User Guide 557 Show transcriptions for announcements on HomePod Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Subtitles & Captioning, then turn on Show Audio Transcriptions. General Use Guided Access on iPad Guided Access helps you stay focused on a task by temporarily restricting iPad to a single app, and allowing you to control which app features are available. You can do any of the following:

Disable areas of the screen that arent relevant to a task, or areas where an accidental gesture might cause a distraction Disable the iPad hardware buttons Limit how long someone can use the app Set up Guided Access 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Guided Access, then turn on Guided Access. 2. Adjust any of the following:

Passcode Settings: Tap Set Guided Access Passcode, then enter a passcode. You can also turn on Face ID or Touch ID as a way to end a Guided Access session. Time Limits: Play a sound or speak the time remaining before a Guided Access session ends. Accessibility Shortcut: Turn the shortcut on or off during Guided Access sessions. Display Auto-Lock: Set how long it takes iPad to automatically lock during a Guided Access session. Start a Guided Access session 1. Open the app you want to use. 2. Turn on Guided Access using one of the following methods:

Ask Siri. Say something like: Turn on Guided Access. Learn how to ask Siri. Use accessibility shortcuts. iPad User Guide 558 3. Circle any areas of the screen you want to disable. Drag the mask into position or use the handles to adjust its size. 4. Tap Options, then turn on or off any of the following:

Top Button (or Sleep/Wake Button) Volume Buttons Motion (to prevent iPad from switching from portrait to landscape or from responding to other motions) Keyboards Touch Time Limit 5. Tap Start. End a Guided Access session Do any of the following:

On an iPad with a Home button: Double-click the Home button, then unlock with Touch ID (if enabled). Or triple-click the Home button, then enter the Guided Access passcode. On iPad Air (4th generation): Double-click the top button, then unlock with Touch ID (if enabled). Or triple-click the top button, then enter the Guided Access passcode. On an iPad with Face ID: Double-click the top button, then unlock with Face ID (if enabled). Or triple-click the top button, then enter the Guided Access passcode. Use accessibility features with Siri on iPad Siri is often the easiest way to start using accessibility features with iPad. With Siri, you can open apps, turn many settings on or off, or use Siri for what it does bestacting as your intelligent personal assistant. Ask Siri. Say something like: Turn on VoiceOver or Turn off VoiceOver. Learn how to ask Siri. Siri knows when VoiceOver is on, so will often read more information back to you than appears on the screen. You can also use VoiceOver to read what Siri shows on the screen. Type instead of speaking to Siri 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Siri, then turn on Type to Siri. 2. To make a request, summon Siri, then interact with Siri by using the keyboard and text field. iPad User Guide 559 Control voice feedback for Siri 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Siri. 2. Choose Dont Speak in Silent Mode, Only Speak with Hey Siri, or Always Speak Responses. Turn off Hey Siri when iPad is covered or facing down To prevent iPad from listening for Hey Siri when its covered or facing down, go to Settings Accessibility > Siri, then turn off Always Listen for Hey Siri.

Hide apps when Siri is active To hide the current app when you summon Siri, go to Settings Show Apps Behind Siri.

> Accessibility > Siri, then turn off Use accessibility shortcuts on iPad After you set up accessibility features, you can quickly turn them on or off with any of the methods below. Ask Siri to turn on an accessibility feature Say something like: Turn on VoiceOver. Learn how to ask Siri. Triple-click the Home button On an iPad with a Home button, you can turn accessibility features on or off by triple-clicking the Home button. Set up Accessibility Shortcut: Go to Settings select the features you use the most.

> Accessibility > Accessibility Shortcut, then Slow down the double-click or triple-click speed for the Home button: Go to Settings >

Accessibility > Home Button. Use Accessibility Shortcut: Triple-click the Home button. iPad User Guide 560 Triple-click the top button On iPad Air (4th generation), iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation and later), or iPad Pro 11-inch, you can turn accessibility features on or off by triple-clicking the top button. Set up Accessibility Shortcut: Go to Settings select the features you use the most.

> Accessibility > Accessibility Shortcut, then Slow down the double-click or triple-click speed for the top button: Go to Settings > Accessibility

> Top Button. Use Accessibility Shortcut: Triple-click the top button. Use Control Center You can also add accessibility features to Control Center and then activate them from there. 1. Go to Settings

> Control Center, then tap next to the accessibility features you use the most. 2. To activate an accessibility feature from Control Center, open Control Center, then tap the accessibility feature. iPad User Guide 561 Security and privacy Use the built-in security and privacy protections of iPad iPad is designed to protect your data and your privacy. Built-in security features help prevent anyone but you from accessing the data on your iPad and in iCloud. Built-in privacy features minimize how much of your information is available to anyone but you, and you can adjust what information is shared and where you share it. To take maximum advantage of the security and privacy features built into iPad, follow these practices:

Set a strong passcode Setting a passcode to unlock iPad is the most important thing you can do to safeguard your device. See Set a passcode on iPad. Use Face ID or Touch ID Face ID (supported models) or Touch ID (supported models) provides a secure and convenient way to unlock your iPad, authorize purchases and payments, and sign in to many third-party apps. See Set up Face ID on iPad or Set up Touch ID on iPad. Turn on Find My iPad Find My helps you find your iPad if its lost or stolen and prevents anyone else from activating or using your iPad if its missing. See Add your iPad to Find My. Keep your Apple ID secure Your Apple ID provides access to your data in iCloud and your account information for services like the App Store and Apple Music. To learn how to protect the security of your Apple ID, see Keep your Apple ID secure on iPad. Use Sign in with Apple when its available To help you set up accounts, many apps and websites offer Sign in with Apple. Sign in with Apple limits the information shared about you, it conveniently uses the Apple ID you already have, and it provides the security of two-factor authentication. See Sign in with Apple on iPad. Let iPad create a strong password if Sign in with Apple isnt available For a strong password that you dont have to remember, let iPad create it when you sign up for a service on a website or in an app. See Automatically fill in strong passwords on iPad. iPad User Guide 562 Control the app data and location information you share You can review and adjust the data you share with apps, the location information you share, and how Apple delivers advertising to you in the App Store, Apple News, and Stocks. Review the privacy practices of apps before you download them Every apps product page in the App Store shows a developer-reported summary of the apps privacy practices, including what data is collected (iPadOS 14.3 or later). See Get apps in the App Store on iPad. Better understand the privacy of your browsing activities in Safari and help protect yourself against malicious websites Safari helps prevent trackers from following you across websites. You can review the Privacy Report to see a summary of trackers that have been encountered and prevented by Intelligent Tracking Prevention on the current webpage youre visiting. You can also review and adjust Safari settings to keep your browsing activities private from others who use the same device, and help protect yourself from malicious websites. See Browse privately in Safari on iPad. Control app tracking Starting with iPadOS 14.5, all apps must receive your permission before tracking you across apps and websites owned by other companies for ads or sharing with a data broker. After you grant or deny permission to an app, you can change permission later, and you can stop all apps from requesting permission. To get personalized support for these practices, go to the Apple Support website (not available in all countries or regions). To learn more about how Apple protects your information, go to the Privacy website. Protect your iPad Set a passcode on iPad For better security, set a passcode that needs to be entered to unlock iPad when you turn it on or wake it. Setting a passcode also turns on data protection, which encrypts your iPad data with 256-bit AES encryption. (Some apps may opt out of using data protection.) Set or change the passcode iPad User Guide 563 1. Go to Settings

, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:

Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Tap Turn Passcode On or Change Passcode. To view options for creating a password, tap Passcode Options. The most secure options are Custom Alphanumeric Code and Custom Numeric Code. To view options for creating a password, tap Passcode Options. The most secure options are Custom Alphanumeric Code and Custom Numeric Code. After you set a passcode, on supported models you can use Face ID or Touch ID to unlock iPad. For additional security, however, you must always enter your passcode to unlock your iPad under the following conditions:

You turn on or restart your iPad. You havent unlocked your iPad for more than 48 hours. You havent unlocked your iPad with the passcode in the last 6.5 days, and you havent unlocked it with Face ID or Touch ID in the last 4 hours. Your iPad receives a remote lock command. There are five unsuccessful attempts to unlock your iPad with Face ID or Touch ID. Change when iPad automatically locks Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness > Auto-Lock, then set a length of time. Erase data after 10 failed passcodes Set iPad to erase all information, media, and personal settings after 10 consecutive failed passcode attempts. 1. Go to Settings

, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:

Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Turn on Erase Data. iPad User Guide 564 After all data is erased, you must restore iPad from a backup or set it up again as new. Turn off the passcode 1. Go to Settings

, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:

Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Tap Turn Passcode Off. Reset the passcode If you enter the wrong passcode six times in a row, youll be locked out of your device, and youll receive a message that says iPad is disabled. If you cant remember your passcode, you can erase your iPad with a computer or with recovery mode, then set a new passcode. (If you made an iCloud or computer backup before you forgot your passcode, you can restore your data and settings from the backup.) See the Apple Support article If you forgot the passcode on your iPad, or your iPad is disabled. Set up Face ID on iPad Use Face ID (supported models) to securely and conveniently unlock iPad, authorize purchases and payments, and sign in to many third-party apps by simply glancing at your iPad. To use Face ID, you must also set a passcode on your iPad. Set up Face ID or add an alternate appearance If you didnt set up Face ID when you first set up your iPad, go to Settings Passcode > Set up Face ID, then follow the onscreen instructions.

> Face ID &

iPad User Guide 565 To set up an additional appearance for Face ID to recognize, go to Settings > Face ID & Passcode

> Set Up an Alternate Appearance, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you have physical limitations, you can tap Accessibility Options during Face ID set up. When you do this, setting up facial recognition doesnt require the full range of head motion. Using Face ID is still secure, but it requires more consistency in how you look at iPad. Face ID also has an accessibility feature you can use if youre blind or have low vision. If you dont want Face ID to require that you look at iPad with your eyes open, go to Settings > Accessibility >

Face ID & Attention, then turn off Require Attention for Face ID. This feature is automatically turned off if you turn on VoiceOver when you first set up iPad. See Change Face ID and attention settings on iPad. Temporarily disable Face ID You can temporarily prevent Face ID from unlocking your iPad. 1. Press and hold the top button and either volume button for 2 seconds. 2. After the sliders appear, press the top button to immediately lock iPad. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. The next time you unlock iPad with your passcode, Face ID is enabled again. iPad User Guide 566 Turn off Face ID 1. Go to Settings

> Face ID & Passcode. 2. Do one of the following:

Turn off Face ID for specific items only: Turn off one or more options: iPad Unlock, Apple Pay, iTunes & App Store, or Safari AutoFill. Turn off Face ID: Tap Reset Face ID. If your device is lost or stolen, you can prevent Face ID from being used to unlock your device with Find My iPhone Lost Mode. (See Add your iPad to Find My.) For more information about Face ID, see About Face ID advanced technology. Set up Touch ID on iPad Use Touch ID (supported models) to securely and conveniently unlock iPad, authorize purchases and payments, and sign in to many third-party apps by pressing the top button (iPad Air (4th generation)) or the Home button (other models) with your finger or thumb. To use Touch ID, you must set a passcode on your iPad. Turn on fingerprint recognition 1. If you didnt turn on fingerprint recognition when you first set up your iPad, go to Settings

Touch ID & Passcode. 2. Turn on any of the options, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you turn on iTunes & App Store, youre asked for your Apple ID password when you make your first purchase from the App Store, Apple Books, or the iTunes Store. When you make your next purchases, youre asked to use Touch ID. Note: If you cant add a fingerprint or unlock your iPad using Touch ID, see the Apple Support article If Touch ID isnt working. Add a fingerprint You can add multiple fingerprints (both of your thumbs and forefingers, for example). 1. Go to Settings

> Touch ID & Passcode. 2. Tap Add a Fingerprint. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. Name or delete a fingerprint iPad User Guide 567 Name or delete a fingerprint 1. Go to Settings

> Touch ID & Passcode. If you added more than one fingerprint, place a finger on the top button (iPad Air (4th generation)) or Home button (other models) to identify its print. 2. Tap the fingerprint, then enter a name (such as Thumb) or tap Delete Fingerprint. Unlock iPad by touching instead of pressing with your finger or thumb Go to Settings models), then turn on Rest Finger to Open.

> Accessibility, tap Top Button (iPad Air (4th generation)) or Home Button (other Turn off Touch ID Go to Settings

> Touch ID & Passcode, then turn off one or more of the options. Control access to information on the iPad Lock Screen You can easily access a few commonly used features (such as widgets, media playback controls, and Control Center) from the Lock Screen. (For security, USB connections arent allowed when iPad is locked.) You can control access to these items when iPad is locked. If you turn off Lock Screen access to a feature, you prevent someone who has your iPad from viewing any personal information that it might contain (such as an upcoming event in the Calendar widget). However, you also lose quick access to the information yourself. 1. Go to Settings

, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:

Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode iPad User Guide 568 2. Select your options. You can turn access on or off to the following features while iPad is locked:

Widgets (see Add widgets on iPad) Recent notifications (see View and respond to notifications on iPad) Control Center (see Use and customize Control Center on iPad) Siri (see Ask Siri on iPad) Home Control (see Intro to Home on iPad) Returning Missed Calls (see Make and receive FaceTime calls on iPad) Connecting to a Mac, a Windows PC, or an accessory with USB (such as when you connect iPad to your computer using USB) Important: If you change the default setting and allow USB connections when iPad is locked, you disable an important security feature of your iPad. Protect your accounts Keep your Apple ID secure on iPad Your Apple ID is the account you use to access Apple services like the App Store, Apple Music, iCloud, iMessage, FaceTime, and more. Your account includes the email address and password you use to sign in as well as the contact, payment, and security details you use across Apple services. Apple employs industry-standard practices to safeguard your Apple ID. Here are some of the best practices you can follow to maximize the security of your account. Dont share your Apple ID with other people, even family members. To share purchases, subscriptions, a family calendar, and more without sharing Apple IDs, set up Family Sharing. Never provide your password, security questions, verification codes, recovery key, or any other account security details to anyone else. Apple will never ask you for this information. When accessing your Apple ID account page in Safari or another web browser, look for the lock icon in the address field to verify that your session is encrypted and secure. When using a public computer, always sign out when your session is complete to prevent other people from accessing your account. iPad User Guide 569 Avoid phishing scams. Dont click links in suspicious email or text messages and never provide personal information on any website you arent certain is legitimate. See the Apple Support article Recognize and avoid phishing messages, phony support calls, and other scams. Dont use your password with other online accounts. Let two-factor authentication protect your account. If you create a new Apple ID on a device with iOS 13.4, iPadOS 13.4, macOS 10.15.4, or later, your account automatically uses two-factor authentication. If you previously created an Apple ID account without two-factor authentication, turn on two-factor authentication. See Manage two-factor authentication from iPad. For more information about best practices, see the Apple Support article Security and your Apple ID. To set up or manage your Apple ID, go to the Apple ID website. Sign in with Apple on iPad With Sign in with Apple, you can sign in to participating apps and websites with your Apple ID. You dont need to create and remember new passwords, and your account is protected with two-factor authentication. Sign in with Apple is designed to respect your privacy. Apps and websites can ask only for your name and email address to set up your account, and Apple wont track you as you use them. Set up or upgrade an account to Sign in with Apple When a participating app or website asks you to set up or upgrade an account, do the following:

1. Tap Sign in with Apple. 2. Follow the onscreen instructions. iPad User Guide 570 Some apps (and websites) dont request your name and email address. In this case, you simply authenticate with Face ID or Touch ID (depending on your model), then start using the app. Others may ask for your name and email address to set up a personalized account. When an app asks for this information, Sign in with Apple displays your name and the personal email address from your Apple ID account for you to review. To edit your name, tap it, then use the keyboard to make changes. To specify an email address, do one of the following:

Use your personal email address: Tap Share My Email. If you have multiple email addresses associated with your Apple ID, choose the address you want. Hide your email address: Tap Hide My Email. This option allows you to receive email from the app without sharing your personal email address. When you choose this option, Apple creates a unique, random email address for you, and any email sent from the app to this address is forwarded to your personal address. After you review your information and choose an email option, tap Continue, authenticate with Face ID or Touch ID (depending on your model), then start using the app. iPad User Guide 571 Sign in to access your account After you set up an account with an app or website using Sign in with Apple, you typically dont need to sign in to it again on your iPad. But if youre asked to sign in (for example, after you sign out of an account), do the following:

1. Tap Sign in with Apple. 2. Review the Apple ID that appears, then tap Continue. 3. Authenticate with Face ID or Touch ID (depending on your model). Change the address used to forward email If you chose to hide your email address when you created an account and you have more than one address associated with your Apple ID, you can change the address that receives your forwarded email. 1. Go to Settings > [your name] > Name, Phone Numbers, Email > Forward To. 2. Choose a different email address, then tap Done. Change Sign in with Apple settings for an app or website 1. Go to Settings > [your name] > Password and Security. 2. Tap Apps Using Your Apple ID. 3. Choose an app, then do either of the following:

Turn off forwarding email: Turn off Forward To. You wont receive any further emails from the app. Stop using Sign in with Apple: Tap Stop Using Apple ID. You may be asked to create a new account the next time you try to sign in with the app. Sign in with Apple also works on your other devicesiPhone, Apple Watch, Mac, Apple TV, and iPod touchwhere youre signed in with the same Apple ID. To sign in from an Android app, a Windows app, or any web browser, tap Sign in with Apple, then enter your Apple ID and password. Sign in with Apple requires two-factor authentication for your Apple ID. This protects your Apple ID, your app accounts, and your app content. For information about how two-factor authentication works, see the Apple Support article Two-factor authentication for Apple ID. For more information, see the Apple Support article What is Sign in with Apple?. iPad User Guide 572 Automatically fill in strong passwords on iPad When you sign up for services on websites and in apps, you can let iPad create strong passwords for many of your accounts. iPad stores the passwords in iCloud Keychain and fills them in for you automatically, so you dont have to memorize them. Note: Instead of creating an account and password, use Sign in with Apple when a participating app or website invites you to set up an account. Sign in with Apple uses the Apple ID you already have, and it limits the information shared about you. Create a strong password for a new account 1. On the new account screen for the website or app, enter a new account name. For supported websites and apps, iPad suggests a unique, complex password. 2. Do one of the following:

Choose the suggested password: Tap Use Strong Password. Make up your own password: Tap Choose My Own Password. 3. To later allow iPad to automatically fill in the password for you, tap Yes when youre asked if you want to save the password. Note: For iPad to create and store passwords, iCloud Keychain must be turned on. Go to Settings

[your name] > iCloud > Keychain.

Automatically fill in a saved password 1. On the sign-in screen for the website or app, tap the account name field. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap the account suggested at the bottom of the screen or near the top of the keyboard. Tap

, tap Other Passwords, then tap an account. The password is filled in. To see the password, tap

. To enter an account or password that isnt saved, tap on the sign-in screen. View your saved passwords Ask Siri. Say something like: Show me my passwords. Learn how to ask Siri. To view the password for an account, tap it. iPad User Guide 573 You can also view your passwords without asking Siri. Do one of the following, then tap an account to view its password:

Go to Settings

> Passwords. On a sign-in screen, tap

. Prevent iPad from automatically filling in passwords Go to Settings

> Passwords > AutoFill Passwords, then turn off AutoFill Passwords. Change a weak password on iPad If you create your own passwords and any are weak (for example, theyre easily guessed or used multiple times), iPad identifies them for you automatically. 1. Go to Settings

> Passwords > Security Recommendations. If an account has a weak password, a message explains the problem. 2. Tap the account. iPad User Guide 574 3. Tap Change Password, then change your password on the website or in the app. If the website or app allows you to upgrade to Sign in with Apple, you can take advantage of the security and convenience of that feature. If you arent given the upgrade option when you change your password, for many accounts you can let iPad automatically create a strong password that you dont have to remember. Note: The Delete Password button allows you to remove the password from your iCloud Keychain only. It doesnt remove the weak password from your website or app account. iPad also securely monitors your passwords and alerts you if they appear in known data leaks. If you dont want iPad to perform this monitoring, go to Settings > Passwords > Security Recommendations, then turn off Detect Compromised Passwords. If iPad warns you of a weak password for a website or app that is no longer available, you can remove the account from your iCloud Keychain. To remove an account, go to Settings > Passwords, then swipe left on the account. Share passwords securely with AirDrop on iPad Use AirDrop to securely share passwords with someone using an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac. iCloud Keychain must be set up on your iPad. iPad User Guide 575 Send a password To use AirDrop to share a password, the person youre sharing with must be in your Contacts. To share with someone on iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch, ask them to open Control Center and allow AirDrop to receive items. To share with someone on a Mac, ask them to allow themselves to be discovered in AirDrop in the Finder. 1. On your iPad, go to Settings

> Passwords. 2. Tap the account you want to share. 3. Tap Password, then tap AirDrop. 4. Tap the contact you want to send the password to. Receive a password To receive a password, you must be in the senders contacts. 1. If you havent already done so, allow AirDrop to receive items. 2. When you receive a request to accept a password from someone else, tap Accept. The password is saved on your iPad, where you can view it and let iPad automatically fill it in on the sign-in screen for the account. iPad User Guide 576 Make your passwords available on all your devices with iPad and iCloud Keychain Use iCloud Keychain to keep your website and app passwords, credit card information, Wi-Fi network information, and other account information up to date across all of your approved devices and Mac computers. (iOS 7, iPadOS 13, OS X 10.9, or later required.) iCloud Keychain is secured with 256-bit AES encryption during storage and transmission, and its data cannot be read by Apple. iCloud Keychain can also keep the accounts you use in Mail, Contacts, Calendar, and Messages up to date across all of your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch devices and Mac computers. Set up iCloud Keychain If you didnt turn on iCloud Keychain when you first set up your iPad, go to Settings

> iCloud > Keychain, turn on iCloud Keychain, then follow the onscreen instructions.

> [your name]

When you set up iCloud Keychain, you create an iCloud Security Code, which you can use to authorize additional devices that use your iCloud Keychain. Its also used for verification so that you can perform other iCloud Keychain actions, such as recovering your iCloud Keychain if you lose all your devices. Set up iCloud Keychain on an additional device When you turn on iCloud Keychain on an additional device, your other devices using iCloud Keychain receive a notification requesting your approval of the additional device. On one of your other devices, approve the additional device. Your iCloud Keychain automatically begins updating on the additional device. To approve iCloud Keychain when you dont have access to your other devices, follow the onscreen instructions to use your iCloud Security Code. Reset or create an iCloud Security Code If you enter the wrong iCloud Security Code too many times when using iCloud Keychain, your iCloud Keychain is disabled on that device, and your keychain in iCloud is deleted. To reset or create a new iCloud Security Code, see the Apple Support article If you enter your iCloud Security Code incorrectly too many times. To learn more about iCloud Keychain, see the Apple Support article Set up iCloud Keychain. iPad User Guide 577 Manage two-factor authentication from iPad Two-factor authentication helps prevent others from accessing your Apple ID account, even if they know your Apple ID password. Two-factor authentication is built into iOS 9, iPadOS 13, OS X 10.11, or later. Certain features in iOS, iPadOS, and macOS require the security of two-factor authentication, which is designed to protect your information. If you create a new Apple ID on a device with iOS 13.4, iPadOS 13.4, macOS 10.15.4, or later, your account automatically uses two-factor authentication. If you previously created an Apple ID account without two-factor authentication, you can turn on its extra layer of security at any time. Note: Certain account types may be ineligible for two-factor authentication at the discretion of Apple. Two-factor authentication isnt available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of two-factor authentication for Apple ID. For information about how two-factor authentication works, see the Apple Support article Two-factor authentication for Apple ID. Turn on two-factor authentication 1. If your Apple ID account isnt already using two-factor authentication, go to Settings

> [your name] > Password & Security. 2. Tap Turn On Two-Factor Authentication, then tap Continue. 3. Enter a trusted phone number (a phone number where you want to receive verification codes for two-factor authentication). You can choose to receive the codes by text message or automated phone call. 4. Tap Next. 5. Enter the verification code sent to your trusted phone number. To send or resend a verification code, tap Didnt get a verification code?

You wont be asked for a verification code again on your iPad unless you sign out completely, erase your iPad, sign in to your Apple ID account page in a web browser, or need to change your Apple ID password for security reasons. After you turn on two-factor authentication, you have a two-week period during which you can turn it off. After that period, you cant turn off two-factor authentication. To turn it off, open your confirmation email and click the link to return to your previous security settings. Keep in mind that turning off two-factor authentication makes your account less secure and means you cant use features that require a higher level of security. Note: If you use two-step verification and upgrade to iPadOS 13 or later, your account might be migrated to use two-factor authentication. See the Apple Support article Two-step verification for Apple ID. iPad User Guide 578 Add another device as a trusted device A trusted device is one that can be used to verify your identity by displaying a verification code from Apple when you sign in on a different device or browser. A trusted device must meet these minimum system requirements: iOS 9, iPadOS 13, or OS X 10.11. 1. After you turn on two-factor authentication on one device, sign in with the same Apple ID on another device. 2. When youre asked to enter a six-digit verification code, do one of the following:

Obtain the verification code on your iPad or another trusted device thats connected to the internet: Look for a notification on that device, then tap or click Allow to make the code appear on that device. (A trusted device is an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac on which youve already turned on two-factor authentication and on which youre signed in with your Apple ID.) Obtain the verification at a trusted phone number: If a trusted device isnt available, tap Didnt get a verification code? then choose a phone number. Obtain the verification code on a trusted device thats offline: On a trusted iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, go to Settings > [your name] > Password & Security, then tap Get Verification Code. On a trusted Mac with macOS 10.15 or later, choose Apple menu Preferences > Apple ID > Password & Security, then click Get Verification Code. On a trusted Mac with macOS 10.14 and earlier, choose Apple menu > System Preferences > iCloud >

Account Details > Security, then click Get Verification Code.

> System 3. Enter the verification code on the new device. You wont be asked for a verification code again unless you sign out completely, erase your device, sign in to your Apple ID account page in a web browser, or need to change your Apple ID password for security reasons. Add or remove a trusted phone number When you enrolled in two-factor authentication, you had to verify one trusted phone number. You should also consider adding other phone numbers you can access, such as a home phone, or a number used by a family member or close friend. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Password & Security. 2. Tap Edit (above the list of trusted phone numbers), then do one of the following:

Add a number: Tap Add a Trusted Phone Number. Remove a number: Tap next to the phone number. iPad User Guide 579 Trusted phone numbers dont automatically receive verification codes. If you cant access any trusted devices when setting up a new device for two-factor authentication, tap Didnt get a verification code? on the new device, then choose one of your trusted phone numbers to receive the verification code. View or remove trusted devices 1. Go to Settings

> [your name]. A list of the devices associated with your Apple ID appears near the bottom of the screen. 2. To see if a listed device is trusted, tap it, then look for This device is trusted and can receive Apple ID verification codes. 3. To remove a device, tap it, then tap Remove from Account. Removing a trusted device ensures that it can no longer display verification codes and that access to iCloud (and other Apple services on the device) is blocked until you sign in again with two-

factor authentication. Generate a password for an app that signs in to your Apple ID account With two-factor authentication, you need an app-specific password to sign in to your Apple ID account from a third-party app or servicesuch as an email, contacts, or calendar app. After you generate the app-specific password, use it to sign in to your Apple ID account from the app and access the information you store in iCloud. 1. Sign in to your Apple ID account. 2. Tap Generate Password (below App-Specific Passwords). 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. After you generate your app-specific password, enter or paste it into the password field of the app as you would normally. For more information, see the Apple Support article Using app-specific passwords. Privacy protections on iPad Control access to information in apps on iPad You control whether third-party apps have access to information in Contacts, Photos, Calendar, and other apps. iPad User Guide 580 Review or change access to information in apps The first time an app wants to use information from another app, you receive a request with an explanation. For example, a messaging app may request access to your contacts to find friends who are using the same app. After you grant or deny access, you can change access later. 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy. 2. Tap a category of information, such as Calendars, Reminders, or Motion & Fitness. The list shows the apps that requested access. You can turn access on or off for any app on the list. Note: To understand how a third-party app uses the data its requesting, review its terms and privacy policy. See the Apple Support article About privacy and Location Services. Control access to hardware features on iPad Before apps use the camera or microphone on your iPad, theyre required to request your permission and explain why theyre asking. For example, a social networking app may ask to use your camera so that you can take and upload pictures to that app. Apps are similarly required to request your permission to use various other hardware features, including Bluetooth connectivity, motion and fitness sensors, and devices on your local network. You can review which apps have requested access to these hardware features, and you can change their access at your discretion. Review or change access to the camera, microphone, and other hardware features 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy. 2. Tap a hardware feature, such as Camera, Bluetooth, Local Network, or Microphone. The list shows the apps that requested access. You can turn access on or off for any app on the list. Note: An orange indicator appears at the top of the screen whenever an app uses the microphone

(without the camera). Whenever an app uses the camera (including when the camera and microphone are used together), a green indicator appears. Also, a message appears at the top of Control Center to inform you when an app has recently used either. iPad User Guide 581 Control app tracking permissions on iPad Starting with iPadOS 14.5, all apps are required to ask your permission before tracking you or your iPad across apps or websites owned by other companies to target advertising to you or share your information with data brokers. After you grant or deny permission to an app, you can change permission later. You can also stop all apps from requesting permission. Review or change an apps permission to track you 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy > Tracking. The list shows the apps that requested permission to track you. You can turn permission on or off for any app on the list. 2. To stop all apps from asking permission to track you, turn off Allow Apps to Request to Track (at the top of the screen). For more information about app tracking, tap Learn More near the top of the screen. Control the location information you share on iPad You control whether iPad and apps have information about your location. iPad User Guide 582 To figure out where you are when getting directions, setting up meetings, and more, Location Services uses information (when available) from GPS networks (iPad models with Wi-Fi + Cellular), your Bluetooth connections, your local Wi-Fi networks, and your cellular network (iPad models with Wi-Fi + Cellular, if you have cellular data turned on). When an app is using Location Services, appears in the status bar. When you set up iPad, youre asked if you want to turn on Location Services. Afterward, you can turn Location Services on or off at any time. The first time an app wants location data from your iPad, you receive a request with an explanation. After you grant or deny access, you can change the apps access later. Turn on Location Services If you didnt turn on Location Services when you first set up iPad, go to Settings Location Services, then turn on Location Services.

> Privacy >

Important: If you turn off Location Services, many important iPad features stop working. Review or change an apps access to location information 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy > Location Services. 2. To review or change access settings for an app or to see its explanation for requesting Location Services, tap the app. To allow an app to use your specific location, leave Precise Location turned on. To share only your approximate locationwhich may be sufficient for an app that doesnt need your exact locationturn Precise Location off. Note: If you set the access for an app to Ask Next Time, youre asked to turn on Location Services again the next time an app tries to use it. To understand how a third-party app uses the information its requesting, review its terms and privacy policy. See the Apple Support article About privacy and Location Services. Hide the map in Location Services alerts When you allow an app to always use your location in the background, you may receive alerts about the apps use of that information. (These alerts let you change your permission, if you want to.) In the alerts, a map shows locations recently accessed by the app. To hide the map, go to Settings Map in Location Alerts.

> Privacy > Location Services > Location Alerts, then turn off Show With the setting off, you continue to receive location alerts, but the map isnt shown. iPad User Guide 583 Review or change Location Services settings for system services Several system services, such as location-based suggestions and location-based ads, use Location Services. To see the status for each service, to turn Location Services on or off for each service, or to show in the status bar when enabled system services use your location, go to Settings Location Services > System Services.

> Privacy >

Use a private network address on iPad To help protect your privacy, your iPad uses a unique private network address, called a media access control (MAC) address, on each Wi-Fi network it joins. If a network cant use a private address (for example, to provide parental controls or to identify your iPad as authorized to join), you can stop using a private address for that network. Turn a private address off for a network 1. Go to Settings

> Wi-Fi, then tap for a network. 2. Turn Private Address off. Important: For better privacy, leave Private Address turned on for all networks that support it. Using a private address helps reduce tracking of your iPad across different Wi-Fi networks. Control how Apple delivers advertising to you on iPad You control how Apple delivers advertising. Ads delivered by Apple may appear in the App Store, Apple News, and Stocks. These ads dont access data from any other apps. In the App Store and Apple News, your search and download history may be used to serve you relevant search ads. In Apple News and Stocks, ads are served based partly on what you read or follow. This includes publishers youve enabled notifications for and the type of publishing subscription you have. The articles you read are not used to serve targeted ads to you outside these apps, and information collected about what you read is linked to a random identifier rather than your Apple ID. Review the information Apple uses to deliver ads Go to Settings

> Privacy > Apple Advertising > View Ad Targeting Information. The information is used by Apple to deliver more relevant ads in the App Store, Apple News, and Stocks. Your personal data isnt provided to other parties. iPad User Guide 584 Turn personalized ads on or off Go to Settings

> Privacy > Apple Advertising, then turn Personalized Ads on or off. Note: Turning off personalized ads limits Apples ability to deliver relevant ads to you. It may not reduce the number of ads you receive. Learn more about privacy and Apples advertising platform Go to Settings

> Privacy > Apple Advertising > About Advertising & Privacy. iPad User Guide 585 Restart, update, reset, and restore Restart iPad If your iPad isnt working right, try restarting it. Turn iPad off then on 1. To turn off iPad, do one of the following:

On an iPad with a Home button: Press and hold the top button, then drag the slider. On other iPad models: Simultaneously press and hold the top button and either volume button, then drag the slider. All models: Go to Settings

> General > Shut Down, then drag the slider. 2. To turn iPad back on, press and hold the top button until the Apple logo appears. Force restart iPad If iPad isnt responding, do one of the following:

On an iPad with a Home button: Press and hold the top button and the Home button at the same time. When the Apple logo appears, release both buttons. On other iPad models: Press and quickly release the volume up button, press and quickly release the volume down button, then press and hold the top button. When the Apple logo appears, release the button. iPad User Guide 586 If iPad still doesnt turn on, or if it gets stuck during start up, see the Apple Support article If your iPad wont turn on or is frozen. Or if your iPad isnt working correctly after you restart it, see the iPad Support website. Update iPadOS When you update to the latest version of iPadOS, your data and settings remain unchanged. Before you update, set up iPad to back up automatically, or back up your iPad manually. Update iPad automatically If you didnt turn on automatic updates when you first set up your iPad, do the following:

1. Go to Settings

> General > Software Update. 2. Tap Customize Automatic Updates (or Automatic Updates). You can choose to automatically download and install updates. When an update is available, iPad downloads and installs the update overnight while charging and connected to Wi-Fi. Youre notified before an update is installed. Update iPad manually At any time, you can check for and install software updates. Go to Settings

> General > Software Update. iPad User Guide 587 The screen shows the currently installed version of iPadOS and whether an update is available. To turn off automatic updates, go to Settings > General > Software Update > Customize Automatic Updates (or Automatic Updates). Update using your computer 1. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. 2. Do one of the following:

In the Finder sidebar on your Mac: Select your iPad, then click General at the top of the window. To use the Finder to update your iPad, macOS 10.15 or later is required. With earlier versions of macOS, use iTunes to update your iPad. In the iTunes app on your Windows PC: Click the iPad button near the top left of the iTunes window, then click Summary. 3. Click Check for Update. 4. To install an available update, click Update. See the Apple Support articles Update to the latest iOS and If you cant update or restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Back up iPad You can back up iPad using iCloud or your computer. To decide which method is best for you, see About backups for iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Tip: If you replace your iPad, you can use its backup to transfer your information to the new device. See Restore all content to iPad from a backup. Back up iPad using iCloud 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > iCloud Backup. 2. Turn on iCloud Backup. iCloud automatically backs up your iPad daily when iPad is connected to power, locked, and on Wi-Fi. 3. To perform a manual backup, tap Back Up Now. To view your iCloud backups, go to Settings > [your name] > iCloud > Manage Storage > Backups. To delete a backup, choose a backup from the list, then tap Delete Backup. iPad User Guide 588 Back up iPad using your Mac 1. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. 2. In the Finder sidebar on your Mac, select your iPad. To use the Finder to back up iPad, macOS 10.15 or later is required. With earlier versions of macOS, use iTunes to back up iPad. 3. At the top of the Finder window, click General. 4. Select Back up all of the data on your iPad to this Mac. 5. To encrypt your backup data and protect it with a password, select Encrypt local backup. 6. Click Back Up Now. Note: You can also connect iPad to your computer wirelessly if you set up Wi-Fi syncing. Back up iPad using your Windows PC 1. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. 2. In the iTunes app on your PC, click the iPad button near the top left of the iTunes window. 3. Click Summary. 4. Click Back Up Now (below Backups). 5. To encrypt your backups, select Encrypt local backup, type a password, then click Set Password. To see the backups stored on your computer, choose Edit > Preferences, then click Devices. Encrypted backups have a lock icon in the list of backups. Note: You can also connect iPad to your computer wirelessly if you set up Wi-Fi syncing. Return iPad settings to their defaults You can return settings to their defaults without erasing your content. If you want to save your settings, back up iPad before returning them to their defaults. For example, if youre trying to solve a problem but returning settings to their defaults doesnt help, you might want to restore your previous settings from a backup. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Reset. iPad User Guide 589 2. Choose an option:

WARNING: If you choose the Erase All Content and Settings option, all of your content is removed. See Erase iPad. Reset All Settings: All settingsincluding network settings, the keyboard dictionary, the Home Screen layout, location settings, privacy settings, and Apple Pay cardsare removed or reset to their defaults. No data or media are deleted. Reset Network Settings: All network settings are removed. In addition, the device name assigned in Settings > General > About is reset to iPad, and manually trusted certificates

(such as for websites) are changed to untrusted. Cellular data roaming may also be turned off.

(See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models).) When you reset network settings, previously used networks and VPN settings that werent installed by a configuration profile or mobile device management (MDM) are removed. Wi-Fi is turned off and then back on, disconnecting you from any network youre on. The Wi-Fi and Ask to Join Networks settings remain turned on. To remove VPN settings installed by a configuration profile, go to Settings > General > Profiles

& Device Management, select the configuration profile, then tap Remove Profile. This also removes other settings and accounts provided by the profile. See Install or remove configuration profiles on iPad in this guide. To remove network settings installed by MDM, go to Settings > General > Profiles & Device Management, select the management, then tap Remove Management. This also removes other settings and certificates provided by MDM. See Mobile device management (MDM) in the iOS Deployment Reference. Reset Keyboard Dictionary: You add words to the keyboard dictionary by rejecting words iPad suggests as you type. Resetting the keyboard dictionary erases only the words youve added. Reset Home Screen Layout: Returns the built-in apps to their original layout on the Home Screen. Reset Location & Privacy: Resets the location services and privacy settings to their defaults. If you want to completely erase your iPad, see Erase all content and settings from iPad. If you want or need to use a computer to erase your iPad, see Use a computer to erase all content and settings from iPad. Restore all content to iPad from a backup You can restore content, settings, and apps from a backup to a new or newly erased iPad. Important: You must first create a backup of your iPad. See Back up iPad. iPad User Guide 590 Restore iPad from an iCloud backup 1. Turn on a new or newly erased iPad. 2. Follow the online instructions to choose a language and region. 3. Tap Set Up Manually. 4. Tap Restore from iCloud Backup, then follow the onscreen instructions. Youre asked for your Apple ID. If youve forgotten your Apple ID, see the Recover your Apple ID website. Restore iPad from a computer backup 1. Using USB, connect a new or newly erased iPad to the computer containing your backup. 2. Do one of the following:

In the Finder sidebar on your Mac: Select your iPad, then click Trust. To use the Finder to restore iPad from a backup, macOS 10.15 or later is required. With earlier versions of macOS, use iTunes to restore from a backup. In the iTunes app on a Windows PC: If you have multiple devices connected to your PC, click the device icon near the top left of the iTunes window, then select your new or newly erased iPad from the list. 3. On the welcome screen, click Restore from this backup, choose your backup from the list, then click Continue. If your backup is encrypted, you must enter the password before restoring your files and settings. See the Apple Support articles Restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch from a backup and If you cant update or restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Restore purchased and deleted items to iPad You can redownload items from the App Store, Book Store, and iTunes Store without repurchasing them. If youre part of a Family Sharing group, you can download items purchased by other family members, too. To restore purchases that arent on your iPad, see the Apple Support article Redownload apps, music, movies, TV shows, and books from the App Store, iTunes Store, and Apple Books. You can also recover recently deleted email, photos, notes, and voice memos. iPad User Guide 591 Sell or give away your iPad Before you sell or give away your iPad, see the Apple Support article What to do before you sell, give away, or trade in your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, and be sure to perform the following tasks:

Back up iPad. If you replace one iPad with another, you can use the setup assistant to restore the backup to your new iPad. Erase all content and settings that contain personal information. If you previously turned on Find My for your iPad, Activation Lock is removed when you erase iPad, making it ready for a new owner. Erase iPad When you delete data, its no longer accessible through the iPad interface, but it isnt erased from iPad storage. To remove all of your content and settings from storage, erase iPad. For example, erase iPad before you sell it or give it away. If you want to save your content and settings, back up iPad before erasing it. You can erase iPad from Settings erase iPad. If youre unable to open Settings, you can use a computer to Erase all content and settings from iPad 1. Go to Settings > General > Reset. If youre asked to enter your passcode and youve forgotten it, see Reset the passcode. If youre asked to enter your Apple ID password and youve forgotten it, see the Recover your Apple ID website. 2. Tap Erase All Content and Settings. When iPad restarts with all content and settings erased, you have the option to set up iPad as new or restore it from a backup. See Turn on and set up iPad. Use a computer to erase all content and settings from iPad You can use a Mac or Windows PC to erase all data and settings from your iPad, restore iPad to factory settings, and install the latest version of iPadOS. For example, if you cant open Settings iPad, you can use this approach to restore iPad to factory settings. on Before iPad is erased, you have the option to back it up. If you make a backup, you can use the backup to restore your data and settings on your iPad or on a new device. See Restore iPad from a computer backup. iPad User Guide 592 1. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. 2. Do one of the following:

In the Finder sidebar on your Mac: Select your iPad, click General at the top of the window, then click Restore iPad. To use the Finder to restore iPad to factory settings, macOS 10.15 or later is required. With earlier versions of macOS, use iTunes to restore iPad. In the iTunes app on a Windows PC: Click the iPad button near the top left of the iTunes window, click Summary, then click Restore iPad. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. See the Apple Support article If you cant update or restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Install or remove configuration profiles on iPad Configuration profiles define settings for using iPad with corporate or school networks or accounts. You might be asked to install a configuration profile that was sent to you in an email, or one that is downloaded from a webpage. Youre asked for permission to install the profile and, when you open the file, information about what it contains is displayed. You can see the profiles you have installed in Settings apps, and data associated with the profile are also deleted.

> General > Profiles & Device Management. If you delete a profile, all of the settings, iPad User Guide 593 Safety, handling, and support Important safety information for iPad WARNING: Failure to follow these safety instructions could result in fire, electric shock, injury, or damage to iPad or other property. Read all the safety information below before using iPad. Handling Handle iPad with care. It is made of metal, glass, and plastic and has sensitive electronic components inside. iPad or its battery can be damaged if dropped, burned, punctured, or crushed, or if it comes in contact with liquid. If you suspect damage to iPad or the battery, discontinue use of iPad, as it may cause overheating or injury. Dont use iPad with a cracked screen, as it may cause injury. If youre concerned about scratching the surface of iPad, consider using a case or cover. Repairing Dont open iPad and dont attempt to repair iPad yourself. Disassembling iPad may damage it or may cause injury to you. iPad Pro 11-inch and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation and later) contain lasers that could be damaged during repair or disassembly, which could result in hazardous exposure to infrared laser emissions that are not visible. If iPad is damaged, malfunctions, or comes in contact with liquid, contact Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider. Repairs by service providers other than Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider may not involve the use of Apple genuine parts and may affect the safety and functionality of the device. You can find more information about repairs and service at the iPad Repair website. Battery Dont attempt to replace the iPad battery yourself. The lithium-ion battery in iPad should be replaced by Apple or an authorized service provider. Improper replacement or repair could damage the battery, cause overheating, or result in injury. The battery must be recycled or disposed of separately from household waste. Dont incinerate the battery. For information about battery services and recycling, see the Battery Service and Recycling website. Distraction Using iPad in some circumstances may distract you and might cause a dangerous situation (for example, avoid using headphones while riding a bicycle and avoid typing a text message while driving a car). Observe rules that prohibit or restrict the use of mobile devices or headphones. Navigation Maps depends on data services. These data services are subject to change and may not be available in all countries or regions, resulting in maps and location-based information that may be unavailable, inaccurate, or incomplete. Compare the information provided in Maps to your surroundings. Use common sense when navigating. Always observe current road conditions and posted signs to resolve any discrepancies. Some Maps features require Location Services. Charging Charge iPad with the included USB cable and power adapter. You can also charge iPad with Made for iPad or other third-party cables and power adapters that are compliant with USB 2.0 or later and with applicable country regulations and international and regional safety standards. Other adapters may not meet applicable safety standards, and charging with such adapters could pose a risk of death or injury. iPad User Guide 594 Using damaged cables or chargers, or charging when moisture is present, can cause fire, electric shock, injury, or damage to iPad or other property. When you charge iPad, make sure the USB cable is fully inserted into the power adapter before you plug the adapter into a power outlet. Its important to keep iPad, the USB cable, and the power adapter in a well-ventilated area when in use or charging. Charging cable and connector Avoid prolonged skin contact with the charging cable and connector when the charging cable is connected to a power source because it may cause discomfort or injury. Sleeping or sitting on the charging cable or connector should be avoided. Prolonged heat exposure iPad and its USB power adapter comply with required surface temperature limits defined by applicable country regulations and international and regional safety standards. However, even within these limits, sustained contact with warm surfaces for long periods of time may cause discomfort or injury. Use common sense to avoid situations where your skin is in contact with a device or its power adapter when its operating or connected to a power source for long periods of time. For example, dont sleep on a device or power adapter, or place them under a blanket, pillow, or your body, when its connected to a power source. Keep your iPad and its power adapter in a well-

ventilated area when in use or charging. Take special care if you have a physical condition that affects your ability to detect heat against the body. USB power adapter To operate the Apple USB power adapter safely and reduce the possibility of heat-related injury or damage, plug the power adapter directly into a power outlet. Dont use the power adapter in wet locations, such as near a sink, bathtub, or shower stall, and dont connect or disconnect the power adapter with wet hands. Stop using the power adapter and any cables if any of the following conditions exist:

The power adapter plug or prongs are damaged. The charge cable becomes frayed or otherwise damaged. The power adapter is exposed to excessive moisture, or liquid is spilled into the power adapter. The power adapter has been dropped, and its enclosure is damaged. USB power adapter specifications:

Frequency Line voltage 50 to 60 Hz, single phase 100 to 240 Vac Output voltage Refer to the output marking on the power adapter Hearing loss Listening to sound at high volumes may damage your hearing. Background noise, as well as continued exposure to high volume levels, can make sounds seem quieter than they actually are. Turn on audio playback and check the volume before inserting anything in your ear. For information about how to set a maximum volume limit on iPad, see Limit the headphone volume. For more information about hearing loss, see the Sound and Hearing website. iPad User Guide 595 The Apple headsets sold with iPhone in China (identifiable by dark insulating rings on the plugs) are designed to comply with Chinese standards and are only compatible with iPad, iPhone, and iPod touch. WARNING: To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Radio frequency exposure iPad uses radio signals to connect to wireless networks. For information about radio frequency (RF) energy resulting from radio signals, and steps you can take to minimize

> General > Legal & Regulatory > RF Exposure, or see the RF Exposure exposure, go to Settings website. Radio frequency interference Observe signs and notices that prohibit or restrict the use of mobile devices. Although iPad is designed, tested, and manufactured to comply with regulations governing radio frequency emissions, such emissions from iPad can negatively affect the operation of other electronic equipment, causing them to malfunction. When use is prohibited, such as while traveling in aircraft, or when asked to do so by authorities, turn off iPad, or use airplane mode or Settings

> Wi-

Fi and Settings > Bluetooth to turn off the iPad wireless transmitters. Medical device interference iPad contains components and radios that emit electromagnetic fields. iPad also contains magnets along the left and right edges and back of the device and on the right side of the front glass, which may interfere with medical devices, such as pacemakers and defibrillators. All models of iPad Smart Cover, Smart Folio, Smart Keyboard, Smart Keyboard Folio, Magic Keyboard for iPad, and Apple Pencil (each sold separately) also contain magnets. These electromagnetic fields and magnets may interfere with medical devices. Consult your physician and medical device manufacturer for information specific to your medical device and whether you need to maintain a safe distance of separation between your medical device and iPad or any of its accessories. If you suspect iPad is interfering with your medical device, stop using iPad. Not a medical device iPad is not a medical device and should not be used as a substitute for professional medical judgment. It is not designed or intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of any condition or disease. Please consult your healthcare provider prior to making any decisions related to your health. Medical conditions If you have any medical condition or experience symptoms that you believe could be affected by iPad or flashing lights (for example, seizures, blackouts, eyestrain, or headaches), consult with your physician prior to using iPad. Explosive and other atmospheric conditions Charging or using iPad in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere, such as areas where the air contains high levels of flammable chemicals, vapors, or particles (such as grain, dust, or metal powders), may be hazardous. Exposing iPad to environments having high concentrations of industrial chemicals, including near evaporating liquified gasses such as helium, may damage or impair iPad functionality. Obey all signs and instructions. Repetitive motion When you perform repetitive activities such as typing, swiping, or playing games on iPad, you may experience discomfort in your hands, arms, wrists, shoulders, neck, or other parts of your body. If you experience discomfort, stop using iPad and consult a physician. iPad User Guide 596 High-consequence activities This device is not intended for use where the failure of the device could lead to death, personal injury, or severe environmental damage. Choking hazard Some iPad accessories may present a choking hazard to small children. Keep these accessories away from small children. Important handling information for iPad Cleaning Clean iPad immediately if it comes in contact with anything that may cause stains or other damagefor example, dirt or sand, ink, makeup, soap, detergent, acids or acidic foods, and lotions. To clean:

Disconnect all cables, then do one of the following to turn off iPad:

On an iPad with a Home button: Press and hold the top button until the slider appears, then drag the slider. On other iPad models: Simultaneously press and hold the top button and either volume button until the sliders appear, then drag the top slider. All models: Go to Settings

> General > Shut Down, then drag the slider. Use a soft, slightly damp, lint-free clothfor example, a lens cloth. Avoid getting moisture in openings. Dont use cleaning products or compressed air. The front of iPad is made of glass with a fingerprint-resistant oleophobic (oil-repellant) coating. This coating wears over time with normal usage. Cleaning products and abrasive materials will further diminish the coating and may scratch the glass. Using connectors, ports, and buttons Never force a connector into a port or apply excessive pressure to a button, because this may cause damage that is not covered under the warranty. If the connector and port dont join with reasonable ease, they probably dont match. Check for obstructions and make sure that the connector matches the port and that you have positioned the connector correctly in relation to the port. Lightning to USB Cable (models with a Lightning connector) Discoloration of the Lightning connector after regular use is normal. Dirt, debris, and exposure to moisture may cause discoloration. If your Lightning cable or connector become warm during use or your iPad wont charge or sync, disconnect it from your computer or power adapter and clean the Lightning connector with a soft, dry, lint-free cloth. Do not use liquids or cleaning products when cleaning the Lightning connector. Lightning to USB Cable or USB-C Charge Cable (depending on model) Certain usage patterns can contribute to the fraying or breaking of cables. The included cable, like any other metal wire or cable, is subject to becoming weak or brittle if repeatedly bent in the same spot. Aim for gentle curves instead of angles in the cable. Regularly inspect the cable and connector for any kinks, breaks, bends, or other damage. Should you find any such damage, discontinue use of the cable. iPad User Guide 597 Operating temperature iPad is designed to work in ambient temperatures between 32 and 95 F (0 and 35 C) and stored in temperatures between -4 and 113 F (-20 and 45 C). iPad can be damaged and battery life shortened if stored or operated outside of these temperature ranges. Avoid exposing iPad to dramatic changes in temperature or humidity. When youre using iPad or charging the battery, it is normal for iPad to get warm. If the interior temperature of iPad exceeds normal operating temperatures (for example, in a hot car or in direct sunlight for extended periods of time), you may experience the following as it attempts to regulate its temperature:

iPad stops charging. The screen dims. A temperature warning screen appears. Some apps may close. Important: You may not be able to use iPad while the temperature warning screen is displayed. If iPad cant regulate its internal temperature, it goes into deep sleep mode until it cools. Move iPad to a cooler location out of direct sunlight and wait a few minutes before trying to use iPad again. See the Apple Support article Keeping iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch within acceptable operating temperatures. Get information about your iPad View overall storage availability and storage used per app Go to Settings

> General > iPad Storage. See the Apple Support articles How to check the storage on your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch and Manage your iCloud storage. See battery usage Go to Settings battery level as a percentage. See Charge and monitor the iPad battery.

> Battery to see the elapsed time since iPad has been charged. You can also display View cellular usage Go to Settings models).

> Cellular Data. See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular iPad User Guide 598 See more information about iPad Go to Settings

> General > About. The items you can view include:

Name iPadOS software version Model name Part and model numbers. To the right of Model, the part number appears. To see the model number, tap the part number. Serial number

(Cellular models) Network Number of songs, videos, photos, and apps Capacity and available storage space

(Cellular models) Carrier

(Cellular models) Cellular Data Number Wi-Fi and Bluetooth addresses

(Cellular models) IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)

(Cellular models) ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card Identifier, or Smart Card) for GSM networks

(Cellular models) MEID (Mobile Equipment Identifier) for CDMA networks Modem firmware Legal (including legal notices, and license, warranty, and RF exposure information) To copy the serial number and other identifiers, touch and hold the identifier until Copy appears. To see regulatory marks, go to Settings > General > Legal & Regulatory. View or turn off diagnostic information Go to Settings

> Privacy > Analytics & Improvements. To help Apple improve products and services, iPad sends diagnostic and usage data. This data doesnt personally identify you, but may include location information. iPad User Guide 599 View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi +

Cellular models) Activate cellular data service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models), turn cellular use on or off, and set which apps and services use cellular data. With some carriers, you can also change your data plan. Note: For help with cellular network services and billing, contact your wireless service provider. If iPad is connected to the internet via the cellular data network, an icon identifying the cellular network appears in the status bar. If Cellular Data is off, all data servicesincluding email, web browsing, and push notificationsuse Wi-Fi only. If Cellular Data is on, carrier charges may be incurred. For example, using certain features and services that transfer data, such as Messages, could result in charges to your data plan. Note: Wi-Fi + Cellular models dont support cellular phone servicethey support cellular data transmission only. To make phone calls on iPad, use Wi-Fi Calling and an iPhone. Add a cellular plan to your iPad If you previously set up a cellular plan, go to Settings the onscreen instructions.

> Cellular, tap Add a New Plan, then follow You havent set up a plan, see Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). View or change your cellular data account Go to Settings

> Cellular Data, then tap Manage [account name] or Carrier Services. Choose cellular data options for data usage, performance, battery life, and more To turn Cellular Data on or off, go to Settings

> Cellular. To set options when Cellular Data is turned on, go to Settings > Cellular > Cellular Data Options, then do any of the following:

Reduce cellular usage: Turn on Low Data Mode, or tap Data Mode, then choose Low Data Mode

(depending on your iPad model). This mode pauses automatic updates and background tasks when iPad is not connected to Wi-Fi. Turn Data Roaming on or off: Data Roaming permits internet access over a cellular data network when youre in a region not covered by your carriers network. When youre traveling, you can turn off Data Roaming to avoid roaming charges. iPad User Guide 600 Depending on your iPad model, carrier, and region, the following option may be available:

Turn LTE on or off: Turning on LTE loads data faster. On iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) (Wi-Fi + Cellular) and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) (Wi-Fi

+ Cellular), you can do the following:

Enable Smart Data mode to optimize battery life: Tap Voice & Data, then choose 5G Auto. In this mode, your iPad automatically switches to LTE when 5G speeds dont provide noticeably better performance. Use higher-quality video and FaceTime HD on 5G networks: Tap Data Mode, then choose Allow More Data on 5G. Set up Personal Hotspot to begin sharing the cellular internet connection from iPad 1. Go to Settings

> Cellular, then turn on Cellular Data. 2. Tap Set up Personal Hotspot, then follow the instructions in Share your internet connection from iPad (Wi-Fi + cellular). Set cellular data use for apps and services Go to Settings service (such as Wi-Fi Assist) that can use cellular data.

> Cellular Data, then turn Cellular Data on or off for any app (such as Maps) or If a setting is off, iPad uses only Wi-Fi for that service. Note: Wi-Fi Assist is on by default. If Wi-Fi connectivity is poor, Wi-Fi Assist automatically switches to cellular data to boost the signal. Because you stay connected to the internet over cellular when you have a poor Wi-Fi connection, you might use more cellular data, which may incur additional charges depending on your data plan. See the Apple Support article About Wi-Fi Assist. Lock your SIM card If your device uses a SIM card for cellular data, you can lock the card with a personal identification number (PIN) to prevent others from using the card. Then, every time you restart your device or remove the SIM card, your card locks automatically, and youre required to enter your PIN. See Use a SIM PIN for your iPhone or iPad. Find more resources for iPad software and service Refer to the following resources to get more iPad-related safety, software, service, and support information. iPad User Guide 601 To learn about Using iPad safely Do this See Important safety information for iPad. iPad service and support, tips, forums, and Apple software downloads See the iPad Support website. The latest information about iPad See the iPad website. Getting personalized support (not available in all See the Apple Support website. countries or regions) Managing your Apple ID account Sign in to your Apple ID account page. Using iCloud See iCloud User Guide. Using iTunes for Windows See the iTunes User Guide for Windows. Using other Apple iPad apps See the App Store Support website. Finding your iPad serial number or IMEI You can find your iPad serial number or International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) on the iPad packaging. Or, on iPad, go to Settings

> General >

About. See the Apple Support article Find the serial number or IMEI on your iPhone, iPad or iPod touch. Obtaining warranty service First follow the advice in this guide, then see the iPad Support website. Viewing iPad regulatory information On iPad, go to Settings

> General > Legal &

Regulatory. Battery service See the Battery Service and Recycling website. Using iPad in an enterprise environment See the Apple at Work website. Using iPad in education See the Education website. FCC compliance statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. iPad User Guide 602 This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Changes or modifications to this product not authorized by Apple could void the electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and wireless compliance and negate your authority to operate the product. This product has demonstrated EMC compliance under conditions that included the use of compliant peripheral devices and shielded cables between system components. It is important that you use compliant peripheral devices and shielded cables between system components to reduce the possibility of causing interference to radios, televisions, and other electronic devices. Responsible party (contact for FCC matters only):

Apple Inc. One Apple Park Way, MS 911-AHW Cupertino, CA 95014 USA apple.com/contact ISED Canada compliance statement This device complies with ISED Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Operation in the band 51505250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dISDE Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. La bande 51505250 MHz est rserve uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. iPad User Guide 603 Apple and the environment At Apple, we recognize our responsibility to minimize the environmental impacts of our operations and products. For more information, see our Environment website. Class 1 Laser information for iPad iPad Pro 11-inch and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation and later) are classified as Class 1 Laser products per IEC 60825-1 Ed. 3. These devices comply with 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, except for conformance with IEC 60825-1 Ed. 3., as described in Laser Notice No. 56, dated May 8, 2019. Caution: These devices contain one or more lasers. Use other than as described in the user guide, repair, or disassembly may cause damage, which could result in hazardous exposure to infrared laser emissions that are not visible. This equipment should be serviced by Apple or an authorized service provider. Disposal and recycling information for iPad Apple Recycling Program (available in some countries or regions) For free recycling of your old iPad, a prepaid shipping label, and instructions, see the Apple Trade In website. This symbol indicates that this product and/or battery should not be disposed of with household waste. You must dispose of iPad properly according to local laws and regulations. When iPad reaches its end of life, contact local authorities to learn about disposal and recycling options, or simply drop it off at your local Apple Retail Store or return it to Apple. The battery will be removed and recycled in an environmentally friendly manner. For more information, see the Apple Trade In website. European UnionDisposal Information The symbol above means that according to local laws and regulations your product and/or its battery shall be disposed of separately from household waste. When this product reaches its end of life, take it to a collection point designated by local authorities. The separate collection and recycling of your product and/or its battery at the time of disposal will help conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health and the environment. Brasil Informaes sobre descarte e reciclagem iPad User Guide 604 O smbolo acima indica que este produto e/ou sua bateria no devem ser descartados no lixo domstico. Quando decidir descartar este produto e/ou sua bateria, faa-o de acordo com as leis e diretrizes ambientais locais. Para informaes sobre substncias de uso restrito, o programa de reciclagem da Apple, pontos de coleta e telefone de informaes, visite apple.com/br/environment. Informacin sobre eliminacin de residuos y reciclaje El smbolo de arriba indica que este producto y/o su batera no debe desecharse con los residuos domsticos. Cuando decidas desechar este producto y/o su batera, hazlo de conformidad con las leyes y directrices ambientales locales. Para obtener informacin sobre el programa de reciclaje de Apple, puntos de recoleccin para reciclaje, sustancias restringidas y otras iniciativas ambientales, visita apple.com/mx/environment o apple.com/la/environment. Turkey environmental information Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: AEEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur. Battery service The lithium-ion battery in iPad should be serviced by Apple or an authorized service provider. See the Battery Service and Recycling website. Dispose of batteries according to your local environmental laws and guidelines. China mainland battery statement Taiwan battery statement ENERGY STAR compliance statement for iPad iPad User Guide 605 To save energy, iPad is set to lock after two minutes of user inactivity. To change this setting, go to Settings button, press the top button or the Home button. To unlock other iPad models, tap the screen or press the top button.

> Display & Brightness > Auto-Lock, then select an option. To unlock an iPad with a Home iPad meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency. Reducing energy consumption saves money and helps conserve valuable resources; see the Energy Star website. iPad User Guide 606 Apple Inc. 2021 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. Apple, the Apple logo, AirDrop, AirPlay, AirPods, AirPods Pro, AirPrint, Apple Music, Apple News, Apple Pay, Apple Pencil, Apple TV, Apple Wallet, Apple Watch, EarPods, Face ID, FaceTime, Finder, Flyover, Guided Access, Handoff, HomeKit, HomePod, iMessage, iPad, iPad Air, iPad mini, iPadOS, iPad Pro, iPhone, iPod, iPod touch, iTunes, Keychain, Keynote, Lightning, Mac, macOS, Magic Mouse, Magic Trackpad, Numbers, Pages, Photo Booth, Retina, Retina HD, Safari, Siri, Smart Cover, Smart Folio, Touch ID, TrueDepth, True Tone, tvOS, and watchOS are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. App Clip Code, App Clips, AirPods Max, Apple Books, Live Photos, Magic Keyboard, Memoji, Multi-Touch, Smart Keyboard, and Smart Keyboard Folio are trademarks of Apple Inc. App Store, Genius, iCloud, iCloud Drive, iCloud Keychain, and iTunes Store are service marks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Apple Arcade, Apple Fitness+, and Apple One are service marks of Apple Inc. Apple One Apple Park Way Cupertino, CA 95014 apple.com Beats, Beats Studio, Beats , Powerbeats, and Solo are trademarks of Beats Electronics, LLC., registered in the U.S. and X other countries. Powerbeats Pro is a trademark of Beats Electronics, LLC. IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under license. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Apple Inc. is under license. ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered trademark. Other company and product names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate. Apple is not responsible for printing or clerical errors. Some apps and features are not available in all countries or regions. App and feature availability is subject to change. iPad User Guide 607